Yf 2034 PDF

Behrens Pumpen
Final drawings and Manuals
for
Zhoushan Shipyard
YF 2034
Heinrich Behrens Pumpenfabrik - Von-Thünen-Str.7 - 28307 Bremen - Germany

Tel.: +49 (421) 48681-0 - Fax: +49(421) 48681-11 - info@behrenspumpen.de
Behrens Pumpen
Gauge, terminal box and flange position Hull No.
Zhejiang Yangfan Ship Group Co. Ltd. YF 2034
Terminal
Delivery
Service
position
Item Type
Design
Gauge
flange
box
1 Main SW pump no.1 VRF 8/320 G 0° 0° B
1
1 Main SW pump no.2 VRF 8/320 G 0° 0° B
1
2 Ballast pump no.1 VRF 7/290 G 0° 0° B
1
2 Ballast pump no.2 VRF 7/290 G 180° 0° B
1
4 Fire & deck wash pump VRF 1/350 G 0° 0° B
1
5 General Service pump VRW 5/420 G 0° 0° B
2
6 Bilge pump VRF 5/290 G 0° 0° B
1
7 Emergency fire pump VRF 1/350 G 0° 0° B
1
8 Sludge pump PL 100 0° 0° B
10 HFO transfer pump KF 660 + 132 180° 90° B
7
11 MDO transfer pump KF 660 + 132 180° 90° B
7
13 Stern tube LO pump KF 32 + 80 180° 90° B
7
14 Sanitary FW hydrophore pump CRN 3-8 F 0° 180° Loose
1
14 Sanitary FW hydrophore pump CRN 3-8 F 0° 180° Loose
1
15 Technical water hydrophore pump CR 3-6 F 180° 180° Loose
1
16 Hot water circulating pump CR 1-5 F 180° 180° Loose
1
17 Sewage discharge pump UNIPUMP 4/HK50-1-120 90° 0° Loose
18 Central heating circulating pump no.1 CR 5-5 F 0° 180° Loose
1
18 Central heating circulating pump no.2 CR 5-5 F 0° 180° Loose
1
9 Daily bilge pump EL 375 90° 0° B
6
Design 8 : see outline drawing
29.06.2006 Dirksen
Behrens Pumpen
29.06.2006 Dirksen
Behrens Pumpen Data sheet e-motor
Customer: Zhejiang Yangfan Ship Group Co. Ltd. Zhoushan Shipyard Newbuilding: YF 2034 Classif. GL Order no.: 227405
Space heater
Item Pumptype Service E-motortype Speed Motor Required Rated starting Starting Power eta
SPM Nipple
Certificate
Enclosure
Insulation
Serial no. rating shaft po. current current method factor
3 x PTC
PT 100
[rpm] [kW] [kW] [A] [A] cos φ
230V/79
VRF 8/320 G 966,0 star-delta 0,89 0,94
1
Main SW pump no.1 CSM 250S/M-4 IP 55 F to B x 1775 85,00 62,20 134,0
W
65892 440V/60Hz
230V/79
VRF 8/320 G 966,0 star-delta 0,89 0,94
1
Main SW pump no.2 CSM 250S/M-4 IP 55 F to B x 1775 85,00 62,20 134,0
W
65893 440V/60Hz
VRF 7/290 G Ballast pump no.1 CSM 200L-4HO 1770 42,00 34,80 68,9 483,0 direct 0,87 0,92
2 IP 55 F to B
65894 440V/60Hz
VRF 7/290 G Ballast pump no.2 CSM 200L-4HO 1770 42,00 34,80 68,9 483,0 direct 0,87 0,92
2 IP 55 F to B
65895 440V/60Hz
VRF 1/350 G Fire & deck wash pump CSM 180L-2HO 3535 36,00 22,50 58,1 505,0 direct 0,88 0,92
4 IP 55 F to B
65896 440V/60Hz
230V/158
VRW 5/420 G direct
5
General Service pump CSM 280S/M4-6 IP 55 F to B x 1150 71,00 15,50
W
65897 440V/60Hz 1750 22,00 37,00
VRF 5/290 G Bilge pump CSM 160L-4 1750 17,00 12,30 28,8 173,0 direct 0,86 0,90
6 IP 55 F to B
65898 440V/60Hz
VRF 1/350 G Emergency fire pump CSM 180M-2 230V/48 3545 25,00 20,00 39,7 325,0 direct 0,90 0,92
7 IP 55 F to B W
65899 440V/60Hz
printed: 29.06.2006 Page 1 of 3

Customer: Zhejiang Yangfan Ship Group Co. Ltd. Zhoushan Shipyard Newbuilding: YF 2034 Classif. Order no.: 227405
Space heater
SPM Nipple
Certificate
Enclosure
Insulation
3 x PTC
PT 100
PL 100 Sludge pump SK22-112 M 1780 4,00 2,80 direct

8 IP 55 F to B
65900 440V/60Hz
KF 660 + 132 HFO transfer pump CSM 132M-6 1150 6,60 4,40 12,6 80,4 direct 0,77 0,89
10 IP 55 F to B
65901 6,60 4,40 12,6 80,4
440V/60Hz 1150 0,77 0,89
KF 660 + 132 MDO transfer pump CSM 132M-6 1150 6,60 4,40 12,6 80,4 direct 0,77 0,89
11 IP 55 F to B
65902 6,60 4,40 12,6 80,4
440V/60Hz 1150 0,77 0,89
KF 32 + 80 Stern tube LO pump CSM 80-4 1700 0,90 0,50 1,8 10,0 direct 0,85 0,77
13 IP 55 F to B
65903 440V/60Hz
CRN 3-8 F Sanitary FW hydrophore . 3550 1,10 0,80 2,6 16,9 direct
14 IP 55 F to B
65904 pump 440V/60Hz
CRN 3-8 F Sanitary FW hydrophore . 3550 1,10 0,80 2,6 16,9 direct
14 IP 55 F to B
65905 pump 440V/60Hz
CR 3-6 F Technical water hydrophore . 3550 1,00 0,70 2,6 16,9 direct
15 IP 55 F to B
65906 pump 440V/60Hz
CR 1-5 F Hot water circulating pump . 3550 0,55 0,20 direct

16 IP 55 F to B
65907 440V/60Hz

Customer: Zhejiang Yangfan Ship Group Co. Ltd. Zhoushan Shipyard Newbuilding: YF 2034 Classif. Order no.: 227405
Space heater
SPM Nipple
Certificate
Enclosure
Insulation
3 x PTC
PT 100
UNIPUMP Sewage discharge pump 100L 3420 3,00 2,00 6,3 23,1 direct
17 IP 55 F to B
4/HK50-1-120 440V/60Hz
65908
CR 5-5 F Central heating circulating . 3550 1,50 1,20 direct
18 IP 55 F to B
65909 pump no.1 440V/60Hz
CR 5-5 F Central heating circulating . 3550 1,50 1,20 direct

18 IP 55 F to B
65910 pump no.2 440V/60Hz
EL 375 Daily bilge pump SK 20-100L-4 265 2,50 0,70 5,1 29,1 direct
9 IP 55 F to B
65911 440V/60Hz

Behrens Pumpen
Technical specification
Item 1
Service Main SW pump no.1
Type: VRF 8/320 G
Description Vertical inline centrifugal pump
Technical data Serial no.: 65892
Medium
Temperature (°C) : 32
Viscosity (cst) :
Density (kg/cbm) : 1030
Capacity (cbm/h) : 500,00
Suction pressure (bar) :
Delivery pressure (bar) : 3,00
Difference pressure (bar) : 3,00
Power consumption (kW) : 62,20
Motor required (kW) : 68,40
Speed (rpm) : 1775
NPSH (r) (m) : 4,30
Materials
Pump Casing : NiAl-Bronze
Impeller : NiAl-Bronze
Wear rings : NiAl-Bronze
Shaft : Duplex st steel
Bearings Type : Rolling contact
Lubrication : grease
Coupling Type : flexible spacer
Shaft seal Type : Mechanical seal
Material : Carbon-SiC NBR
Connections DN PN
suction side : 250 10
pressure side 250 10
Prime mover
E-Motor Type : CSM 250S/M-4
Execution : IM V1, IP 55, ISO F to B
Starting : Star-Delta
Power supply (V / Hz) : 440 / 60 PTC :
Power (kW) : 85,00 SPM : no
Rated current (A) : 134,00 Space heater : 230V/79W
Starting current (A) : 966,00
Weights
Pump / e-motor (kg) : 520,00 / 510,00 Total (kg) : 1.030,00
Classification GL, certificate for pump and e-motor
Pump 37121 BH, T.P. 7 bar 06 GL 06
29.06.2006 Dirksen
Behrens Pumpen
Item 1
Service Main SW pump no.2
Type: VRF 8/320 G
Medium
Viscosity (cst) :
Speed (rpm) : 1775
NPSH (r) (m) : 4,30
Materials
Connections DN PN
Prime mover
E-Motor Type : CSM 250S/M-4
Starting : Star-Delta
Weights
Pump / e-motor (kg) : 520,00 / 510,00 Total (kg) : 1.030,00
Pump 37122 BH, T.P. 7 bar 06 GL 06
29.06.2006 Dirksen
BehrensPumpen
Operating instructions for centrifugal pumps
1.0 General Directions

Every pump is subjected to a trial run on our test field and delivered in a fully operational shape .
The present Operating Instructions are intended to inform the operators an expert exploitation .
No liability would be assumed for damages resulting from the inobservation of these instructions .
A guarantee within the framework of our terms of delivery would be granted only if the pump is being used
for the service conditions identified and confirmed ( rating plate )
In all queries and spare parts orders , please state the following details:
( See rating plate )
1. Works No.
2. Pump Type / Size
3. Year of Manufacture
4. Designation of the replacement parts needed , by specifying the sectional drawing number
and parts items .
Should the pumping set not immediately be taken into operation , then check the pump interior for humidity
and dry it out .
A means of preservation should be applied in case of a prolonged storing period .
2.0 Installation of Pump

The resident superintendents has to advise the erection personnel of the safety requirements and of
particular local regulations .
Connection of the pump to the piping system has to be established free of any stresses , which means that all
forces and moments resulting from the system are to be intercepted before junction points .
Where the pump is delivered without drive motor , the electric motor has to be carefully sighted via the
coupling and the alignment be checked according to appendix A.
If non steel pipes are employed for the sea-water pump line, such as inside coated or CuNiFe pipes, the
sacrifice pipe or the anode (Zn or Fe) must be always installed near the pump suction.
After installation of the pump aggregate, the alignment of the flexible coupling must be checked
according to appendix A.
Final Check:
The pumping set must allow for an easy manual rotation on the coupling .
Verification of the Sense of Rotation:
The sense of rotation must coincide with the rotation sense arrow shown on the pump .
Verify the sense of rotation by shortly starting the drive of the liquid filled pump.
3.0 Commissioning / Stopping

3.1 Preparation:
Fill the volute casing of the pump with the medium to be conveyed .
Open the suction sided shut-off fitting for full passage .
3.2 Starting:
Start up the pump against the closed pressure gate valve .
As soon as the pump commences delivery with its full discharge power ( pressure increase on delivery
sided pressure gauge ) , slowly open the shut-off fitting . ( An extended run of the pump against the
closed shut-off fitting is not permitted . Inadmissible heating )
The pump must be protected against back flow (non-return flaps on the suction and delivery side) and
pressure shocks.
3.3 Stopping:
Close the pressure gate valve .
In the presence of non-return fittings ( pressure sided ) , the pump may be stopped without taking any
further measures .
Heinrich Behrens Pumpenfabrik - Von-Thünen-Str. 7 - D-28307 Bremen
Tel.: 49 (0)421 4 86 81-0 - Fax: 49 (0)421 4 86 81 11 - email:info@behrenspumpen.de
Page 1 of 8
3.4 Shutdown:
If the pump is not used for prolonged periods , clean and preserve all components . Store the pumping
set in a dry state .
For the stand-by-pumps care is to be taken , that the pump shaft will be turned appr. twice a week to
avoid damages of the bearings by vibration .
4.0 Operational Supervision

4.1 Operating Point:
Continuously supervise the operational discharge head of the pump ( for data refer to rating plate ) as
the difference of the pressure readings between pressure and suction flanges of the pump .Correct it by
a regulating fitting to be provided on the discharge side .
4.2 Bearings:
Pump Type VNF :
Attention! Leakage holes at bearing seat must be always open in case mechanical seal is leaking - so
that no water can run into the bearings !
Regularly check the running noise of the bearings . A uniform , purring sound is audible in the event of
an unobjectionable bearing contact .
Damaged bearings cause a loud , irregular , chattering noise . (In such a case, examine the bearings.)
4.3 Shaft Seals:
Shaft seals must never run dry , not even for short periods !
4.3.1Mechanical Gland Seals:
In operation , mechanical gland seals are running free of leakages , which means that the low quantity
of conveying medium required for lubrication evaporates when escaping from the sealing gap .
Supervise the escape of leaking water in the range of the seal or at the checking outlet . If a drop by-
drop escape of fluid is exceeded , then examine the mechanical gland seal .
Replace it , if necessary .
4.3.2Stuffing Boxes:
When using packing material ( stuffing box ) , allow for a generous leakage during the running-in
period ( about 2 hours ) of the packing rings .
During the further operation , uniformly read-just the stuffing box gland until the leakage decreases to
the desired minimum ( slight dripping ) .
During this procedure , check shaft and stuffing box for temperature rise. In the event of symptoms for
overheating , do not tighten the gland any further but slacken it slightly so as to again achieve the
normal temperature by an increased leakage . Afterwards , slightly readjust the gland until the escape of
leakage is again under control .
If both temperature and tightness have themselves adjusted to a uniform value , a check is still required
at prolonged time intervals .
4.4 Suction Sided Fittings:
All fittings ( filters , butterfly valves , gate valves etc. ) are to be continuously examined for full passage
.
5.0 Maintenance
5.1 Bearings (Pump)
All pumps are delivered with grease lubricated rolling contact bearings .
Regrease through a grease nipple by using a grease gun .
The regreasing intervals and the quantities of grease to be refilled are obvious from the table given
below .
During all disassemblies - but not exceeding 4 years - carefully clean the bearings from old grease
residues . then reintroduce the new charge by spreading or refilling bearing grease into all bearing
cavities between the rolling elements .
As a lubricant , use quality rolling contact bearing greases having the following specification :
Saponification basis: LITHIUM with anti-corrosion additives , water repellent

Dripping point: about 190°C .
Handling temperatures: -30°C up to +120°C .
Walk penetration: 250 to 295
Standard: SEB 181252
SEB 18103 K3K

Page 2 of 8
5.0 Maintenance
List 1 for: VNF1/290, 1/325, 2/300, 2/325, 2/400, 3/300, 3/325, 3/400, 4/300, 4/325, 5/300, 5/325
and for all sizes of the pumptypes SFN, SFS, STN, STS
DN D Regreasing Interval (hours) Regreasing

Quantity
(discharge side DN) rpm rpm rpm rpm gram/bearing
1450 1750 2900 3500
Up to DN 100 13.000 11.000 8.000 7.000 8
DN 125-150 12.000 10.000 7.500 6.200 10
DN 200-250 11.000 9.500 6.500 4.800 15
DN 300-350 10.000 9.000 20
List 2 for:
all sizes of pumptypes VRW + VRF and for VNF5/420, 7/300, 7/350, 7/420, 8/300, 9/325

Quantity
(discharge side DN) rpm rpm rpm rpm gram/baring
1450 1750 2900 3500
Up to DN 100 3.000 2.000 1.000 800 15
DN 125-150 2.500 1.700 900 700 15
DN 200-250 2.000 1.500 700 480 20
DN 300-400 1.700 1.200 25
List 3 for
VRF 11/420D G

Quantity
950 1150 1450 1750
DN 400 – 500 2.200 1.900 1.300 1.000 25
5.2 Mechanical Gland Seal

Page 3 of 8
Mechanical gland seals do not necessitate any particular maintenance during operation .
5.3 Stuffing Boxes
Stuffing box packings must not seal definitely tight . A dripping leakage is necessary to prevent
overheating or even burning of the packing due to frictional heat .
Retighten the packing in compliance with item 4.3 in the event of heavy leakage .
Commence with replacing individual packing rings in case of a corresponding wear-down ( 2 rings at
the maximum per stuffing box ) . If no sufficient sealing effect can be obtained by this measure ,then
clean and repack the stuffing box .
5.4 Electric Motors
Electric motors supplied from us are provided with a bearing grease charge for 2000 hours of operation.
Carry out maintenance by following the requirements of the manufacturers of the electric motors .
6.0 Trouble shooting check list

Operational Trouble Number of Code Register
Pump refuses to prime 1 , 2 , 5 , 7 , 10 , 11

Pump fails to discharge 3,7
Pump operates irregularly after start-up
or discontinues to discharge 4,5,6,7
Discharge flow too small 5 , 6 , 7 , 10 , 11 , 16 , 17 , 23 , 25 , 26
Discharge pressure too low 5 , 8 , 11 , 14 , 15 , 17 , 23 , 25 , 26
Increased power absorption of the drive 8 , 9 , 10 , 12 , 14 , 17 , 22 , 24 , 31
Pump runs unsteadily 7 , 8 , 10 , 12 , 13 , 14 , 17 , 20 , 21 , 25 , 26
Pump runs hot 13 , 16 , 17 , 19 , 22 , 24 , 31
Leakage through shaft seal 28 , 29 , 30 , 31 , 32
Bearings run hot 18 , 19 , 20 , 21 , 27 , 30 , 33 , 34

Page 4 of 8
Cause Remedy
1 Ejector not operable Check control voltage and compressed air supply
2. Self-priming stage without operating fluid Fill up pump and switch same to "Ansaugen"
3 Pump not sufficiently vented Evacuate or fill up pump with conveying medium
4. Suction sided piping system insufficiently vented Draw off air pockets . Shut off lateral branches of
piping system
5. Suction line or shaft seal leaky Check shaft seal , pressure test suction line , shut
off branch pipes of system
6. Suction line breathes air Medium covering on suction pipe inlet to be
checked increased
7. Suction lift too high Check arrangement or resistances of suction
(NPSH[of system]to low) system . Fully open all suction sided fittings .
Clean filters . Examine piping for clogging .
8. Pump does not operate at its operating point Regulate operating point via discharge sided
(refer to ordering data and/or rating plate) regulating device and/or orifice plate
9. Conveying medium fails to coincide with Consult us (Specific gravity and viscosity)
ordering data
10. Wrong sense of rotation Check drive , change terminals of electric motor
11. Speed too slow Check drive
12. Speed too high Check drive
13. Discharge flow insufficient Check system resistances , open shut-off fittings
and/or examine terminals . Check system for
possible clogging
14. Discharge flow to high Regulate operating point
15. Discharge head insufficient Check system resistances , fully open all fittings ,
clean piping system and filters , remove foreign
bodies
16. Resistances of system too high Refer to item 13
17. Unfavourable influence due to parallel Check system
operation or because of branches
18. Pumping set inadequately aligned Check seating and stress-free connection of piping
Realign!
19. Pump stressed during installation Check for and eliminate stresses from pipe lines
and seating
20. Misalignment and/or untrue revolving of shaft Shaft and check for alignment
21. Imbalance of rotor Balance rotor
22. Sealing rings discolour Refer to item 19 . Check and regulate operating
point
23. Sealing rings worn down Replace rings
24. Rotor is rubbing on casing Refer to items 19 and 20 .
Examine bearing arrangement
25. Impeller damaged Recondition or replace impeller
26. Clogging in piping system and/or in impeller Remove deposits and/or foreign bodies from
within pipe and pump
27. Increased axial thrust Check operating point . Check equalising holes of
impeller
28. Damage to mechanical gland seal owing Replace mechanical gland seal
to dry running
29. Mechanical gland seal fitting faulty Check fitting arrangement
30. Sealing fluid/cooling fluid supply insufficient Check pipe lines and pressure and/or supply
31. Stuffing box obliquely or tightened too strongly Correct tightening torque
32. Shaft seal worn Repack , or replace mechanical gland seal
33. Bearings filled with too much grease Remove surplus grease
34. Bearings defective Replace bearings

Page 5 of 8
7.0 Maintenance and Inspection schedule
(Interval Periods)
Works to be carried out Interval Period(Hours)

Stuffing box
Retightening 250
Adding of packing rings
or repacking 2000
Replacement of shaft sleeves 12000
Mechanical Gland Seal

Replacement of same 8000
Rolling Contact Bearing

Regreasing siehe 5.1
Replacement 20000
Coupling
Checking the packages 12000
Inspection
Verification of revolving clearances 12000
8.0 Description of the Priming Pump

(Liquid Seal Pump)
The liquid seal priming pump consists of the air pump housing and bladed air pump impeller .
The bladed impeller is mounted on the same shaft as the rotor . It is fitted into the air pump housing but with
sufficient clearance to prevent wear of the housing walls .
After the priming pump has been primed with the medium to be handled , a ring of liquid is formed in the pump
housing as a result of the centrifugal force set up by the rotation of the bladed impeller , and a sickle-shaped
working space is formed around the hub of the impeller .
This working space is divided by the blades into individual chambers , the liquid ring being first enlarged and
then reduced during rotation .
With cubical expansion the air or the liquid is drawn in through the suction slot , and with cubical contraction it
is ejected through the pressure slot .
The air pump is set in such a way that it can withdraw from the rear of the rotor through ducts provided for the
purpose , the control cock being set to "Ansaugen"(suction) .
At first , an air/water mixture is forcefully ejected ; this continues until a regular flow of water establishes itself .
The pump is now filled with water and delivery starts automatically .
This is the end of the priming period , the control cock is set to "Betrieb"(operation) and the water drawn in is
constantly circulated through the pump .

Page 6 of 8
9.0 Alignment for flexible coupling Straight edge
When aligning the coupling halves, the angular and parallel offset misalignments of
shafts relative to each other should be as small as possible. Alignment to be carried out
in two planes as shown in fig. 1.1 with a straight edge (offset misalignment) and spacer
bar (angular misalignment). A dial indicator will give greater accuracy.
Gap gauge
Fig. 1.1
Axial movement Angular misalignment Offset misalignment
Coupling size S Perm. Deviation Angular misalignment Offset misalignment

∅ mm mm Kw Kr
S max – S min Mm
mm
58 5 0,10 0,10
68 5 0,11 0,11
80 5 +1 0,13 0,13
95 5 +1 0,15 0,15
110 5 +1 0,18 0,18
125 5 +1 0,21 0,21
140 5 +1 0,24 0,24
160 6 +1 0,27 0,27
180 6 +1 0,30 0,30
200 6 +1 0,34 0,34
225 6 +1 0,38 0,38

Page 7 of 8
Page 8 of 8
Behrens Pumpen
Teil
Item Benennung Designation Dèsignation
Repère
102 Spiralgehäuse Volute casing Corps à volute
161 Gehäusedeckel Cover of casing Couvercle de corps
211 Pumpenwelle Pump shaft Arbre de pompe
230 Laufrad Impeller Roue circulatrice
320 Doppelrillenkugellager Ball bearing Roulement à billes
322 Pendelrollenlager Roller bearing Roulement à billes
332 Lagerstuhl Bearing seat Coussinet
341 Antriebslaterne Motor support Support de moteur
360 Lagerdeckel Cover of bearing Couvercle de palier
412 O-Ring O-ring Joint torique
420.1 V-Ring V-ring Joint à lèvres
421 Simmerring Simmer ring Anneau de retenue
470 Gleitringdichtung Mechanical seal Garniture mécanique
502.1 Spaltring Wearing ring Bague dùsure
540 Buchse Bush Douille
554.1 Unterlegscheibe Washer Disque
636 Schmiernippel Grease nipple Graisseur
860.1 Kupplungsteil Coupling part Accouplement
867 Kupplungspuffer Coupling packing Intercalaires dàccouplement
900 Ringschraube Lifting eye screw Vis
901.1 Sechskantschraube Hexagon head screw Vis à tête hexagonale
902.1 Stiftschraube Stud screw Prisonnier
903.1 Verschlußschraube Plug Bouchon
903.4 Entleerungsstopfen Plug Bouchon
914.1 Innensechskantschraube Socket head cap screw Vis à six pans creux
Type: Stückliste
VRF 8/320 G Spare part list 1047
Specification des pieces dètachèes Blatt 1
Behrens Pumpen
Teil
Repère
920.1 Sechskantmutter Nut Ecrou hexagonal
922 Laufradmutter Impeller nut Ecrou de roue
923 Kontermutter Contre nut Ecrou de arbre
940.1 Paßfeder Fitting key Ressort dàjustage
Type: Stückliste
VRF 8/320 G Spare part list 1047
Behrens Pumpen
Item 2
Service Ballast pump no.1
Type: VRF 7/290 G
Medium
Viscosity (cst) :
Speed (rpm) : 1770
NPSH (r) (m) : 4,50
Materials
Connections DN PN
suction side : 10
Priming unit Type : priming unit AELE - 45
air driven priming unit with level switch for dry running
Prime mover protection, mounted on pump
E-Motor Type : CSM 200L-4HO E-Motor No. BS 05631
Starting : DOL
Rated current (A) : 68,90 Space heater : no
Weights
Pump / e-motor (kg) : 390,00 / 260,00 Total (kg) : 650,00
Classification GL, certificate for pump
Pump 37123 BH, T.P. 6 bar 06 GL 06
29.06.2006 Dirksen
Behrens Pumpen
Item 2
Service Ballast pump no.2
Type: VRF 7/290 G
Medium
Viscosity (cst) :
Speed (rpm) : 1770
NPSH (r) (m) : 4,50
Materials
Connections DN PN
E-Motor Type : CSM 200L-4HO E-Motor No. BS 05632
Starting : DOL
Weights
Pump 37124 BH, T.P. 6 bar 06 GL 06
29.06.2006 Dirksen
BehrensPumpen

1. Works No.
2. Pump Type / Size
and parts items .
and dry it out .

Final Check:

3.1 Preparation:
3.2 Starting:
pressure shocks.
3.3 Stopping:
further measures .
Page 1 of 8
3.4 Shutdown:

4.2 Bearings:
Pump Type VNF :
4.3 Shaft Seals:
.
5.0 Maintenance
5.1 Bearings (Pump)
below .

SEB 18103 K3K

Page 2 of 8
5.0 Maintenance
List 1 for: VNF1/290, 1/325, 2/300, 2/325, 2/400, 3/300, 3/325, 3/400, 4/300, 4/325, 5/300, 5/325

Quantity
1450 1750 2900 3500
Up to DN 100 13.000 11.000 8.000 7.000 8
DN 125-150 12.000 10.000 7.500 6.200 10
DN 200-250 11.000 9.500 6.500 4.800 15
DN 300-350 10.000 9.000 20
List 2 for:

Quantity
1450 1750 2900 3500
Up to DN 100 3.000 2.000 1.000 800 15
DN 125-150 2.500 1.700 900 700 15
DN 200-250 2.000 1.500 700 480 20
DN 300-400 1.700 1.200 25
List 3 for
VRF 11/420D G

Quantity
950 1150 1450 1750
DN 400 – 500 2.200 1.900 1.300 1.000 25

Page 3 of 8
5.3 Stuffing Boxes
5.4 Electric Motors


Pump runs hot 13 , 16 , 17 , 19 , 22 , 24 , 31
Bearings run hot 18 , 19 , 20 , 21 , 27 , 30 , 33 , 34

Page 4 of 8
Cause Remedy
piping system
checked increased
ordering data
possible clogging
bodies
Realign!
and seating
point
impeller
to dry running

Page 5 of 8
(Interval Periods)

Stuffing box
Retightening 250
or repacking 2000


Replacement 20000
Coupling
Inspection

(Liquid Seal Pump)

Page 6 of 8
Gap gauge
Fig. 1.1

∅ mm mm Kw Kr
S max – S min Mm
mm
58 5 0,10 0,10
68 5 0,11 0,11
80 5 +1 0,13 0,13
95 5 +1 0,15 0,15
110 5 +1 0,18 0,18
125 5 +1 0,21 0,21
140 5 +1 0,24 0,24
160 6 +1 0,27 0,27
180 6 +1 0,30 0,30
200 6 +1 0,34 0,34
225 6 +1 0,38 0,38

Page 7 of 8
Page 8 of 8
Behrens Pumpen
Teil
Repère
160 Deckel Cover Couvercle
161.2 Gehäusedeckel Cover of casing Couvercle de corps
211.2 Pumpenwelle Pump shaft Arbre de pompe
400.1 Flachdichtung Gasket Joint
720 Langnippel Barrel nipple Tuyau à double nipple
Type: Stückliste
VRF Spare part list 1014G
Behrens Pumpen
Teil
Repère
Type: Stückliste
TYP/TYPE AELE 35/45/55/65 PD-AELE-12-BEHRENS-GB.DOC
Table of contents
1 Commissioning
2 Maintenance and repair
2.1 Disassembly and assembly of the compressed air ejector

2.2 Disassembly and assembly of the jet system
2.3 Disassembly and assembly of the shut-off system
3 Appendix
3.1 Dimensions
3.2 Spare parts
3.2 Circuit Diagramm
Operating voltage 220V-230V 50/60 Hz

Enclosure IP65
Power input 16 VA
Nominal pressure PN 10
Compressed working air required 5 - 7 bar
Material:
Float chamber Bronze GCuSn10
Ejector casing Bronze GCuSn10
Nozzle system Polyetylene
Inner parts Stainless Steel
Sealings NBR
Size of Nozzle: 35 45 55 65
Suction capacity max. Nl/min 300 500 700 1000
Air consumption at 6 bar l/min 70 120 180 240
Pressure-Stage: U V W
Switch-on Point bar 0,3 0,6 1,1
Switch-off Point bar 0,5 1,1 1,6
Connections:
Venting suction side A1
Venting discharge side A2
Exhaust, Drainage B
Pressure switch C
Cable E
Compressed working air P
1 vatec-Maschinenbau GmbH · e-mail: service@vatec.de · www.vatec.de

1. Commissioning
For commissioning pay attention to following steps:
- Check all pipe connections and pipes for proper lay and leakage.
- Check all electrical connections.
- Check the compressed air connection
Caution
Please pay attention to modification for special design.

2. Maintenance and repair
The system functions with slightly maintenance work. Following inspections respectively work should be performed
in fixed intervals which depend on pumping medium, operation mode and operation time.
- Check all components for proper function
Before starting work, the compressed air ejector must be switched to a power off mode.
Before starting work, the compressed air ejector must be disconnected from the compressed air supply.
Starting torque for the thread connections are to be taken from the corresponding DIN-Norm.
Caution
We advise to exchange all sealings at repair work.

Disassembly of the compressed air ejector:
- Take off cable plug at the solenoid valve of the compressed air ejector.
- Loosen the exhaust and compressed air pipe.
- Loosen the assembling screws of the compressed air ejector and remove the compressed air ejector
Assembly takes place in reversed order.
- Fix the compressed air ejector and turn out the long nibble.
- Pull out the mixing jet of the casing
- Take out the driving jet of the casing.
Caution
The long nipple has to be screwed on the casing powerful. The check nut may not to be twisted.The long nipple
must be fitted with a bolt protection medium (e.g. Loctite).
2.3 Disassembly and assembly of the shut-off valve
- Loosen the pressure switch casing at the compressed air ejector
Pressure switch casing is spring pressurized.

- Take out the compression spring and loosen the safety nut at the spring seating. Use the safety nut at the
piston (jet side) for supporting.
- Take out spring seating, guide ring and valve seling of the compressed air ejektor.
- Take out the Piston rod with mounted piston.
Caution
When assembling the piston the gasket is to be pressed via compressed air supply by a similar formed tool.
vatec-Maschinenbau GmbH · e-mail: service@vatec.de · www.vatec.de 2

3. Appendix
3.1 Dimensions
13413d/A4

3.2 Spare parts
14153b/A4

3.3 Circuit diagramm
Circuit diagramm of the aspirator
Recommended connecting plan for time delayed starting of the centrifugal pumps.
30176b/A3

Behrens Pumpen
Item 4
Service Fire & deck wash pump
Type: VRF 1/350 G
Medium
Viscosity (cst) :
Speed (rpm) : 3535
NPSH (r) (m) : 5,50
Materials
Connections DN PN
pressure side 80 16
Priming unit Type : priming unit AELD - 35
pressure switch controlled, air driven selfpriming unit
Prime mover mounted on pump
E-Motor Type : CSM 180L-2HO E-Motor No. BR 98314
Starting : DOL
Weights
Pump 37125 BH, T.P. 13 bar 06 GL 06
29.06.2006 Dirksen
BehrensPumpen

1. Works No.
2. Pump Type / Size
and parts items .
and dry it out .

Final Check:

3.1 Preparation:
3.2 Starting:
pressure shocks.
3.3 Stopping:
further measures .
Page 1 of 8
3.4 Shutdown:

4.2 Bearings:
Pump Type VNF :
4.3 Shaft Seals:
.
5.0 Maintenance
5.1 Bearings (Pump)
below .

SEB 18103 K3K

Page 2 of 8
5.0 Maintenance
List 1 for: VNF1/290, 1/325, 2/300, 2/325, 2/400, 3/300, 3/325, 3/400, 4/300, 4/325, 5/300, 5/325

Quantity
1450 1750 2900 3500
Up to DN 100 13.000 11.000 8.000 7.000 8
DN 125-150 12.000 10.000 7.500 6.200 10
DN 200-250 11.000 9.500 6.500 4.800 15
DN 300-350 10.000 9.000 20
List 2 for:

Quantity
1450 1750 2900 3500
Up to DN 100 3.000 2.000 1.000 800 15
DN 125-150 2.500 1.700 900 700 15
DN 200-250 2.000 1.500 700 480 20
DN 300-400 1.700 1.200 25
List 3 for
VRF 11/420D G

Quantity
950 1150 1450 1750
DN 400 – 500 2.200 1.900 1.300 1.000 25

Page 3 of 8
5.3 Stuffing Boxes
5.4 Electric Motors


Pump runs hot 13 , 16 , 17 , 19 , 22 , 24 , 31
Bearings run hot 18 , 19 , 20 , 21 , 27 , 30 , 33 , 34

Page 4 of 8
Cause Remedy
piping system
checked increased
ordering data
possible clogging
bodies
Realign!
and seating
point
impeller
to dry running

Page 5 of 8
(Interval Periods)

Stuffing box
Retightening 250
or repacking 2000


Replacement 20000
Coupling
Inspection

(Liquid Seal Pump)

Page 6 of 8
Gap gauge
Fig. 1.1

∅ mm mm Kw Kr
S max – S min Mm
mm
58 5 0,10 0,10
68 5 0,11 0,11
80 5 +1 0,13 0,13
95 5 +1 0,15 0,15
110 5 +1 0,18 0,18
125 5 +1 0,21 0,21
140 5 +1 0,24 0,24
160 6 +1 0,27 0,27
180 6 +1 0,30 0,30
200 6 +1 0,34 0,34
225 6 +1 0,38 0,38

Page 7 of 8
Page 8 of 8
Behrens Pumpen
Teil
Repère
Type: Stückliste
Behrens Pumpen
Teil
Repère
Type: Stückliste
TYP/TYPE AELD 35/45/55/65 PD-AELD-11-BEHRENS-GB.DOC
Table of contents
1 Commissioning

3 Appendix
3.1 Dimensions
3.2 Spare parts

Enclosure IP65
Power input 16 VA
Material:
Sealings NBR
Connections:
Exhaust, Drainage B
Pressure switch C
Cable E

1. Commissioning
Caution

Caution

Caution

Caution

3. Appendix
3.1 Dimensions
13409c/A4

3.2 Spare parts
13342e/A4

30177/A3

Behrens Pumpen
Item 5
Service General Service pump
Type: VRW 5/420 G
Description Centrifugal pump with axial inlet
Medium
Viscosity (cst) :
Capacity (cbm/h) : 140,00 - 72,00
Delivery pressure (bar) : 2,50 - 7,00
Difference pressure (bar) : 2,50 - 7,00
Power consumption (kW) : 15,50 - 37,00
Motor required (kW) : 17,80 - 42,60
Speed (rpm) : 1150 - 1750
NPSH (r) (m) : 0,70 - 1,80
Materials
Connections DN PN
E-Motor Type : CSM 280S/M4-6
Starting : DOL
Power (kW) : 71,00 - 22,00 SPM : no
Rated current (A) : Space heater : 230V/158W
Starting current (A) :
Weights
Pump / e-motor (kg) : 270,00 / Total (kg) : 270,00
29.06.2006 Dirksen
BehrensPumpen

1. Works No.
2. Pump Type / Size
and parts items .
and dry it out .

Final Check:

3.1 Preparation:
3.2 Starting:
pressure shocks.
3.3 Stopping:
further measures .
Page 1 of 8
3.4 Shutdown:

4.2 Bearings:
Pump Type VNF :
4.3 Shaft Seals:
.
5.0 Maintenance
5.1 Bearings (Pump)
below .

SEB 18103 K3K

Page 2 of 8
5.0 Maintenance
List 1 for: VNF1/290, 1/325, 2/300, 2/325, 2/400, 3/300, 3/325, 3/400, 4/300, 4/325, 5/300, 5/325

Quantity
1450 1750 2900 3500
Up to DN 100 13.000 11.000 8.000 7.000 8
DN 125-150 12.000 10.000 7.500 6.200 10
DN 200-250 11.000 9.500 6.500 4.800 15
DN 300-350 10.000 9.000 20
List 2 for:

Quantity
1450 1750 2900 3500
Up to DN 100 3.000 2.000 1.000 800 15
DN 125-150 2.500 1.700 900 700 15
DN 200-250 2.000 1.500 700 480 20
DN 300-400 1.700 1.200 25
List 3 for
VRF 11/420D G

Quantity
950 1150 1450 1750
DN 400 – 500 2.200 1.900 1.300 1.000 25

Page 3 of 8
5.3 Stuffing Boxes
5.4 Electric Motors


Pump runs hot 13 , 16 , 17 , 19 , 22 , 24 , 31
Bearings run hot 18 , 19 , 20 , 21 , 27 , 30 , 33 , 34

Page 4 of 8
Cause Remedy
piping system
checked increased
ordering data
possible clogging
bodies
Realign!
and seating
point
impeller
to dry running

Page 5 of 8
(Interval Periods)

Stuffing box
Retightening 250
or repacking 2000


Replacement 20000
Coupling
Inspection

(Liquid Seal Pump)

Page 6 of 8
Gap gauge
Fig. 1.1

∅ mm mm Kw Kr
S max – S min Mm
mm
58 5 0,10 0,10
68 5 0,11 0,11
80 5 +1 0,13 0,13
95 5 +1 0,15 0,15
110 5 +1 0,18 0,18
125 5 +1 0,21 0,21
140 5 +1 0,24 0,24
160 6 +1 0,27 0,27
180 6 +1 0,30 0,30
200 6 +1 0,34 0,34
225 6 +1 0,38 0,38

Page 7 of 8
Page 8 of 8
Behrens Pumpen
Teil
Repère
Type: Stückliste
VRW Spare part list 1013G
Behrens Pumpen
Teil
Repère
Type: Stückliste
VRW Spare part list 1013G
Table of contents
1 Commissioning

3 Appendix
3.1 Dimensions
3.2 Spare parts

Enclosure IP65
Power input 16 VA
Material:
Sealings NBR
Connections:
Exhaust, Drainage B
Pressure switch C
Cable E

1. Commissioning
Caution

Caution

Caution

Caution

3. Appendix
3.1 Dimensions
13413d/A4

3.2 Spare parts
14153b/A4

30176b/A3

Behrens Pumpen
Item 6
Service Bilge pump
Type: VRF 5/290 G
Medium
Viscosity (cst) :
Speed (rpm) : 1750
NPSH (r) (m) : 2,30
Materials
Wear rings : Bronze G-CuSn12
Connections DN PN
E-Motor Type : CSM 160L-4 E-Motor No. BV 61538
Starting : DOL
Weights
Pump 37127 BH, T.P. 6 bar 06 GL 06
29.06.2006 Dirksen
BehrensPumpen

1. Works No.
2. Pump Type / Size
and parts items .
and dry it out .

Final Check:

3.1 Preparation:
3.2 Starting:
pressure shocks.
3.3 Stopping:
further measures .
Page 1 of 8
3.4 Shutdown:

4.2 Bearings:
Pump Type VNF :
4.3 Shaft Seals:
.
5.0 Maintenance
5.1 Bearings (Pump)
below .

SEB 18103 K3K

Page 2 of 8
5.0 Maintenance
List 1 for: VNF1/290, 1/325, 2/300, 2/325, 2/400, 3/300, 3/325, 3/400, 4/300, 4/325, 5/300, 5/325

Quantity
1450 1750 2900 3500
Up to DN 100 13.000 11.000 8.000 7.000 8
DN 125-150 12.000 10.000 7.500 6.200 10
DN 200-250 11.000 9.500 6.500 4.800 15
DN 300-350 10.000 9.000 20
List 2 for:

Quantity
1450 1750 2900 3500
Up to DN 100 3.000 2.000 1.000 800 15
DN 125-150 2.500 1.700 900 700 15
DN 200-250 2.000 1.500 700 480 20
DN 300-400 1.700 1.200 25
List 3 for
VRF 11/420D G

Quantity
950 1150 1450 1750
DN 400 – 500 2.200 1.900 1.300 1.000 25

Page 3 of 8
5.3 Stuffing Boxes
5.4 Electric Motors


Pump runs hot 13 , 16 , 17 , 19 , 22 , 24 , 31
Bearings run hot 18 , 19 , 20 , 21 , 27 , 30 , 33 , 34

Page 4 of 8
Cause Remedy
piping system
checked increased
ordering data
possible clogging
bodies
Realign!
and seating
point
impeller
to dry running

Page 5 of 8
(Interval Periods)

Stuffing box
Retightening 250
or repacking 2000


Replacement 20000
Coupling
Inspection

(Liquid Seal Pump)

Page 6 of 8
Gap gauge
Fig. 1.1

∅ mm mm Kw Kr
S max – S min Mm
mm
58 5 0,10 0,10
68 5 0,11 0,11
80 5 +1 0,13 0,13
95 5 +1 0,15 0,15
110 5 +1 0,18 0,18
125 5 +1 0,21 0,21
140 5 +1 0,24 0,24
160 6 +1 0,27 0,27
180 6 +1 0,30 0,30
200 6 +1 0,34 0,34
225 6 +1 0,38 0,38

Page 7 of 8
Page 8 of 8
Behrens Pumpen
Teil
Repère
Type: Stückliste
Behrens Pumpen
Teil
Repère
Type: Stückliste
Table of contents
1 Commissioning

3 Appendix
3.1 Dimensions
3.2 Spare parts

Enclosure IP65
Power input 16 VA
Material:
Sealings NBR
Connections:
Exhaust, Drainage B
Pressure switch C
Cable E

1. Commissioning
Caution

Caution

Caution

Caution

3. Appendix
3.1 Dimensions
13413d/A4

3.2 Spare parts
14153b/A4

30176b/A3

Behrens Pumpen
Item 7
Service Emergency fire pump
Type: VRF 1/350 G
Medium
Viscosity (cst) :
Speed (rpm) : 3545
NPSH (r) (m) : 3,70
Materials
Connections DN PN
pressure side 80 16
Priming unit Type : priming unit ASED 220V
priming unit with liquid ring pump, seawater resistant
Prime mover mounted on pump
E-Motor Type : CSM 180M-2 E-Motor No. BT 32994
Starting : DOL
Weights
Pump 37128 BH, T.P. 12 bar 06 GL 06
29.06.2006 Dirksen
BehrensPumpen

1. Works No.
2. Pump Type / Size
and parts items .
and dry it out .

Final Check:

3.1 Preparation:
3.2 Starting:
pressure shocks.
3.3 Stopping:
further measures .
Page 1 of 8
3.4 Shutdown:

4.2 Bearings:
Pump Type VNF :
4.3 Shaft Seals:
.
5.0 Maintenance
5.1 Bearings (Pump)
below .

SEB 18103 K3K

Page 2 of 8
5.0 Maintenance
List 1 for: VNF1/290, 1/325, 2/300, 2/325, 2/400, 3/300, 3/325, 3/400, 4/300, 4/325, 5/300, 5/325

Quantity
1450 1750 2900 3500
Up to DN 100 13.000 11.000 8.000 7.000 8
DN 125-150 12.000 10.000 7.500 6.200 10
DN 200-250 11.000 9.500 6.500 4.800 15
DN 300-350 10.000 9.000 20
List 2 for:

Quantity
1450 1750 2900 3500
Up to DN 100 3.000 2.000 1.000 800 15
DN 125-150 2.500 1.700 900 700 15
DN 200-250 2.000 1.500 700 480 20
DN 300-400 1.700 1.200 25
List 3 for
VRF 11/420D G

Quantity
950 1150 1450 1750
DN 400 – 500 2.200 1.900 1.300 1.000 25

Page 3 of 8
5.3 Stuffing Boxes
5.4 Electric Motors


Pump runs hot 13 , 16 , 17 , 19 , 22 , 24 , 31
Bearings run hot 18 , 19 , 20 , 21 , 27 , 30 , 33 , 34

Page 4 of 8
Cause Remedy
piping system
checked increased
ordering data
possible clogging
bodies
Realign!
and seating
point
impeller
to dry running

Page 5 of 8
(Interval Periods)

Stuffing box
Retightening 250
or repacking 2000


Replacement 20000
Coupling
Inspection

(Liquid Seal Pump)

Page 6 of 8
Gap gauge
Fig. 1.1

∅ mm mm Kw Kr
S max – S min Mm
mm
58 5 0,10 0,10
68 5 0,11 0,11
80 5 +1 0,13 0,13
95 5 +1 0,15 0,15
110 5 +1 0,18 0,18
125 5 +1 0,21 0,21
140 5 +1 0,24 0,24
160 6 +1 0,27 0,27
180 6 +1 0,30 0,30
200 6 +1 0,34 0,34
225 6 +1 0,38 0,38

Page 7 of 8
Page 8 of 8
Behrens Pumpen
Teil
Repère
Type: Stückliste
Behrens Pumpen
Teil
Repère
Type: Stückliste
TYP/TYPE ASED-C PD-ASED C-11-BEHRENS-GB.DOC
Table of contents
1 Installation
2 Commissioning
3.1 Spare parts

3.2 Disassembly and assembly of the vacuum pump
4 Appendix
4.1 Dimensions
4.2 Installation example
4.3 Disturbances
4.4 Circuit diagram
4.5 Fittings
Operating voltage V 115 / 230

Protection IP 54
Weight kg 17
Frequency Hz 50 60
Suction capacity * l / min 145 170
-1
Rotations min 3000 3600
Power input kW 0,3 0,4
* aspirated gas, refered to air (15°C, 1013mbar)
Material:
Bronze (G-CuAl10Ni) Pump casing
Bronze (G-CuAl10Ni) Pump impeller
Stainless steel (X6CrNiTi1810) Control disc
Bronze (G-CuSn10) Valve
Steel galvanized Tank
NBR Sealings
Connections:
Venting A
Exhaust, Drainage B
Pressure Switch C

1. Installation instructions
Caution
Fundamentally every ventilating pipe is to be installed ascending from the ventilating point to the priming
unit. As a indication for selecting the nominal size of the ventilating pipes please refer to the respective
connection size at the priming unit.
The suction system has to be installed above the highest ventilating point. In case of water as pumping media the
maximum installation height over the lowest intake-sided liquid level must not exceed 8 m, minus the dynamical
losses of the suction system.
The evacuation occurs via pipes to be installed ascending to the connection A.
The service liquid tank must be filled up for the first start up via connection B.
Via the exhaust connection B the aspirated air escapes. Back pressure must be avoided. Small quantity of liquid
can escape from time to time.
Service liquid:
The liquid ring vacuum pumps require suitable liquid such as water during operation. The service liquid must not
tend to bubbles and must not attack the components of the pump. The vacuum pump is supplied by an attached
service liquid tank, which has to be filled with adequate service liquid before first commissioning.
2. Commissioning
- Fill up the service liquid tank with adequate medium via connection B
Caution
Operation of the vacuum pump without service liquid is not permitted and cause damage.
- Direction of rotation control of the vacuum pump.
Switch on the vaccum pump shorthly and check the direction of rotation of the vacuum pump by using the
rotation arrow.
Caution
Abweichungen bei Sonderausführungen beachten. Please pay attention to modification for special design.
The priming unit operates with slightly maintenance work. Following inspections respectively work should be
performed in fixed intervals which depend on pumping medium, operation mode and operation time.
- Check the shaft seal of the vacuum pump through a leakage opening on the upper part of the vacuum pump
casing.
3.1 Spare parts
A set of sealings including the mechanical seal and the casing seal is available as spare part no. 5048.
3.2 Disassembly and assembly of the vacuum pump
The vacuum pump can be assembled / dismantled as shown in the following scheme.

Before starting work, the vacuum pump must be switched to a power off mode.
Caution
If sealing compound has been used on the centring rims of the motor end shields, any compound residues must be
removed. To assemble the vacuum pump, moisten the centring rims with liquid sealing compound or apply a bead
of compound and join the parts together immediately.
It is only rarely necessary to dismantle the port plate from the pump cover, e.g. in order to clean or replace parts
inside the cover. If the port plate is loosened eithet intentionally or accidentally during dismantling, any residues of
old sealing compound must be removed. To assemble the port plate, moisten the seat inside the cover with liquid
sealing compound, then fit the port plate into the cover immediatley and press it firmly for approximately 5 seconds.
Be careful not to block the service liquid hole or the cavitation protection hole with the sealing compound (visual
inspection).
Make sure you assemble the impeller in the correct position! Align the blade radii on the casing side! The impeller
must sit loosely on the shaft!
Cover over the featherkey way when assembling the mechanical seal!
The pump section must be dismantled and the shaft supported in order to press on the fan impeller.
Lock all screws with adequate srew lock compound.

4. Appendix
4.1 Dimensions
14511b/A4
4.2 Installation example
14514c/A4

4.3 Disturbances
Disturbance Cause Remedy

Motor doesn't start; no motor noise At least two of the power supply leads are Check the fuses, terminals and supply leads
interrupted
Motor doesn't start; humming noise One of the supply leads is interrupted Check the fuses, terminals and supply leads
Pump is jammed Turn the pump impeller, draining and cleaning it
if necessary or see also under "Pump jammed"
Pump jammed The impeller is stuck See "Motor doesn't start; huming noise"
The impeller is defective Replace the impeller
Motor bearing defective Replace bearing
Motor circuit-breaker trips when the Winding short-circuit Check the motor winding
motor is switched on Motor overloaded Reduce the service liquid supply
Counterpressure in discharge too high Reduce the counterpressure
Too much liquid compressant entrained Reduce quantity of compressant
Pump stuck See under "Motor doesn't start; humming noise"
or "Pump jammed"
Pump doesn't generate vacuum No service liquid Check service liquid supply
Severe leak in the system Repair any leaks in the system
Wrong direction of rotation Revers the direction of rotation by changing over
two of the leads
Pump produces to little vacuum Pump too small Use a bigger pump
Service liquid supply too low Increase service liquid supply to maximum value
(2.5 times nominal value)
Service liquid too warm (>15°C) Cool the service liquid supply or increase the
service liquid supply
Slight leak in the system Repair the leak in the system
Slide ring packing leaking Check the slide ring packing
Abnormal noises Pump cavitation Open the cavitation protection screw
Service liquid supply too high Check the service liquid supply and reduce it
Pump leaking Gaskets, seal Check all gaskets and seal

4.4 Circuit diagram

Vakuumgesteuertes Absperrventil Typ/
Vacuum controlled Shut-Off Valve Type VEP 40401 3
Fig.1 Fig.2
Verwendung: Application:
Selbsteuerndes kombiniertes Kugelrückschlag- und Entlüf- Self controlled combinated ball type non return and deaeration
tungsventil zur Absaugung von Luft und Gasen aus Rohrlei- valve to exhaust air and gas from pipes and vessels under
tungen und Behältern mit innerem Unterdruck oder Überdruck vacuum or pressure (max. 2 bar) conditions by means of a
(max. 2 bar) mittels einer Evakuierungspumpe. vacuum pump.
Bauart: Design:
Doppelwirkendes Kugelrückschlagventil mit schwimmender Double-acting ball non return valve with swimming valve ball
Ventilkugel und vakuumgesteuertem Kolbenantrieb. and vacuum operated control piston.
Nenndruck: Nominal Pressure:

PN 10. PN 10.
Werkstoffe: Materials:
Gehäuse GCuSn10 Casing Bronze ( GCuSn10)
Ventilkugel Polyamid Valve ball Polyamide
Kolben PP/PE Piston PP/PE
Ventilsitz NBR Valve seat NBR
Einbauhinweis: Installation:
Vertikal, Durchfluß in Pfeilrichtung. Vertical, flow in arrow direction
Anschluß "A" muß standig offen sein. Connection "A" must be opened permanently.
VEP 3/4" VEP 1" VEP 11/2"

A G 1/4" G 1/4" G 1/4"
B G 3/4" G 1" G 11/2"
C G 3/4" G 3/4" G 11/2"
D SW 53 SW 53 SW 65
E 92 92 148
F 40 40 74
G 50 50 55
Fig. 3
Sonderausführungen auf Anfrage / Änderungen vorbehalten Special design upon request / Suject to change
vatec-Maschinenbau GmbH · Hans-Bredow-Str. 49 · D-28307 Bremen · Germany

Telefon +49 (0) 421 438610 · Telefax +49 (0) 421 4386123 · e-mail: service@vatec.de · www.vatec.de
Behrens Pumpen
Item 8
Service Sludge pump
Type: PL 100
Description Rotary lobe pump
Medium
Viscosity (cst) : 1,00 0,00
NPSH (r) (m) : 2,00
Pump 350rpm
Materials
Pump Casing : Cast iron GG-25
Lobes : cast iron-NBR
Liner :
Shaft : Steel
Material : DuronitV
Connections DN PN
pressure side 80 16
Prime mover
E-Motor Type : SK22-112 M
Execution : IM B3, IP 55, ISO F to B
Starting : DOL
Speed (rpm) : 1780
Rated current (A) : Space heater : no
Weights
Classification according to GL without certificate
29.06.2006 Dirksen
Operating and Maintenance Manual
BÖRGER Rotary Lobe Pump

PL Series
BÖRGER GmbH, Germany www.boerger.de Tel: +49 (0)2862 9103-20

Operating and Maintenance Manual
Table of Contents
BÖRGER – Rotary Lobe Pumps

Models PL 100, PL 200, PL 300, PL 400
1. BÖRGER ROTARY LOBE PUMPS (BARE SHAFT PUMP) ..........................................3

1.1 CONSTRUCTION OF THE ROTARY LOBE PUMP..............................................................3
1.2 FLANGES ..................................................................................................................4
1.3 DRIVE SPECIFICATION ................................................................................................4
1.4 ASSEMBLY OF AGGREGATE ........................................................................................4
2. COMPLETE BÖRGER – AGGREGATE ........................................................................5
2.1 STANDARD DESIGN ...................................................................................................5
2.2 LUBRICANT LEVEL AND CHANGE ................................................................................6
3. INSTALLATION IN THE PROCESS SYSTEM ..............................................................8
4. START UP ......................................................................................................................9
5. MAINTENANCE AND CONTROL ...............................................................................10

5.1 DISASSEMBLY OF QUICK RELEASE COVER AND FLANGES .........................................10
5.2 CLEANING OF THE ROTARY LOBE PUMP ...................................................................10
5.3 DANGER OF FROST ..................................................................................................10
6. TROUBLESHOOTING..................................................................................................11
6.1 PROBLEM / HELP .....................................................................................................11
6.2 CHANGING THE PISTON TYPE PL ..............................................................................13
6.3 READJUSTMENT OF ROTARY LOBES ..........................................................................15
6.4 EXCHANGE OF MECHANICAL SEAL ............................................................................16
6.5 EXCHANGE OF MIP RADIAL LINERS ..........................................................................17
6.6 ADJUSTMENT OF THE AXIAL TOLERANCE OF THE ROTORS .........................................18
6.7 GLAND PACKING .....................................................................................................18
6.8 SPECIAL PUMP CONSTRUCTIONS .............................................................................18
6.9 SPARE PARTS LIST ..................................................................................................19
7. SPARE PARTS REGARDING THE CODE NUMBER ................................................20
7.1 CODE NUMBER ........................................................................................................20
7.2 SPARE PARTS LIST ..................................................................................................20
Datei: BEDI-PL-1-08-01-E-0,
Stand:25.10.01
2
1. BÖRGER Rotary Lobe Pump (Bare Shaft Pump)
1.1 Construction of the Rotary Lobe Pump

BOERGER Rotary Lobe Pumps of the PL Series are designed on a modular basis. Gear unit,
axial wear plates, cover and mechanical seals remain the same throughout the series.
The material of the fluid wetted parts of the pump unit should be adapted to the chemical and
physical conditions of the fluid. The Code Number represents the parts used in the pump unit.
Safety Opening
do not close
Oil Fill Breather
Timing Gear Oil Fill Up
Intermediate Chamber
Oil Gauge
Driving Schaft
(top or bottom)
Quick Release Cover
Oil Drain R 1/2" Oil Drain R1/2"

Timing Gear Intermediate Chamber
Stand:25.10.01
3
1.2 Flanges
The flange material is usually galvanized steel or stainless steel. Gaskets (see 7.2 Spare Parts
List Pos. 25) have to be installed between the pump casing and the flanges. The material of the
Gaskets should be adapted to the chemical and physical conditions of the fluid.
Intermediate Chamber
Timing Gear Pump Chamber
1.3 Drive Specification

The BOERGER Rotary Lobe Pump needs a drive unit with suitable rotation speed and torque.
The design of the drive unit (rotation speed and power) depends on the hydraulic conditions (i.e.
capacity, pressure, viscosity) of the application.
1.4 Assembly of Aggregate

The Rotary Lobe Pump and the drive unit must be assembled free of distortion. The pump shaft
and drive shaft have to be connected with a suitable coupling including guard for protection.
After assembly of the pump aggregate on the foundation and in the pipe system the alignment of
the coupling has to be controlled as part of the warranty.
Follow also Operation and Maintenance Manual of Drive Unit!
Shaft Diameter of PL-Series:
Shaft-Design Diameter
Standard, DIN 748 35 mm (1,38 “)
PTO – Profile 1 3/8“
Stand:25.10.01
4
2. Complete BÖRGER – Aggregate
2.1 Standard Design
Rotary Lobe Pump and drive (standard: helical geared motor) fitted on common base (twist-free),
made from galvanized steel, incl. elastic coupling and coupling guard. Also possible is an over-
head mounted drive and a mechanically adjustable variable speed drive (VSD) for operation in a
wide range of flow. The base of the aggregate has to be fastened on an even foundation.
1.) BÖRGER Rotary Lobe Pump
2.) Elastic coupling
3.) Coupling Guard
4.) V-Belt Disc
5.) V-Belt
6.) V-Belt Guard
7.) Motor
8.) Gear Reduction Unit
9.) Variable Speed Drive
10.) Base
11.) Flanges
Stand:25.10.01
5
2.2 Lubricant Level and Change
Before start up of the pump unit check oil level of timing gear at the oil gauge. The oil level must
be at the middle of the oil gauge. The oil of the timing gear and the fluid of the of intermediate
chamber has to be exchanged every two years or after 10.000 hours of operation.
The fluid level in the intermediate chamber must be at the level of the top shaft. The top opening
of the intermediate chamber must remain open to the environment and must be protected against
dirt with our plastic stopper. Submersible units must be equipped with a sensor for monitoring of
the mechanical seal.
The functions of the intermediate chamber are
1. Lubrication and cooling of the mechanical seals and rotor/shaft connection

2. Detection of seal failures
3. Buffer zone to the sealed timing gear
Check fluid of intermediate chamber with every rotor change. When changing mechanical seals
the intermediate chamber has to be flushed and cleaned with water before fill up of new fluid.
Change the hydraulic oil at least every two years or after 10,000 operation hours.
Consider that atmospheric conditions (temperature, humidity, aggressiveness etc.) can change
the interval of oil-changes.
Attention: Please check if the factory site filled lubricant types and/or listed oil types of the
pump unit are allowable with the environmental regulations at the application site. If
need please consult factory.
Oil quantity depending on model!
Rotary Lobe Pump Timing Gear Intermediate Chamber

Model Oil quantity Lubricant quantity
PL 100 App. 1,5 liter App. 0,8 liter
Factory site used oil types:

Timing Gear: Mobilgear 630
Intermediate Chamber: MOBIL AMBREX 68
Attached is a list of factory approved lubricant types for BÖRGER Rotary Lobe Pumps:
Stand:25.10.01
6
Oil Types Timing Gear
Type of Ambient- Viskosity ARAL BP CASTROL DEA ESSO KLüber MOBIL SHELL TRIPOL
lubricant Tempera-
ture
Minera -5...40 ISO VG Degol BG Energol Alpha SP Deagear DX Spartan Klüberoil Mobilgear Shell Omala Tribol
Oil (normal) 220 220 GR- 220 SAE 85 W EP 220 GEM 1-220 630 Oel 220 1100/220
XP220 Alpha MW 90 Falcon
220 CLP 150
Minera -15 25 ISO VG Degol BG Energol Alpha SP Deagear DX Spartan Klüberoil Mobilgear Shell Omala Tribol
Oil 100 100 GR-XP 100 SAE 80W EP 100 GEM 1-100 629 Oel 100 1100/100
100 Alpha MW Falcon CLP
100 150
Minera -50...-15 ISO VG Vitamol Bartran Hyspin AWS Airkraft Hy- Univis J13 Isoflex MT Mobil DTE Shell Tellus Tripol 770
Oil 15 1010 HV15 15 draulic Oil 15 30 rot 11M Oel T15
Hyspin SP
15
Lubricant Type Intermediate Chamber

Type of Ambient- Viskosity ARAL BP CASTROL DEA ESSO KLüber MOBIL SHELL TRIPOL
lubricant Tempera-
ture
Mineral -15...+40 ISO VG 68 Motanol Energol Magna 68 Renolin NURAY 68 Klüberoil GIM AMBREX SHELL Tripol 943
Oil HE 68 CS 68 DTA 68 1-68 68 Vitrea 68 AW-68
Or alternative a mixture of Glysantine and water.
Attention: Oil level must be at the middle of the oil gauge
Oil level and oil change for drive follow instruction of Operation and Mainte-
nance Manual of the drive unit.
Stand:25.10.01
7
3. Installation in the Process System
The BÖRGER Rotary Lobe Pumps are self-priming under certain conditions. To prevent cavita-
tion install the pump with flooded suction or only with a small suction lift. With larger suction lifts
and/or long suction pipes, control that the NPSH available of the system is higher in comparison
to the required NPSH of the pump. The required NSPH value must be at least a 0,5 m under the
NPSH available to prevent cavitation. With suction lifts over 2 m it is required to install a check
valve at a suitable position in the pipe system.
Especially in pump installations with gaseous fluids it is important to prevent air bubbles on the
suction side of the pump. If this is not practicable, install an air release valve close to the pump at
a suitable position in the pipe system. This ensures a trouble free start up of the pump aggregate.
Install compensators (follow the mounting instruction of the compensator manufacturer) between
pump flanges and system especially with thin-walled pipes. Also consider loads caused by
changing physical conditions (i.e. temperature).
Connection flanges or valves are not allowed to load the pump unit.
Before start up check and if needed correct the alignment of the coupling. Uneven foundation
surfaces have to be corrected.
Recommended Maintenance Space
Stand:25.10.01
8
4. Start Up
• Check the lubricant Levels (see 2.2)
• Check that the flange and pipe connections are sealed and not leaking.
• At pumps with infinite variable rotating flanges (i.e. mobile pumps) check the tightness of the
clamps. Also check the quick connection flanges.
• Check all installed appurtenances in addition to the pump aggregate (i.e. VFDs, dry running
protection, pressure gauges etc.).
• Check the rotation direction of the drive.
• Prevent longer dry running in the start up phase.

Fluid is needed for cooling of the pump.
• Do not operate pump in hose systems without supervision!
• The BÖRGER Rotary Lobe Pump can operate in either direction. Check if rotation direction
fits your needs.
Top shaft rotates counterclockwise. Top shaft rotates clockwise.

Fluid flows in direction of arrow. Fluid flows in direction of arrow.
Change rotation direction of the drive or change to the other driving shaft of the pump (if suitable)
to reverse flow.
• Opening of valves.
• After a short time the Rotary Lobe Pump is displacing the nominal capacity. The pressure is
not allowed to rise over the permissible pressure of the pipe system and of the Rotary Lobe
Pump and shall not overload the drive unit.
The top opening of the intermediate chamber must remain open to the environment and must
be closed for dirt protection with our plastic stopper. The closing oft he top opening cause dam-
ages on the gear wheels and the bearings
Stand:25.10.01
9
5. Maintenance and Control
Before every start up check lubricant levels. In addition to, the Lubricant has to be changed in the
named periods. (see 2.2).
5.1 Disassembly of Quick Release Cover and Flanges

Following are precautions before disassembly of quick release cover and flanges:
• Disconnect motor from power or remove drive from pump unit.
• Close suction and discharge valves.
• Loosen ring nuts of the quick release cover equally app. 5 mm and move the cover slowly
of the pump casing. Pressure may still exist inside the pump.
Caution: Remaining pressure in the pump can splash fluid out of the gap between pump
casing and cover. Cover gap with suitable rag.
5.2 Cleaning of the Rotary Lobe Pump

Remove quick release cover of the pump (see 5.1). Clean pump and flanges with suitable clean-
ing agent. Let the pump casing dry and use metal surface protection (i.e. grease) suitable for the
rubber material of the rotors. Do not use grease with EPDM or SBR rotors.
5.3 Danger of Frost

The pump and pipe system must be secured against frost. As a supplement BOERGER can de-
liver a heated quick release cover.
Attention: Frozen fluid pieces from the pipe system can cause wear inside
the pump, especially at the rubber - coating of the rotors.
Stand:25.10.01
10
6. Troubleshooting
6.1 Problem / Help
Pump does not start after shut down
Possible problem Help

• Solids have settled inside the pump after • Cleaning of pump (see 5.2)
shut down.
• Rotors are swollen and are tight to the • Check temperature and chemical com-
pump casing. pounds of fluid. Change rotor to a suitable
material.
• Long fibers, foil or plastics are blocking • Cleaning of pump and suction flange (see
the pump. 5.1), plan the installation of a Multi-
Chopper
• Axial rotor tolerance misaligned • Adjust axial rotor tolerance (see 6.6)
• Power and/or torque too weak, drive too • Change to bigger drive
small
Pump does not self prime
Possible problem Help

• Wrong direction of rotation • Change rotation direction of the drive
• Suction pipe blocked • Clean of suction pipe
• Suction connection leaky • Check gaskets and tightness of connec-

tions
• Air bubble inside the pump or pipe system • Fill up pump with fluid or release air out of
the system
• Rubber coating of rotors destroyed • Replace rotors; check temperature and

chemical compounds of fluid. Change
rotor to a suitable material.
Stand:25.10.01
11
Pump cavitates
Possible Problem Help

• Rotation speed too high: The cavities in- • Decrease rotation speed and/or in-
side the pump are not filled (cavitation). crease suction - pressure
• Solid is blocking suction side • Remove solid
Oil leakage at the top of the intermediate chamber
Possible Problem Help

• O-rings of the mechanical seal are dam- • Replace the o-rings of the mechanical
aged seal (see 6.4; 6.6)
• Change of mechanical seal (see 6.4; 6.6)

• Mechanical seal defect
Technical information mechanical seal
The single acting mechanical seals used in BOERGER Rotary Lobe Pumps consist of each two
seal faces positioned against each other. The mechanical seals are quenched with the fluid
(standard: hydraulic oil) in the intermediate chamber. With capillary and centrifugal force created
by the rotation the oil is forced between the seal faces and lubricates the seal gap and removes
developing heat from the mechanical seal. Pumped fluid is not needed to lubricate and/or cool the
mechanical seal.
If the mechanical seals had to be opened during maintenance it is recommended to ex-

change the mechanical seal, even if the wear limit has not been reached.
Stand:25.10.01
12
6.2 Changing the piston type PL
a) Switch off the pump and lock the drive unit. Seal off the suction and pressure pipes using the
shut-off valves. (see 5.1)
b) Uniformly unscrew the four ring nuts (1) by 5 mm and slide the lid (2) back a little to allow any
pressure to get rid of.
Remaining pressure in the pump can splash fluid out of the gap
between pump casing and cover. Cover gap with suitable rag.
c) Unscrew the haxagon socket screws (3) of the two pistons using a 14 mm hexagon socket
key. (Shafts can be retained by clamping with a part which has no sharp edges).
d) Pull off the seal washer (4) in case they are existent.
e) Unscrew the grub screws from the threaded bores (6), screw the piston withdrawal tool
(see: 7. Spare parts list, item no. 90-91) into the threaded bores (6) and pull off the
piston.
f) Check (if necessary replace) and oil the O-rings (5) and (7).
Stand:25.10.01
13
g) Oil the shafts and slide on the new pistons. If several pistons have to be pushed on the shaft
the sealing shell [8] with the two o-rings [check damages!] must be provided. Screw the
grub screws back into the threaded bores (6) of the front pistons.
Note: Check the quality symbol on the front sides of the old and new pistons.
h) Unscrew the two screws (3) again and slide on the sealing washer (4).
i) Screw in the cylinder screw (3) and tighten with a torque wrench:
• Torque: 180 Nm for standard screws, 8.8
• Torque: 180 Nm for stainless steel screws, A4
j) Turn the piston by hand and check for easy running.
k) Replace the lid (2) and tighten the ring nuts (1).
l) Before restarting the pump, test it by carefully tipping the motor switch to ensure the function
of the pump.
Stand:25.10.01
14
6.3 Readjustment of Rotary Lobes (Optional Feature)
A
A
A
a) Shut down pump unit and close valves surrounding the pump (see 5.1)
b) Loosen ring nuts of the quick release cover equally app. 5 mm and move the cover slowly of
the pump casing. Pressure may still exist inside the pump. Clean or flush the pump casing
Caution: Remaining pressure in the pump can splash fluid out of the gap between
pump casing and cover. Cover gap with suitable rag.
c) The rotors may only be readjusted when being positioned as shown in the above illustration.
Turn the shafts until the rotors are in a vertical and horizontal position.
d) At the marked points carefully drill holes with a 10 mm twist drill through the rubber coating
until you reach the socket head cap screw for adjustment.
e) Readjust the rotors by turning the socket head cap screw until the sealing line between rotor
radius and pump casing is readjusted to a tolerance of 0 – 0,1 mm. Use a thickness gage for
checking the tolerances. During and after readjustment check easy movement of the rotors.
Attention: No possibility of reversing the adjustment!
f) Control the cover O-ring and tighten the quick release cover with the wear plate to the pump
casing with the ring nuts.
g) Before restarting the pump, test it by carefully tipping the motor switch to ensure the function
of the pump.
Stand:25.10.01
15
6.4 Exchange of Mechanical Seal
a) Drain the lubricant from the intermediate chamber through the lubricant drain (11).
b) Remove the rotors as described under 6.2.
c) Remove the feather key (9) from the groove. Unscrew the holding bush with thread (2) by
using the special BÖRGER tool (spare part list Pos. 95).
d) Remove the mechanical seal rings (4) with O–rings (5) from the holding bush with thread
(2) and from the stationary holding bush (8). Clean and oil the O-ring seats of the holding
bushes. Flush the intermediate chamber for cleaning purpose.
e) Push the O–rings (5) onto the new mechanical seal rings (4). Press
one seal ring (4) into the stationary bush (8) and the other into the
holding bush with thread (2).
f) Screw the holding bush with thread (2) onto the shaft until aligned
with the wear plate (7), then turn it backwards app. 1/6 revolution.
The holding bush projects app. 0,3 mm to the wear plate. Ensure that
one groove of the bush (2) is aligned with the groove on the shaft for
the feather key (see 7.2).
g) Place the feather key (9) into the aligned grooves of the holding bush
with thread (2) and of the shaft.
h) Check (replace if necessary) and oil the O–ring (1). Clean and oil the counter surfaces for
the rotors.
i) Refit the rotors (see 6.2)
j) Fill fluid into the intermediate chamber through the oil inlet opening (10) (minimum to the
level of the top shaft). Close intermediate chamber with plastic stopper for dirt protection.
Stand:25.10.01
16
6.5 Exchange of MIP Radial Liners (Optional Feature)
1. Disassembly of MIP Radial Liners
a) Shut down pump unit and close valves surrounding the pump (see 5.1).
b) Loosen ring nuts (3) of the quick release cover equally app. 1/5” and move the cover (4)
slowly of the pump casing. Pressure may still exist inside the pump.
Clean or flush the pump casing.
Caution: Remaining pressure in the pump can splash fluid out of the gap
between pump casing and cover. Cover gap with suitable rag.
c) Remove the axial wear plate (5).

d) Now open the clamps (2) holding the MIP Radial Liners (6) in position by loosening the
screws (1).
Attention: Check the CU–Rings and replace them if necessary.
e) The MIP Radial Liners (6) can now be removed.
2. Assembly of MIP Radial Liners
a) Clean the pump casing from any particles.

b) Push the MIP Radial Liners (6) into the pump casing symmetrically.
c) Now fasten the MIP Radial Liners (6) by equally alternate tightening of the clamps (2).
Observe an equal tolerance at both sides of the flange openings.
d) Check easy motion of the rotors, if necessary, correct the alignment of the MIP Radial
Liners.
e) Control the cover O-ring and tighten the quick release cover with the wear plate to the
pump casing with the ring nuts.
f) Before restarting the pump, test it by carefully tipping the motor switch to ensure the
function of the pump.
Stand:25.10.01
17
6.6 Adjustment of the axial Tolerance of the Rotors
1. Remove the lobes as described under 6.2.
2. Take the feather key (9) out of the shaft groove.
3. a) The rotors are too tight to the quick release cover:
Turn the holding bush with thread (2) clockwise 1/6 revo-
lution until the next groove is aligned with the shaft groove
by using the special BÖRGER tool.
b) The rotors are too tight to the rear wear plate (7):
Turn the holding bush with thread (2) counter clockwise 1/6 revolution until the
next groove is aligned with the shaft groove by using the special BÖRGER tool.
Do not unscrew the threaded bush (2) more than 1/6 turn! Danger of
fluid leakage from the intermediate chamber!
4. Place the feather key (9) into the aligned grooves of the holding bush with thread (2) and
of the shaft.
5. Refit the rotors (see 6.2).
6.7 Gland Packing
Please refer to separate operation and maintenance instructions.
6.8 Special Pump Constructions
Please refer to separate operation and maintenance instructions.
Stand:25.10.01
18
6.9 Spare Parts List
The Spare Parts List contains position numbers referring to the explosion drawing, the name of
the part, material, article number (important for spare part orders) and quantity per pump. The
BÖRGER Rotary lobe pump is furnished with fluid wetted parts according to the code number
(see 7.1).
Exchange of Rotary Lobes

2/4/6/8x rotor Pos. No.: 9
2/4x O-ring; 54 x 4 Pos. No.: 31
0/4/8/12 x O-ring; 55 x 3 Pos. No.: 34
Exchange of Mechanical Seal

2x mechanical seal Pos. No.: 15
2x O–ring 54 x 4 Pos. No.: 31
0/4/8/12 x O-ring; 55 x 3 Pos. No.: 34
Exchange of wear plates

1x front wear plate Pos. No.: 10
1x rear wear plate Pos. No.: 11
2x radial casing liners Pos. No.: 12.1
2/4x O–ring 54 x 4 Pos. No.: 31
0/4/8/12x O–ring 55 x 3 Pos. No.: 34
2x countersunk screw; M8 x 20 Pos. No.: 52
Exchange of fluid wetted parts

1x pump casing Pos. No.: 5
1x front wear plate Pos. No.: 10
1x rear wear plate Pos. No.: 11
2x radial casing liners Pos. No.: 12.1
4x clamping part Pos. No.: 12.2
2/4x socket head cap screw; M10 x 25 Pos. No.: 12.3
4x Sealing washer; A 10 x 16 Pos. No.: 12.4
2x stationary holding bush Pos. No.: 13
2x holding bush with thread Pos. No.: 14
2x mechanical seal Pos. No.: 15
2/4/6x distance bushing Pos. No.: 22
0/2x cover disc Pos. No.: 24
2x gasket Pos. No.: 25
2/4x O–ring 54 x 4 Pos. No.: 31
0/4/8/12x O–ring 55 x 3 Pos. No.: 34
2x countersunk screw; M8 x 20 Pos. No.: 52
2x hexagon head screw; M16 x 40 Pos. No.: 64
2x sealing washer; A 21 x 26 Pos. No.: 74
As special tools use the withdrawal tool (Pos. No. 90/91), the special tool for the holding
bush (Pos. No. 95).
Stand:25.10.01
19
7. Spare Parts regarding the Code Number
7.1 Code Number

The code number stamped to the pump nameplate identifies all fluid wetted parts the pump is fur-
nished with. The code number is also recorded on the cover page of this operation and mainte-
nance manual. To decode the pump code, refer to the attached code table.
7.2 Spare Parts List

The attached spare parts list is universal and contains all available combinations.
Please use the pump code for identification.
Please order required spare parts at (please mention the article numbers):
BÖRGER GmbH
Benningsweg 24
46325 Borken – Weseke
Germany
E – mail: info@boerger.de
Telefon: +49 (0)2862 / 9103 – 20

Telefax: +49 (0)2862 / 9103 - 46
Stand:25.10.01
20
Standard-Assembly
Overhead mounted Drive Assembly
Stand:25.10.01
21
Stand:25.10.01
22
Spare part list PL pumps quantity
item nomination material article-No. 100 200 300 400
1 gear case EN-GJL-200 A20008 1 1 1 1
2 gear case cover EN-GJL-200 A20108 1 1 1 1
3 bearing cap open EN-GJL-200 A20208 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2
4 bearing cap closed EN-GJL-200 A20218 1/0 1/0 1/0 1/0
5 pump casing PL 100; FERROCAST EN-GJL-250 B40118 1 - - -
pump casing PL 200; FERROCAST EN-GJL-250 B40218 - 1 - -
pump casing PL 300; FERROCAST EN-GJL-250 B40318 - - 1 -
pump casing PL 400; FERROCAST EN-GJL-250 B40418 - - - 1
pump casing PL 200; nitrided hardening* EN-GJL-250 B40228 - 1 - -
pump casing PL 100; stainless steel 1.4517 B40138 1 - - -
pump casing PL 200; stainless steel 1.4517 B40238 - 1 - -
pump casing PL 300; stainless steel 1.4517 B40338 - - 1 -
pump casing PL 100; FERROCAST; MIP EN-GJL-250 B40430 1 - - -
pump casing PL 200; FERROCAST; MIP EN-GJL-250 B40440 - 1 - -
pump casing PL 300; FERROCAST; MIP EN-GJL-250 B40450 - - 1 -
pump casing PL 400; FERROCAST; MIP EN-GJL-250 B40460 - - - 1
pump casing PL 100; MIP; stainless steel 1.4571 B40130 1 - - -
pump casing PL 200; MIP; stainless steel 1.4571 B40230 - 1 - -
pump casing PL 300; MIP; stainless steel 1.4571 B40330 - - 1 -
8 pump casing cover EN-GJS-400 B41008 1 1 1 1
9.1 rotor 2-lobe; PL 100 NBR R82468 2 - - -
rotor 2-lobe; PL 100 EPDM R82478 2 - - -
rotor 2-lobe; PL 100 FPM R82458 2 - - -
rotor 2-lobe; PL 100 Haberflex R82781 2
rotor 2-lobe; PL 200 NBR R82568 - 2 - -
rotor 2-lobe; PL 200 EPDM R82578 - 2 - -
rotor 2-lobe; PL 200 FPM R82558 - 2 - -
rotor 2-lobe; PL 200 Haberflex R82791 - 2 - -
rotor 2-lobe; PL 300 NBR R82618 - - 2 -
rotor 2-lobe; PL 300 EPDM R82628 - - 2 -
rotor 2-lobe; PL 300 FPM R82608 - - 2 -
rotor 2-lobe; PL 300 Haberflex R82801 - - 2 -
9.2 rotor 3-lobe NBR R82208 2 4 6 8
rotor 3-lobe EPDM R82308 2 4 6 8
rotor 3-lobe FPM R82408 2 4 6 8
rotor 3-lobe PUR R82508 2 4 6 8
rotor 3-lobe, auxiliary rotor 1.4571 R82908 - 2 4 6
rotor 3-lobe, front side 1.4571 R82908K 2 2 2 2
rotor 3-lobe, auxiliary rotor PTFE R82809 - 2 4 6
rotor 3-lobe, front side PTFE R82809K 2 2 2 2
9.3 rotor 2-lobe; readjustable; PL 100 NBR R82668 2 - - -
rotor 2-lobe; readjustable; PL 100 EPDM R82658 2 - - -
rotor 2-lobe; readjustable; PL 100 FPM R82678 2 - - -
rotor 2-lobe; readjustable; PL 200 NBR R82718 - 2 - -
rotor 2-lobe; readjustable; PL 200 EPDM R82708 - 2 - -
rotor 2-lobe; readjustable; PL 200 FPM R82728 - 2 - -
rotor 2-lobe; readjustable; PL 300 NBR R82758 - - 2 -
rotor 2-lobe; readjustable; PL 300 EPDM R82768 - - 2 -
rotor 2-lobe; readjustable; PL 300 FPM R82778 - - 2 -
* without MIP liners
ERSA-PL-1-6-01-E-1
Stand: 25.10.2001 Tabelle1
9.4 screw rotor; ccw; PL 100 NBR R9323L9 1 - - -
screw rotor; cw; PL 100 NBR R9323R9 1 - - -
screw rotor; ccw; PL 100 EPDM R9324L9 1 - - -
screw rotor; cw; PL 100 EPDM R9324R9 1 - - -
screw rotor; ccw; PL 100 FPM R9325L9 1 - - -
screw rotor; cw, PL 100 FPM R9325R9 1 - - -
screw rotor; ccw; PL 100 NR-SBR R9326L9 1 - - -
screw rotor; cw, PL 100 NR-SBR R9326R9 1 - - -
screw rotor; ccw; PL 200 NBR R9327L9 - 1 - -
screw rotor; cw, PL 200 NBR R9327R9 - 1 - -
screw rotor; ccw; PL 200 EPDM R9328L9 - 1 - -
screw rotor; cw, PL 200 EPDM R9328R9 - 1 - -
screw rotor; ccw; PL 200 FPM R9329L9 - 1 - -
screw rotor; cw, PL 200 FPM R9329R9 - 1 - -
screw rotor; ccw; PL 200 NR-SBR R9330L9 - 1 - -
screw rotor; cw, PL 200 NR-SBR R9330R9 - 1 - -
screw rotor; ccw; PL 300 NBR R9331L9 - - 1 -
screw rotor; cw, PL 300 NBR R9331R9 - - 1 -
screw rotor; ccw; PL 300 EPDM R9332L9 - - 1 -
screw rotor; cw, PL 300 EPDM R9332R9 - - 1 -
screw rotor; ccw; PL 300 FPM R9333L9 - - 1 -
screw rotor; cw, PL 300 FPM R9333R9 - - 1 -
screw rotor; ccw; PL 300 NR-SBR R9334L9 - - 1 -
screw rotor; cw, PL 300 NR-SBR R9334R9 - - 1 -
10 cover protection plate, NitroX 1.3401 B41018 1 1 1 1
cover protection plate, stainless steel 1.4571 B41028 1 1 1 1
11 axial casing protection plate, hardened steel 42CrMo4V B41058 1 1 1 1
axial casing protection plate, stainless steel 1.4571 B51054 1 1 1 1
12.1 radial casing liners; PL100 XAR 400 B41060 2 - - -
radial casing liners; PL200 XAR 400 B41070 - 2 - -
radial casing liners; PL300 XAR 400 B41080 - - 2 -
radial casing liners; PL400 XAR 400 B41090 - - - 2
radial casing liners; PL100; stainless steel 1.4571 B41100 2 - - -
radial casing liners; PL200; stainless steel 1.4571 B41110 - 2 - -
radial casing liners; PL300; stainless steel 1.4571 B41120 - - 2 -
radial casing liners; PL400; stainless steel 1.4571 B41130 - - - 2
12.2 clamping part; PL100 1.0503 B41140 4 - - -
clamping part; PL200 1.0503 B41150 - 4 - -
clamping part; PL300 1.0503 B41160 - - 4 -
clamping part; PL400 1.0503 B41170 - - - 4
clamping part; PL100 1.4571 B41270 4 - - -
clamping part; PL200 1.4571 B41280 - 4 - -
clamping part; PL300 1.4571 B41290 - - 4 -
clamping part; PL400 1.4571 B41300 - - - 4
12.3 socket head cap srew; M10 x 25; 8.8 DIN 912 Z37810 4 8 8 8
socket head cap srew; M10 x 25; A4 DIN 912 Z37830 4 8 8 8
12.4 sealing washer; A 10 x 16 CU Z31309 4 8 8 8
13 stationary holding bush, quality steel 42CrMo4V D45218 2 2 2 2
stationary holding bush; stainless steel 1.4571 D45213 2 2 2 2
14 holding bush with thread; steel 42CrMo4V D45114 2 2 2 2
holding bush with thread; stainless steel 1.4571 D45214 2 2 2 2
15 mechanical seal; cast iron; O - Ring; NBR Hartg./NBR D45008 2 2 2 2
mechanical seal; cast iron; O - Ring; EPDM Hartg./EPDM D45104 2 2 2 2
mechanical seal; cast iron; O - Ring; Viton Hartg./FPM D45204 2 2 2 2
ERSA-PL-1-6-01-E-1
15 mechanical seal; cast iron; O - Ring; FEP Hartg./FEP/FPM D45307 2 2 2 2
mechanical seal; Sic/Sic; O - Ring; NBR Sic/NBR D45504 2 2 2 2
mechanical seal; Sic/Sic; O - Ring; EPDM Sic/EPDM D45604 2 2 2 2
mechanical seal; Sic/Sic; O - Ring; Viton Sic/FPM D45704 2 2 2 2
mechanical seal; Sic/Sic; O - Ring; FEP Sic/FEP/FPM D45807 2 2 2 2
O - Ring; 47,5 x 6,5 FEP/FPM D55307 4 4 4 4
O - Ring; 47,5 x 6,5 NBR D55317 4 4 4 4
O - Ring; 47,5 x 6,5 EPDM D55327 4 4 4 4
O - Ring; 47,5 x 6,5 FPM D55337 4 4 4 4
16 driving shaft; PL 100 42CrMo4V W41114 1/2 - - -
driving shaft; PL 200 42CrMo4V W41214 - 1/2 - -
driving shaft; PL 300 42CrMo4V W41314 - - 1/2 -
driving shaft; PL 400 42CrMo4V W41414 - - - 1/2
17 short shaft; PL 100 42CrMo4V W41124 1/0 - - -
short shaft; PL 200 42CrMo4V W41224 - 1/0 - -
short shaft; PL 300 42CrMo4V W41324 - - 1/0 -
short shaft; PL 400 42CrMo4V W41424 - - - 1/0
18 shaft with SAE - profile; PL 100 42CrMo4V W41104 2 - - -
shaft with SAE - profile; PL 200 42CrMo4V W41204 - 2 - -
shaft with SAE - profile; PL 300 42CrMo4V W41304 - - 2 -
shaft with SAE - profile; PL 400 42CrMo4V W41404 - - - 2
19.1 gear wheel with parallel keyway 42CrMo4V E12104 1 1 1 1
19.2 gear wheel with parallel keyway 42CrMo4V E12110 1 1 1 1
22 distance bushing, 3-lobe; rotor/rotor steel 42CrMo4V C79904 - 2 4 6
distance bushing, 3-lobe; rotor/rotor st. steel 1.4571 C79919 - 2 4 6
24 cover disc for 3-lobe rotor; steel St 50 1.0050 C80004 2 2 2 2
cover disc for 3-lobe rotor; stainless steel 1.4571 C80104 2 2 2 2
25 gasket; PL 100 NBR F82018 2 - - -
gasket; PL 100 EPDM F82134 2 - - -
gasket; PL 100 FPM F82144 2 - - -
gasket; PL 100 FEP/FPM F82057 2 - - -
gasket; PL 200 NBR F82028 - 2 - -
gasket; PL 200 EPDM F82234 - 2 - -
gasket; PL 200 FPM F82244 - 2 - -
gasket; PL 200 FEP/FPM F82067 - 2 - -
gasket; PL 300 NBR F82038 - - 2 -
gasket; PL 300 EPDM F82334 - - 2 -
gasket; PL 300 FPM F82344 - - 2 -
gasket; PL 300 FEP/FPM F82077 - - 2 -
gasket; PL 400 NBR F82048 - - - 2
gasket; PL 400 EPDM F82434 - - - 2
gasket; PL 400 FPM F82444 - - - 2
30 O - ring; cover; 792 x 7 NBR O45408 1 1 1 1
O - ring; cover; 792 x 7 EPDM O45424 1 1 1 1
O - ring; cover; 792 x 7 FPM O45418 1 1 1 1
O - ring; cover; 792 x 7 FEP O45438 1 1 1 1
31 O - ring; 54 x 4 NBR O45508 2/4 2/4 2/4 2/4
O - ring; 54 x 4 EPDM O45524 2/4 2/4 2/4 2/4
O - ring; 54 x 4 FPM O45518 2/4 2/4 2/4 2/4
O - ring; 54 x 4 FEP O45537 2/4 2/4 2/4 2/4
33 O - ring; 80 x 3 NBR O45708 2 2 2 2
O - ring; 80 x 3 EPDM O45724 2 2 2 2
O - ring; 80 x 3 FPM O45718 2 2 2 2
O - ring; 80 x 3 FEP O45737 2 2 2 2
ERSA-PL-1-6-01-E-1
34 O - ring; distance bushing; 55 x 3 NBR O45804 - 4 8 12
O - ring; distance bushing; 55 x 3 EPDM O45824 - 4 8 12
O - ring; distance bushing; 55 x 3 FPM O45814 - 4 8 12
O - ring; distance bushing; 55 x 3 FEP/FPM O55807 - 4 8 12
36 oil seal; 45 x 70 x 10 NBR S16508 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2
37 double lip oil seal; 55 x 80 x 10 DUO NBR S16108 2 2 2 2
double lip oil seal; 55 x 80 x 10 DUO FPM S16118 2 2 2 2
40 cylinder roller bearing DIN 5412 S14608 2 2 2 2
41 self-align roller bearing DIN 635 S14508 2 2 2 2
42 hardened sleeve; 50 x 55 x 20 DIN 5405 S16008 2 2 2 2
43 hardened sleeve; 40 x 45 x 20 DIN 5405 S16708 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2
46 parallel key; 14 x 9 x 32 DIN 6885 S14324 2 2 2 2
50 cover nut; M16 DIN 582 Z32208 4 4 4 4
52 countersunk srew; M8 x 20; stainless steel DIN 7991 Z38208 2 2 2 2
53 screw stud M16 x 45 DIN 939 Z32108 4 4 4 4
55.1 dowel pin; 14 x 32 DIN 7979 Z33508 2 2 2 2
55.2 dowel pin; 14 x 40 DIN 7978 Z33608 2 2 2 2
56 hexagon head srew; M8 x 20 DIN 933 Z39108 12 16 20 24
60 lifting eye nut; M12 DIN 580 Z39508 1 1 1 1
61 spring washer; A10 DIN 127 Z39525 12 12 12 12
62 parallel key; driving shaft; A10 x 8 x 70 DIN 6885 Z39018 1/2 1/2 1/2 1/2
63 parallel key for 2-lobe rotors; 14 x 9 x 24 DIN 6885 S14338 2 - - -
parallel key for 2-lobe rotors; 14 x9 x 79 DIN 6885 S14348 - 2 - -
parallel key for 2-lobe rotors; 14 x 9 x 70/64 DIN 6885 S14358 - - 2 -
parallel key for 3-lobe rotors; 14 x 9 x 32 DIN 6885 Z39024 2 - - -
parallel key for 3-lobe rotors; 14 x 9 x 90 DIN 6885 Z39034 - 2 - -
parallel key for 3-lobe rotors; 14 x 9 x 80/63 DIN 6885 Z39044 - - 2 -
parallel key for 3-lobe rotors; 14 x 9 x 100/99 DIN 6885 Z39054 - - - 2
64 hexagon head srew; M16 x 40; (10.9) DIN 6912 Z39608 2 2 2 2
hexagon head srew; M16 x 40 A4 stainless steel Z39603 2 2 2 2
65 oil sight glass, brass; R1" brass Z18508 1 1 1 1
66 oil drain plug; R 1/2" DIN 908 Z19308 2 2 2 2
67 breather; R 1/2" brass Z19108 1 1 1 1
69 stopper B 146 PE Z19508 1 1 1 1
70 sealing washer; A 33 x 39 Klegerit/Cu K22208 2 2 2 2
71 sealing washer; A 17 x 23 Cu K32409 2 2 2 2
74 sealing washer; A 21x26 Cu K22408 3 3 3 3
77 Circlip J 110 DIN 472 K23008 2 2 2 2
78 gear case locking srew; R1" DIN 910 Z22815 1 1 1 1
80 sealing compound (tube 50 ml) U22308 1 1 1 1
sealing compound (tube 250 ml) U22208 1 1 1 1
90 withdrawl tool for 3-lobe rotor body S235JR U22908 1 1 1 1
91 withdrawl tool for 2-lobe rotor body S235JR U22918 1 1 1 1
93 special tool for mechanical seal U22948 1 1 1 1
95 special tool for holding bush E295 U22968 1 1 1 1
ERSA-PL-1-6-01-E-1
CODE-LIST CODE-ALLG-1-06-01-E, Rev.: 1
no. part material/design remark codenumber
1 pump type AL 25 A
AL 50 B
AL 75 C
PL 100 D
PL 200 E
PL 300 F
PL 400 G
FL 518 H
FL 776 I
FL 1036 K
FLA 518 S
FLA 776 T
FLA 1036 U
FLA 1540 M
FLA 2072 O
FLA 3080 R
CL260 Q
CL390 V
CL520 W
:
2 pump casing EN - GJL - 250 standard : A
EN - GJL - 250 standard nitrided hardened : B
EN - GJL - 600 -3 laser hardened : C
stainless steel 1.4517 standard : D
stainless steel 1.4517 plasma hardened : E
EN - GJL - 250 MIP XAR 400 MIP standard : F
EN - GJL - 250 MIP 1.4571 MIP with stainless steel casing liners : G
EN - GJL - 250 MIP 1.4571 MIP with complete stainless steel linig : H
Edelstahl 1.4517 MIP with stainless steel casing liners : I
special design design in compliance with the order : X
: :
3 rotor design 2 - lobe (AL / PL / FL) : : A
3 - lobe (AL / PL) : : B
2 - lobe readjustable (PL) : : C
3 - lobe screw rotor (PL) : : D
3 - lobe linear rotor tip (FL) : : E
3 - lobe linear rotor tip, rotor body in stainless steel (FL) : : F
3 - lobe with screw rotor tip (FL) : : G
3 - lobe with screw rotor tip, rotor body in stainless steel (CL/FL) : : H
: : :
4 rotor material NR-SBR : : : A
NBR : : : C
EPDM : : : D
FPM : : : I
PUR : : : P
stainless steel, 1.4571 : : : E
PTFE : : : T
Hypalon, CSM : : : H
: : : :
5 O-rings NBR : : : : C
EPDM : : : : D
FPM : : : : I
PTFE : : : : T
: : : : :
6 material of lip seal NBR : : : : : C
Viton : : : : : I
special design design in compliance with the order : : : : : X
: : : : : :
7 flange gasket NBR : : : : : : C
EPDM : : : : : : D
FPM : : : : : : I
PTFE : : : : : : T
special design design in compliance with the order : : : : : : X
: : : : : : :
8 mechanical seal mechanical seal, cast iron O - ring: NBR : : : : : : : A
mechanical seal, cast iron O - ring: EPDM : : : : : : : B
mechanical seal, cast iron O - ring: FPM : : : : : : : C
mechanical seal, cast iron O - ring: PTFE : : : : : : : D
mechanical seal, Sic/Sic O - ring: NBR : : : : : : : E
mechanical seal, Sic/Sic O - ring: EPDM : : : : : : : F
mechanical seal, Sic/Sic O - ring: FPM : : : : : : : G
mechanical seal, Sic/Sic O - ring: PTFE : : : : : : : H
gland packing : : : : : : : I
gland packing with flushing port : : : : : : : J
MULTI-SEAL K three PTFE shaft sealing rings : : : : : : : K
MULTI-SEAL L seven PTFE/NBR shaft sealing rings : : : : : : : L
special design design in compliance with the order : : : : : : : X
: : : : : : : :
9 shaft design and positioning 1x cylinder top drive shaft : : : : : : : : A
1x cylinder bottom drive shaft : : : : : : : : B
2x cylinder drive shaft : : : : : : : : C
2x drive shaft, SAE - profile 1 3/8" : : : : : : : : D
1x top drive shaft, SAE - profile 1 3/8" : : : : : : : : E
1x bottom drive shaft, SAE - profile 1 3/8" : : : : : : : : F
2 x drive shaft, SAE - profile 1 3/4" (FL1036) : : : : : : : : G
1 x top drive shaft, SAE - profile 1 3/4" (FL1036) : : : : : : : : H
1 x bottom drive shaft, SAE - profile 1 3/4" (FL1036) : : : : : : : : I
: : : : : : : : :
10 manual edition no. : : : : : : : : : 4
codenumber 4
11 optional special design horizontal, rotated set up pump 90° rotated L

by requirement in addition to the vertical set up pump will be mounted hanging H
codenumber sealsensor leak sensor in the intermidiate chamber D
temperature control temperature sensor in the pump casing Z
special design design in compliance with the order X
created Abel: 21.06.2001
Stand: 30.07.2002 Datei: CODE-ALLG-1-06-01-E-1
Betriebs- und Wartungsanleitung B 1010
09/2000
Operating and Maintenance Instruction
D GB F
Instructions de conduite et d’entretien
Diese Sicherheitshinweise sind aufzubewahren
These safety instructions must be kept available
Ces instructions de sécurité doivent être observées
Block – Stirnradgetriebe
Unicase Helical Gearboxes
Monobloc Réducteurs à
engrenages cylindriques
∆ Warnung ∆ Caution ∆ Avertissement
Es wird vorausgesetzt, daß die It is presumed that fundamental project work Il est impératif que les travaux fondamentaux
grundsätzlichen Planungsarbeiten der Anlage as well as all work with regard to transport, de l'installation, ainsi que tous les travaux de
sowie Transport, Montage, Installation, assembly, installation, starting-up, transport, montage, installation, mise en
Inbetriebnahme, Wartung und Reparaturen maintenance and repair is performed by exploitation, entretien et réparation soient
von qualifiziertem Personal ausgeführt bzw. qualified personnel or supervised by skilled accomplis par du personnel qualifié et
durch verantwortliche Fachkräfte kontrolliert labour taking overall responsibility. Make contrólés par des techniciens spécialisés
werden. Bei Arbeiten am Getriebemotor muß absolutely sure that no voltage is applied at all dans ce domaine. Avant toute intervention sur
garantiert sein, daß keinerlei Spannung while work is being done on the geared motor. le motoréducteur, il faut s'assurer que celui-ci
anliegt, und dieser gegen Wieder- Drive must also be secured against switching n'est plus sous tension et que la remise sous
einschaltung gesichert ist. on. tension soit interdite.

Veränderungen gegenüber dem Any deviation from normal operating Si en utilisation normale, des modifications de
Normalbetrieb (höhere Leistungsaufnahme, conditions (increased power consumption, fonctionnement apparaissent telles que
Temperaturen, Schwingungen, Geräusche temperature, vibrations, noise etc.) or warning puissance absorbée trop élevée, température
usw. oder Ansprechen der Überwachungs- signals by monitoring equipment suggest élevée, vibrations fortes, bruit intense etc. ou
einrichtungen) lassen vermuten, daß die malfunction. Inform the responsible en rapport avec les contrôles techniques, cela
Funktion beeinträchtigt ist. Zur Vermeidung maintenance personnel at once to prevent the laisse supposer que différentes fonctions de
von Störungen, die ihrerseits mittelbar oder trouble from getting worse and causing, l'appareil peuvent être détériorées. Pour éviter
unmittelbar schwere Personen- oder directly or indirectly, serious physical injury or ensuite des problèmes, qui pourraient
Sachschäden bewirken könnten, muß das material damage. entraîner de graves accidents corporels ou de
zuständige Wartungspersonal dann graves dégats matériels, le personnel
umgehend verständigt werden. d'entretien compétent doit immédiatement
être informé.
∆ Im Zweifelsfall die entspechenden Betriebs- ∆ In case of doubt disconnect the machine ∆ Si vous êtes dans le doute, coupez
mittel sofort abschalten! immediately! immédiatement l'alimentation!
Aufstellung, Vorbereitung Preparing and performing installation Mise en place, préparation

− Transportösen am Getriebe sind für das − Lifting devices on the drive are designed to − Le matériel utilisé pour la manutention doit
Gewicht des Antriebs ausgelegt carry the drive weight tenir compte du poids de l'équipement
− Fundamente ausreichend bemessen und − the foundation (base) should be of adequate − prendre largement les dimensions des
schwingungsfrei ausführen size and vibration-proof embases et les réaliser exemptes de
− Getriebe oder -motor fest und ohne − install gear unit or geared motor rigid and vibrations
Verspannung montieren braceless − monter les réducteurs et motoréducteurs
− ausreichende Belüftung vorsehen − ensure sufficient ventilation solidement et sans haubanage
− serienmäßiges Innengewinde nach DIN 332 − make use of tapped hole (DIN 332) to suit − prévoir une aération suffisante
zum Aufziehen von Verbindungselementen fastening to the shaft end − prévoir le taraudage conforme à la norme
auf die Wellen benutzen − avoid shocks on shafts (bearing damage!) DIN 332 pour monter des accouplements
− Schläge auf die Wellen vermeiden − preferably use flexible coupling between sur les arbres d'entrée et de sortie
(Lagerbeschädigung!) output shaft and driven machine − éviter de donner des coups sur les arbres
− Maschine und Getriebe möglichst mit − fit output elements to shaft end or secure (cela pourrait détériorer le roulement!)
elastischen Kupplungen verbinden feather key before starting the motor − lier autant que possible la machine et le
− vor dem Einschalten Abtriebselemente − use torque arm with rubber buffer on shaft réducteur avec des accouplements
aufziehen bzw. Paßfeder sichern mounting gearboxes élastiques
− bei Aufsteckgetrieben mit Drehmoment- − avant la mise en service, enlever l'élément
stütze Gummipuffer verwenden d'accouplement ou/et fixer la clavette
− utiliser pour l'exécution arbre creux avec
bras de réaction une butée en caoutchouc
Elektrischer Anschluß Connection of motor Branchements électriques
− Motoranschluß nach Schaltbild vornehmen − Connect motor according to diagram − brancher le moteur selon le schéma
− Übereinstimmung von Netzspannung und − make sure that mains voltage/frequency are − s'assurer que la tension du réseau et la
Frequenz mit den Typenschild-Daten in accordance with nameplate information fréquence correspondent aux données
sicherstellen − make secure protective conductor conection inscrites sur la plaque signalétique
− Sichere Schutzleiterverbindung herstellen − if motor is running in reverse direction, − Le cable de raccordement doit être protégé
− evtl. falsche Drehrichtung korrigieren durch interchange two phases − corriger un éventuel mauvais sens de
Vertauschen von 2 Phasen − Close unused cable entrances holes and the rotation par une inversion de deux phases
− Nicht benötigte Kabeleinführungsöffnungen box itself in a dust- and watertight manner. − Les entrées de câbles non utilisées doivent
und den Kasten selbst staub- und − install protective switches to prevent être obturées, la boîte elle-même devant
wasserdicht verschließen overload and phase failure être fermée de façon à être étanche à l'eau
− Überbelastung und Phasenausfall durch − set motor protection switch to nominal et à la poussiére
Schutzschalter vorbeugen current − prévoir une protection électrique contre les
− Einstellen des Motorschutzschalters auf − wiring diagrams on the last page surcharges, court-circuit et défaut de phases
Nennstrom − régler la protection électrique suivant
− Schaltbilder auf der letzten Seite l'intensité nominale du moteur
− schéma de branchement à la derniére page
Inbetriebnahme Starting up Mise en fonctionnement

− bei längeren Lagerzeiten besondere − in case of long-time storage take special − si un stockage longue durée du réducteur
Vorkehrungen treffen (siehe Werknormblatt precautions (as provided in works standard est prévu, il faut prendre les dispositions
"Langzeitlagerung") sheet "Extended Storage") nécessaires (voir spécification "Stockage
− Lage der Ölstandschraube nach − check position of oil-level plug with help of longue durée")
Bauformtabellen des entsprechenden mounting position tables in applicable − vérifier que la vis de niveau d'huile
Kataloges feststellen catalogue corresponde à la position de montage du
− Prüfen des Ölstandes − check oil-level réducteur (voir catalogue)
− Entfernen des Verschlußstopfens vor − prior to starting-up, remove vent plug from − contrôler le niveau d'huile
Inbetriebnahme (Überdruck!), ggf. Druck- vent screw if necessary − enlever la mèche de la vis d'évent avant la
entlüftungsschraube montieren − if not specified otherwise, first oil filling as is mise en route (pour éviter une surpression)
− Normale Erstbefüllung: siehe Schmier- shown in list of lubricants ou fixer le clapet d'évent sur le réducteur
stofftabelle − air-cooled motors are designed for ambient − pour le premier remplissage voir le tableau
− Luftgekühlte Motoren sind für Umgebungs- temperautres between -20°C and +40°C and des lubrifiants
temperaturen von - 20°C bis +40°C sowie for installation at altitudes â 1.000 m above − les moteurs autoventilés sont dimensionnés
Aufstellungshöhen â 1.000 m über NN M.S.L. pour des températures ambiantes comprises
ausgelegt − Their use in hazardous areas is prohibited entre -20°C et +40°C, ainsi que pour une
− Der Einsatz im Ex-Bereich ist nicht zulässig, unless they are expressly intended for such altitude â 1000 mètres au-dessus du niveau
sofern nicht ausdrücklich hierfür vorgesehen use (follow additional instructions) de la mer
− Leur utilisation dans des atmosphères
explosives est interdite, à moins qu'elles ne
soient expressément prévues à cet effet
(respecter les indications supplémentaires)
Wartung Maintenance Entretien
MOTOR MOTOR DU MOTEUR
− Staubablagerungen entfernen (Überhitzung!) − remove dust deposit (overheating) − enlever la poussière du moteur
− Wälzlager ausbauen, reinigen und einfetten − dismount anti-friction bearings for cleaning (échauffement)
− Es ist zu beachten, daß der gesamte Freiraum and refill with grease − démonter les roulements, les nettoyer et les
um das Lager ca. 1/3 mit Fett gefüllt ist − ensure that the bearing cage is packed to regraisser
− Schmierstoffsorten siehe unten about 1/3 with grease, distribute evenly − la cage des roulements doit être remplie au
− select proper type of lubricating grease from 1/3 environ
following table − lubrifiant voir tableau ci-après
GETRIEBE GEARBOX
− regelmäßige Ölstandskontrolle − regular oil level check DU REDUCTEUR
− Wechseln des Schmierstoffes alle 10.000 − change lubricant every 10.000 working hours − vérifier régulièrement le niveau d'huile
Betriebsstunden oder spätestens nach 2 or after two years at the latest. − vidanger le lubrifiant après 10.000 heures de
Jahren. − combine the lubricant change with thorough fonctionnement ou au plus tard après 2 ans
− Doppelte Fristen bei synthetischen Pro-dukten cleaning of gear unit d'utilisation.
− Verkürzung der Schmierstoffwechselinter-valle − lubricant changing intervals will be twice as − profiter de la vidange pour effectuer un
bei extremen Betriebsbedingungen (hohe long if synthetic products are used nettoyage approfondi du réducteur
Luftfeuchtigkeit, aggressive Um-gebung und − extreme working conditions (high air humidity, − pour des lubrifiants synthétiques, ce délai peut
hohe Temperaturschwankungen) aggressive media and large temperature être doublé
− Verbinden des Schmierstoffwechsels mit variations) call for reduced lubricant changing − réduire les intervalles entre les vidanges dans
gründlicher Reinigung des Getriebes intervals des conditions d'utilisation extrêmes
(hygrométrie élevée, ambiance agressive ou
variations importantes des températures)
∆ Synthetische und mineralische Schmierstoffe ∆ Synthetic and mineral lubricants must not be
nicht miteinander mischen! Das gilt auch für die mixed either for filling or for disposal! ∆ Des lubrifiants synthétiques et minéraux ne
Entsorgung der Schmierstoffe! doivent pas étre mélangés! Ceci s'applique
également pour le retraitement des lubrifiants!
3 3 3
ÖLFÜLLMENGE [cm ] CAPACITY [cm ] QUANTITE DE LUBRIFIANT [cm ]
Waagerechte Anordnung Senkrechte Anordnung
Horizontal position Vertical position
Position horizontale Position verticale
Stirnradgetriebe Helical Gearboxes Réducteurs à engrenages cylindriques
einstufig single reduction à un train d’engrenages
B3 B6 B7 B8 B5 B 5I B 5II B 5III V1 V3 V5 V6
SK 11 E 250 350 350 550 300 500 400 400 300 350 400 500
SK 21 E 600 1.000 1.000 1.200 500 1.100 900 900 700 1.400 1.000 1.200
SK 31 E 1.100 1.700 1.700 2.200 800 1.650 2.000 2.000 1.100 1.300 2.300 2.700
SK 41 E 1.700 2.600 2.600 3.300 1.000 2.800 3.300 3.300 1.600 2.600 2.500 2.600
SK 51 E 2.200 3.400 3.400 4.700 1.800 4.100 3.800 3.800 3.000 3.500 4.000 4.400
zweistufig double reduction à deux trains d’engrenages
SK 02 150 400 400 700 250 600 500 600 600 600 600
SK 12 250 500 500 850 350 900 600 900 850 750 750
SK 22 500 1.350 1.350 2.000 700 2.000 1.550 1.800 2.000 1.800 1.800
SK 32 900 2.000 2.000 3.000 1.300 3.300 2.400 3.100 2.900 2.900 2.500
SK 42 1.300 3.200 3.200 4.500 1.800 4.500 3.700 4.000 4.400 4.300 5.800
SK 52 2.500 5.100 5.100 6.800 3.000 6.200 5.600 7.400 6.800 6.800 7.000
SK 62 6.500 15.000 15.000 13.000 7.000 14.000 16.000 18.500 15.000 16.000 15.000
SK 72 9.000 23.000 23.000 18.000 10.000 18.500 23.000 28.000 23.000 26.000 23.000
SK 82 14.000 32.000 32.000 27.000 15.000 29.000 34.500 45.000 37.000 44.000 35.000
SK 92 25.000 52.000 52.000 47.000 26.000 47.000 52.000 78.000 73.000 76.000 73.000
SK 102 36.000 71.000 71.000 66.000 40.000 66.000 72.000 104.000 81.000 102.00 79.000
dreistufig triple reduction à trois trains d’engrenages
SK 03 300 600 600 800 500 900 800 800 1.100 800 900 1.000
SK 13 600 700 700 1.100 850 1.200 950 950 1.200 1.200 1.200 1.250
SK 23 1.300 1.600 1.600 2.300 2.500 1.500 2.800 2.800 2.800 2.600 2.350 2.400
SK 33 N 1.600 2.300 2.300 3.200 1.900 3.500 2.600 2.600 4.400 3.400 4.200 2.900
SK 43 3.000 3.600 3.600 5.200 3.500 5.000 4.100 4.100 6.100 5.700 6.600 5.600
SK 53 4.500 6.000 6.000 7.700 5.200 7.000 6.700 6.700 8.900 8.400 8.700 8.700
SK 63 10.000 13.000 13.000 11.000 11.000 12.000 14.000 14.000 18.000 14.000 16.000 14.500
SK 73 14.000 20.000 20.000 17.500 14.000 18.000 20.000 20.000 27.500 22.500 27.000 20.000
SK 83 22.000 33.000 33.000 26.000 23.000 27.000 34.000 34.000 40.000 34.000 37.000 31.000
SK 93 40.000 49.000 49.000 44.000 40.000 44.000 49.000 49.000 74.000 70.000 72.000 70.000
SK 103 55.000 67.000 67.000 55.000 55.000 59.000 67.000 67.000 99.000 78.000 97.000 71.000
Die Normalbefüllung der Getriebe ist Mineralöl. Synthetisches Öl ist gegen Mehrpreis lieferbar.
Standard lubricant for the gearboxes is mineral-oil. Synthetic oil is available at a surcharge.
Les réducteurs sont remplis d’huile minérale. Ils peuvent être remplis d’huile synthétique contre supplément de prix.
HINWEIS / REMARK / REMARQUE:
Ölfüllmengen sind ca.Angaben. Ölniveau anhand der Ölkontrollschraube prüfen.
Filling quantities are approx. figures. Oil level must be checked according to oil-level plugs.
Les quantités d`huile sont données à titre indicatif. Vérifier la quantité d’huile grâce à la vis de niveau d’huile.
Hinweis: Note: Indication:
Diese Tabelle stellt vergleichbare Schmierstoffe unter- This table lists compatible lubricants of different suppliers. Ce tableau présente les lubrifiants comparables des
schiedlicher Hersteller dar. Innerhalb einer Viskosität und Within the same viscosity class and type of lubricant the différents fabricants. Si l'on respecte les critères de viscosité
Schmierstoffsorte kann der Ölhersteller gewechselt werden. supplier can be chosen freely. In case you change the et le type de lubrifiant, on peut uiliser n'importe quelle marque
Beim Wechsel der Viskosität bzw. der Schmierstoffsorte muß viscosity class resp. the type of lubricant you should contact d'huile après ne vidange. Afin de pouvoir garantir un bon
Rücksprache mit uns gehalten werden, da sonst keine us in advance as otherwise we cannot assure the proper fonctionnement de nos réducteurs, veuillez nous consulter
Gewährleistung für die Funktionstüchtigkeit unserer Getriebe function of our drive and the warranty becomes void. avant de remplacer un lubrifiant par un autre possédant des
übernommen werden kann. caractéristiques différentes de viscosité et de type.
Schmierstoffarten / Type of lubricant / Type de lubrifiant

Schmierstoffart Umgebungstemp.
Type of Ambient temp.
lubricant Temp. ambiante
Type de
lubrifiant
Mineralöl Schneckengetriebe Degol BG 680 -- Alpha SP 680 Falcon -- Renolin Klüberoil Mobilgear: Optigear Shell Tribol
Mineral oil 0 ... 40°C Degol BG 680 CLP 680 CLP 680 GEM 1-680 - 636 BM 680 Omala 680 1100/680
Huile minérale ISO VG 680 plus CLP 680 Plus - XMP 680
Degol Energol Alpha SP 220 Falcon Spartan Renolin CLP 220 Klüberoil Mobilgear Optigear Shell Tribol
ISO VG 220 BG 220 GR-XP Alpha MW220 CLP 220 EP 220 Renolin CLP 220 GEM 1-220 630 BM 220 Omala 220 1100 / 220
- 5 ... 40°C (normal) BG 220 plus 220 Alpha MAX 220 Plus Mobilgear
XMP 220
ISO VG 100 Degol Energol Alpha SP 100 Falcon CLP Spartan Renolin CLP 100 Klüberoil Mobilgear: Optigear Shell Tribol
- 15 ... 25°C BG 100 GR-XP Alpha MW 100 100 EP 100 Renolin CLP 100 GEM 1-100 - 627 BM 100 Omala 100 1100 / 100
BG 100 plus 100 Alpha MAX 100 Plus - XMP 110
ISO VG 15 Vitamol Bartran Hyspin AWS 15 Astron Univis J13 Renolin B 15 HVI ISOFLEX MT Mobil DTE Ultra 10 Shell Tellus Tribol
- 45 ... - 15°C * 1010 HV 15 Hyspin SP 15 HVLP 15 30 rot 11 M T 15 943 AW 22
Hyspin ZZ 15
Synthetisches Öl Schneckengetriebe Degol Energol -- -- -- Renolin PG 680 Klübersynth Glygoyle Optiflex Shell Tivela Tribol
Synthetic oil -5 ... 60°C GS 680 SG-XP 680 GH-6-680 HE 680 A 680 S 680 800 / 680
Huile synthétique ISO VG 680
ISO VG 220 Degol Enersyn Alphasyn Polydea Glycolube Renolin PG 220 Klübersynth Glygoyle Optiflex Shell Tribol
-25 ... 80°C * GS 220 SG-XP 220 PG 220 PGLP 220 220 GH-6-220 HE 220 A 220 Tivela WB 800/ 220
Tivela S 220
Biologisch Schneckengetriebe -- -- -- -- -- Plantogear 680 S -- -- -- -- --
abbaubares Öl ISO VG 680
Biodegradable oil -5 ... 40°C
Huiles ISO VG 220 Degol Biogear Carelub Ergon ELP -- Plantogear 220 S Klübersynth -- Optisynt -- Tribol BioTop
biodégradables -5 ... 40°C BAB 220 SE 220 GES 220 220 GEM2-220 BS 220 1418 / 220
Lebensmittel- Schneckengetriebe -- -- -- -- -- Bel-Ray No-Tox Klüberoil -- Optileb Shell Tribol
1)
verträgliches Öl -5 ... 40°C Synt.Worm Gear 4 UH1-680N GT 680 Cassida FoodProof
1)
Food-grad oil ISO VG 680 Oil 680 Klübersynth Fluid GL680 1800 / 680
Huiles pour UH1 6-680
environnement Eural -- Vitalube -- Gear Oil Bel-Ray No-Tox Klüberoil Mobil DTE Optileb Shell Cassida Tribol
1)
alimentaire ISO VG 220 Gear 220 GS 220 FM 220 Gear Oil 90 4 UH1-220N FM 220 GT 220 Fluid GL220 FoodProof
-25 ... 40°C 1810 / 220
Synt.Gear Oil 220 Klübersynth oder
UH1 6-220 1800 / 220
Synth. Fließfett Aralub Enersyn Alpha Gel 00 -- Fließfett Renolit LX-PG 00 Klübersynth Glygoyle Obeen Tivela Tribol
Synth. fluid - 25 ... 60°C BAB EP0 GSF S 420 GE 46-1200 Grease 00 UF 00 Comp. A 800 / 1000
grease Klübersynth Tivela GL 00
Graisse fluide UH1 14-
1)
synthétique 1600
Schmierstoffarten für Wälzlager / Type of lubricant for anti friction bearings / Type de librifiant pour roulements à rouleaux
Type de
lubrifiant
Fett Aralub Ener-grease Spheerol AP Glissando 20 Mehr- Renolit FWA 160 Klüberplex Mobilux 2 Longtime Shell Tribol
(Mineralölbasis) - 30 ... 60°C HL 2 LS 2 2 LZV-EP zweckfett BEM 41-132 PD 2 Alvania R2 4020/220-2
Grease (mineral (normal) Beacon2
oil basis) Aralub -- Spheerol -- -- Renolit JP 1619 -- -- Longtime Shell Alvania Tribol
Graisse (base * - 50 ... 40°C SEL 2 EPL2 PD 1 RL 2 3785
huile minérale)
Synthetisches Aralub -- Product Discor B EP Beacon Renolit S 2 Isoflex Topas Mobiltemp Optitemp Aero Shell Tribol
Fett * - 25 ... 80°C SKL 2 783/46 2 LF 325 Renolit HLT 2 NCA 52 SHC 32 LG 2 Grease 3499
Synthetic grease 16 oder 7
Graisse Petamo
synthétique GHY 133 N
Biologisch Aralub BP Bio- Biotec Dolon E EP 2 -- Plantogel 2 S Klüberbio Schmierfett EF 584 Shell Molub-Alloy
abbaubares Fett - 25 ... 40°C BAB EP 2 grease EP 2 M 72-82 UE 100 B Alvania BioTop 9488
Biodegradable RLB 2
Grease
Graisse
biodégradables
Lebensmittelver- Eural BP Vitalube HT Tamix FRA 1 Carum Renolit Klübersynth Mobil- Obeen Shell Cassida Molub-Alloy
1)
trägliches Fett - 25 ... 40°C Grease EP 2 Energrease Grease 2 330 G 7 FG 1 UH1 14-151 grease UF 2 RLS 2 Food-Proof
Food-grade FM 2 FM 102 823-2 FM
1)
grease
Graisse pour
environnement
1)
alimentaire
* Bei Umgebungstemperaturen unterhalb -30°C und oberhalb 60°C sind Wellendichtringe in besonderer Werkstoffqualität einzusetzen
* With ambient temperatures below -30°C and above approx. 60°C shaft sealing rings of a special material quality must be used
* Lors d’une température ambiante inférieure à -30°C ou supérieure à environ 60°C, il y a lieu d’utiliser des joints d’étanchéité spéciaux
1)
Lebensmittelverträgliche Öle + Fette nach Vorschrift H1 / FDA 178.3570
1)
Food grade lubricants with USDA-H1 approval FDA 178.3570
1)
Huiles pour environnement alimentaire + graisses suivant prescription H1 / FDA 178.3570
BAUFORMEN
MOUNTING POSITIONS
POSITIONS DE MONTAGE
Waagerechte Anordnung
Horizontal position
Position horizontale
SK 11 E - SK 51 E SK 02 - SK 52 SK 62 - SK 103
SK 03 - SK 53
SK 63 - SK 103
B3
SK 62 - SK 102
SK 62 - SK 102
B6
SK 63 - SK 103
B7
B8
SK 63 - SK 103
B5
SK 62 - SK 102
B5I
SK 62 - SK 102
B 5 II
SK 63 - SK 103
B 5 III
Senkrechte Anordnung
Vertical position
Position verticale
SK 11 E - SK 51 E SK 02 - SK 03 - SK 62 - SK 103
SK 52 SK 53
SK 63
V1 *
V3
SK 63
V5 *
V6
Symbole: Entlüftung Ölstand Ölablaß Befestigung

Symboles: Vent plug Oil level Drain plug Mounting surface
Symboles: Event Niveau d’huile Vidange Fixation
Schaltbilder / Wiring diagrams / Schémas de branchement
Drehstrom-Motor mit Kurzschlußanker

Three phase squirrel-cage motor
Moteur triphasé à cage d’écureull
I) Klemmbrett
Terminal board
Plaque à bornes
II) Schalter
Switch
Démarreur
Drehstrom-Motor mit Kurzschlußanker, in Dahlander- Drehstrom-Motor, polumschaltbar, zwei getrennte Wicklungen

Schaltung Three phase motor, polechanging, two separate windings, two speeds
Three phase squirrel-cage motor, Dahlander connection Moteur triphasé à commutation de pôles, deux bobinages séparés, deux vitesses
Moteur triphasé à cage d’écrureull, couplage Dahlander
niedrige - Drehzahl - hohe niedrige - Drehzahl - hohe

low - speed - high low - speed - high
inférieure - vitesse - supérieure inférieure - vitesse - supérieure
Behrens Pumpen
Item 10
Service HFO transfer pump
Type: KF 660 + 132
Description 3 spindle screw pump flange mounted
Medium
Viscosity (cst) : 26,00 - 400,00
Capacity (cbm/h) : 30,00 - 30,00
Speed (rpm) : 1150 - 1150
NPSH (r) (m) : 2,00 - 3,60
Materials
Pump Casing : nodular CI
Screws : nitrated steel
Shaft : nitrated steel
:
:
Coupling Type : flexible
Material : SiC-SiC FFKM
Connections DN PN
Prime mover
E-Motor Type : CSM 132M-6
Starting : DOL
Power (kW) : 6,60 - 6,60 SPM : no
Rated current (A) : 12,60 - 12,60 Space heater : no
Starting current (A) : 80,40 - 80,40
Weights
29.06.2006 Dirksen
Operating Instructions
Screw pumps
K Series
OIK 08B
02_02/2005 Edition
Kräutler GmbH & Co., Bildgasse 40, A-6893 Lustenau, Austria, Telefon: +43 / (0) 55 77 / 8 66 44-0, Telefax: +43 / (0) 55 77 / 8 84 33
www.kral.at, E-mail: kral@kral.at
Functional description
General drawing of a screw pump
2 3 4 5
1
13
12
000003
11 10 9
Fig. 1 Structure of a screw pump
<1> setscrew <8> ball bearing

<2> overflow valve <9> flange cover
<3> pump casing <10>thrust pin
<4> compensating cylinder <11>balancing hole
<5> vent of seal housing <12>end cover
<6> shaft seal <13>idle screw
<7> main screw
13
General drawing of a screw pump with coupling and motor
K1 K2 K3 K4 K5
000100
Fig. 2 Structure of a screw pump with coupling and motor
<K1>pump <K4>motorside coupling part

<K2>pumpside coupling part <K5>motor
<K3>coupling intermediate ring
Characteristics of screw pumps
• High power density

The axial flow allows comparatively good delivery rates relative to the pump size. This, together
with the high pressures that can be obtained, ensures high power density compared to other
types of pump and a correspondingly compact design.
• Operating with lubricating media
The sleeve bearing of the idle screws is an essential requirement of the compact design.
However, to ensure adequate lubrication, the pump must have a steady supply of pumped media
of adequate viscosity.
• Low-noise and low-pulsation operating
In each time unit, a constant volume of fluid is displaced by the set of screws. The uniformity of
the medium flow is thus an important characteristic of this type of pump. Screw pumps work
very quietly and virtually without pulsation. In addition, this positive displacement principle allows
low-turbulence and low-shear delivery, a quality that is particularly valuable when the pumped
media are highly viscous or sensitive.
• Greater efficiency demands liquids without solids
The precision with which the screws and the casings are made allows strict tolerances to be
applied to the clearances for these parts. Correspondingly, there is greater volumetric efficiency
and the pump can also be self-priming. Because of these tight clearances, however, screw
pumps are not suitable for delivering media containing solids and impurities.
• Easily adjusted
Screw pumps have that "constant" Q = f(n) characteristic curve typical of positive displacement
pumps. So by controlling the rotation speed, you have an excellent opportunity to regulate the
volume flow.
14
Screw set and casing
Screw pumps belong to the group of pumps known as rotary positive displacement pumps. The
special shaping of these pumps allows virtually leakproof engagement of the three intermeshing
screws <7>, <13>. Closed volumes are formed in conjunction with the pump casing <3> covering
the set of screws.
The standard rotation direction for the pump is to the right, taken from the driver, i.e. clockwise
(indicated by the arrow on the flange cover <9>). When the main screw <7> is driven by a motor,
the idle screws <13> follow, because they interlink with the main screw. The displacement action
of the pump comes from the rotation of the screws, which calls for the volumes mentioned above
to be continuously admitted, moved in an axial direction and emptied. The free cross-section of the
set of screws is constant throughout its length so that the delivery rate can be easily calculated
from the product of the free cross-section, the rotation speed and the pitch of the screws. All the
rotating parts are rinsed and lubricated by the pumped medium.
The geometry of the pump casing <3> and the connections integrated there determine the options
available for introducing and removing the pumped medium. On the casing itself, arrows on the
flanges indicate the direction of the flow.
Shaft seal
The pump is sealed at the main screw outlet by a shaft seal. The following types of seal may be
used, depending on the type of construction involved:
• Mechanical seal, unidirectional, not relieved

• Radial shaft seal, Domsel AC type
• Magnetic coupling
In each case, the seal has a pressure relief at the discharge side to increase its service life. The seal
chamber is connected to the pump suction chamber by a generously proportioned balancing hole
<11>. This ensures that the pressure at the shaft seal <6> is virtually the same as that at the
suction side of the pump. In addition to this, the seal chamber is connected to the pressure
chamber via the annular gap of a compensating cylinder <4> that rotates together with the main
screw. As a result of the differential pressure at the pump, there is a constant leakage flow coming
from the compensating cylinder, past the seal and being fed back to the suction side of the pump
via the balancing hole. This leakage flow is necessary to relieve the seal chamber as well as for
cooling and lubricating the seal
Mechanical seal:
Mechanical seals need constant lubrication. The inevitable minimal leakage caused by the
lubrication of the mechanical seal is only a few cubic centimetres per hour and is imperative for the
proper functioning of the seal. Generally this leakage will evaporate and not even be noticeable.
However, with low-volatility media such as heavy oil, the leakage will be visible. The leakage vent
holes in the flange cover allow the drain of this regular leakage. At use of a mechanical seal the
permeability of the leakage vent holes has to be ensured. Dry running must be avoided at all costs,
as the seal will overheat and be destroyed in a matter of minutes.
15
Radial shaft seal:
R1
R2
R3
000101
R4
Fig. 3 Structure of a K-pump with radial shaft seal
<R1>plugscrew <R3>circlip
<R2>radial shaft seal <R4>plugscrew
At the use of a radial shaft seal the leakage holes are closed, as this type of shaft seal is positioned
so close to the motor, that the drain chamber is included in the sealing chamber.
Mechanical seal with quench:
V1
000102
V5 V4 V3 V2
Fig. 4 Structure of a K-pump with mechanical seal and quench
<V1>connection to quench container <V4>plugscrew

<V2>circlip <V5>mechanical seal
<V3>radial shaft seal
16
At the operation of non-volatile media or liquids, which are likely to harden at contact with the
atmosphere, a mechanical seal can be used together with a radial shaft seal. Thus the sealing
chamber is joined with a quench container via the leakage holes. As a result the liquid side of the
mechanical seal can always be hold under exclusion of air.
Magnetic coupling:
The magnetic coupling is used as an alternative to the shaft seal. The shaft end of the pump is
enclosed by a containment can, the connection of which is hermetically sealed against the motor-
side flange of the pump. Thus it is unnecessary to seal a rotating shaft end against a stationary
sealing chamber. The transmission of the torque from motor to pump is effected by special rotors,
which are equipped with strong permanent magnets. The inner rotor is fixed at the shaft end and
driven by the outer rotor, which in turn is fixed at the shaft of the motor. Thus the transmission of
the torque is effected without contact, only by means of the magnetic field between inner and
outer rotor.
The containment can is made of an unmagnetic stainless steel, which does not interfere with the
formation of the magnetic fields between the rotors. The pressure relief of the containment can is
effected via a center hole in the main screw. Therefore it is assumed that the pressure in the
containment can corresponds approximately to the pressure at the suction side of the pump.
Main screw bearing
The main screw is fixed in position in the casing by means of a ball bearing <8>. In order to keep
the loading on the main screw symmetrical, this bearing is largely floating in the radial direction.
With a compensating cylinder of an appropriate size, it is then also possible to have a virtually total
hydraulic balance of forces in the axial direction. This means that there is relatively little load on this
bearing, which basically ensures that the set of screws is securely positioned. However, the axial
load increases noticeably as the suction pressure rises, as in this situation, it is no longer possible
to fully balance the forces hydraulically. High external radial loads (for example by pulleys or
toothed wheels) can only be absorbed if the bearing design is specially adapted.
Bearing of the idle screws
The buildup of pressure in the set of screws leads to a radial force component which acts on the
idle screws. In addition to this, the drag effect of the idle screws produces a radial force
component, so that the resultant radial force pushes the idle screws away from the main screw
into the pump casing. The contact surface in the pump casing operates as a sleeve bearing and
absorbs this radial force. With screw pumps, damage is often caused by overloading this sleeve
bearing. The operating criteria taken from the rating of the sleeve bearing, especially with regard to
viscosity and pressure, are therefore particularly important for safe pump operation.
The idle screws are not floating in the axial direction either. The differential pressure that has built
up in the pump produces a resultant axial force going towards the suction side of the pump. This
force is absorbed by the axial thrust faces in the end cover <12>. It only takes very low differential
pressures for the drag action of the main screw to produce an axial force going towards the
pressure side of the pump. This gentle force which basically occurs during transient operating
conditions, is introduced into the pump casing by a thrust pin <10> in the end face of the screw.
17
Overflow valve
2 3 4
<1> plugscrew
<2> setscrew
<3> spring
000004
<4> valve cone
Fig. 5 Overflow valve mounting position
Extremely high pressures can build up in positive displacement pumps if a feed pipe becomes
blocked and the parts under pressure may even rupture. These pumps must therefore be fitted
with a overflow valve to protect them against this type of malfunction during operation. KRAL
screw pumps of the K series have an integrated valve of this type. The valve is accessible via a
plugscrew <1> in the end cover and can be adjusted from the outside. When it leaves the factory,
the opening pressure of the valve is set at 110% of the nominal pressure.
These valves are purely there as safety elements and should not be used for control or regulation,
for example, to maintain pressure. If the valve is kept open for too long under adverse operating
conditions (high differential pressures and/or low viscosities) it will only take a few minutes for the
valve and the valve seating to become damaged. As a result, the valve will leak permanently and
there will be a corresponding reduction in the delivery rate. In addition to this, circulation through
the overflow valve for too long can heat the pump to excess. This reduces viscosity and can
ultimately lead to pump failure.
So it is up to the user to ensure that the differential pressure in the pump cannot exceed the valve
opening pressure under normal operating conditions. If this requirement is not met, the valve
opening pressure must be adjusted accordingly by means of the setscrew <2> , see "Adjusting the
overflow valve", page 33.
18
Heating
As an option, pumps can be equipped with ancillary heating. This is advisable for high-viscosity
media, which unless heated do not flow freely enough, which would lead to excessive power
consumption and to problems with cavitation or sealing.
Electrical and medium heating systems are described below.
<1> heating cover

<2> heating element
000005
<3> connecting lead
Fig. 6 Electrical heating
The electrical heating system comprises two heating elements <2> integrated in a heating cover
<1> additionally attached to the end cover. The output of the elements corresponds to the radiation
and convection losses of the pump in the desirable temperature range, so that overheating is not
possible.
<1> heating cover

000006
<2> pipeline connections
Fig. 7 Medium heating
Medium heating comprises a heating cover <1> through which a heating medium (steam, thermal
oil, etc.) flows, additionally attached to the end cover. The permissible limits for the pump
temperature must be taken into account when setting the mass flow to be admitted and its
temperature, see Tab. 1, page 5.
19
Transportation, storage and disposal

Transportation
Raising the pump
000023
Fig. 1 Raising a pump with free shaft end
Requirement:
• Separate lifting accessories of the correct size

• The hoisting gear used must comply with local directives and accident prevention regulations
DANGER!
Risk of injury and/or damage to equipment should the pump fall.
☞ Use correctly proportioned and intact separate lifting accessories.

☞ Attach the separate lifting accessories properly to the pump.
1. Screw the eyebolts into the two holes on opposite sides of the flange cover.
2. Secure the slinging devices to the eyebolts.
3. Secure the crane hook to the slinging device.
4. Raise the pump.
21
Raising the pump unit
000026
000025
000024
Fig. 2 Raising a pump unit
Requirement:

DANGER!
Risk of injury and/or damage to equipment should the pump unit fall.

☞ Attach the separate lifting accessories properly to the pump unit.
1. Fasten the slinging devices at the pump unit to give a 60° to 90° angle between the slings. Make
sure that the centre of gravity of the pump unit is between and below the attachment points. If
this is not possible, you must find another way to stop the pump unit tilting, for example, by
gripping the pump unit more tightly in the slinging devices.
2. Do not let the slinging devices slip; with KF pump units, for example, you could position them in
front of the flange of the pump bracket and behind one of the motor ribs. With pump units of the
KV and KH series, you can use eyebolts for this, screwing them into the hole provided for the
purpose on the motor and on the base frame.
4. Raise the pump uni
22
Storage and preservation

Storage
During the test run, the internal components of the pump are wetted with test oil, which has a
preservative effect. The pipe connections are fitted with protective caps. Unless otherwise
specified, the external components of the pump are preserved with a single-coat PU-based two-
pack paint. The preservative applied at the factory will protect the pump for about six weeks, if it is
stored somewhere dry and clean. Adverse ambient conditions, such as high humidity, salty air,
etc., will noticeably reduce the possible storage time. If storage over longer periods and in adverse
storage conditions is necessary, the pump will have to be preserved.
Preserving the internal surfaces of the pump
1. Set up the pump so that the pressure-face connection is pointing upward.

2. Close the suction side of the pump with a cover plate.
3. Pour non-corrosive, resin-free oil into the pressure flange until the oil reaches the pressure flange
and the air bubbles stop rising, while slowly turning the main screw against the direction of
rotation.
4. Close the pressure-side pump connection with a cover plate.
If the pump is being kept in storage for a long time, every six months you should check the oil
level in the pump and top it up if necessary.
Preserving the external surfaces of the pump
Resources:
• Castrol Rustilo DWX 33 or other preservative offering comparable protection
☞ Paint or spray the preservative onto all plain and unpainted parts.
At intervals of about six months, check the preservative effect and if necessary paint or spray the
plain und unpainted parts with the preservative again.
Removing the preservative
Resources:
• Solvents such as diesel fuel, alcohol, industrial cleaner or steam-jet cleaning device with wax-
dissolving additives
• Container to collect the preservative oil
1. Clean the outside of the pump with the solvent, if necessary using a steam-jet cleaning device.
2. Remove the cover plate on the pressure side.
3. Drain the pump, collecting the preservative oil in a suitable container.
4. Remove the cover plate on the suction side.
5. To remove the residual oil, rinse the pump with the pumped medium.
23
Disposal
Safe disposal
It is essential to comply with the following safety instruction during disposal:
• Comply with local disposal regulations.
Disposing of the pump
Resources:
• Solvent or industrial cleaner suitable for the pumped medium
1. Dismantle the pump.

2. Clean the individual parts of any residual pumped media.
3. Remove sealing elements made of elastomer and ceramics (SiC) from the pump and take them
to a residual waste station.
4. Take any iron components to a material recycling station.
24
Installation, removal and connection

Installation
Locating the pump
Screw pumps can be operated in any mounting position. However, we recommend that you do not
mount the pump above the motor, as should there be a leak, the pumped medium could get inside
the motor.
There are three types of construction:
000010
2
000009
000011
1 3
Fig. 1 Types of construction
<1> type KV with a pump base

<2> type KH with a base frame
<3> type KF with a pump pedestal
Requirement:
• The pump connections are protected against dirt accumulation, for example, by protective covers
fitted at the factory
WARNING!
Leaking pumped medium may cause damage to the motor.
☞ Do not mount the pump above the motor.
WARNING!
With insufficient attachment, the pump and the piping may become damaged.
☞ Only attach the pump to a stable substrate.

☞ Make sure that the fastening elements are adequately secured.
1. Put the pump in position. Pay attention to the direction of flow, which is indicated by the
arrows on the flanges.
2. Secure the fastening elements on the substrate.
25
Installing the pump
If the piping system has to be flushed out with the pump, the pump must be protected by a startup
filter to stop particles of dust getting inside. The mesh width of the startup filter is relevant to the
size of the pump.
Pump size Medium Max. mesh width

up to K 275 light fuel oil 0,025 mm
heavy fuel oil 0,050 mm
from K 370 light fuel oil 0,035 mm
Tab. 1 Mesh width of the startup filter
The pump connections to the piping system must be stress free, as otherwise there is no
guarantee that the pump will operate safely. The following drawings show how to make a stress-
free connection between flange and pump.
Fig. 2 Correct flange connection
<1> linear offset

<2> vertical offset
<3> angular offset
Fig. 3 Incorrect flange connections
WARNING!
Accumulated dirt in the piping system may damage the equipment.
☞ Make sure that the piping system has been carefully cleaned.
☞ When welding, attach cover plates in front of the connecting flanges.
☞ Make sure when welding that welding beads and abrasive dust cannot get into the piping
system and the pump.
26
WARNING!
Any mechanical tension may damage equipment or impair operation.
☞ Make sure that the pump mounting on the piping system is free of mechanical stress.
1. Turn the pump shaft or the fan impeller of the motor. This is to test that the pump runs
smoothly.
If the pump cannot be turned by hand, remedy the fault before installing the pump, see
"Faultfinding reference", page 75.
2. If piping has to be adapted, attach cover plates in front of the connecting flanges when
welding.
3. Place the piping in position.
4. Support the weight of the pipeline.
5. Check the clearance and the angular, vertical and linear alignment, adjusting where necessary.
If the screws tighten easily, this is a sure sign that the installation is stress free.
6. Tighten the connecting bolts crosswise.
Aligning and checking the shaft coupling
Requirement:
• Pump, shaft coupling and motor fitted by the customer
<a> lateral offset

 angular offset
<c> linear offset
Fig. 4 Measuring points for coupling alignment tolerances
Coupling diameter Lateral offset <a> Angular offset Linear offset <c>
[mm] max. [mm] max. [°] min. [mm] max. [mm]
40 0,2 0,9 2 3
55 0,2 0,9 2 3,5
65 0,25 0,9 2,5 4
80 0,3 1,0 3 4,5
95 0,3 1,0 3 5
120 0,4 1,1 4 6
135 0,4 1,2 4,5 7
160 0,5 1,2 5 8
Tab. 2 Limits for shaft coupling alignment
DANGER!
If the shaft coupling is not aligned correctly, this will cause noise, vibration and damage to the
bearing.
☞ Check the alignment of the coupling.
27
1. Check the linear offset <c> of the coupling with a slide gauge or feeler gauge.
If the limits in the above table are exceeded, loosen the pump or motor attachment and move
the unit to accomodate the linear offset <c>.
2. Check the lateral offset <a> with a straight edge and a feeler gauge. Check at several points on
the circumference of the coupling.
the unit to reduce the lateral offset <a>.
3. Check the angular offset of the coupling with a straight edge.
the unit to reduce the angular offset .
Electrical connection
Connecting the pump
Requirement:
• An adequately sized cable
DANGER!
Electric shock can endanger life.
☞ Only allow authorised and qualified personnel to connect the pump.

☞ Make sure that the electricity supply is not live.
☞ Connect the pump carefully to ground.
1. Comply with the operating instructions for the pre-fitted motor.

2. If the motor and the pump have been delivered separately, connect the motor in accordance
with the operating instructions for the motor.
3. Make sure that the operating data on the motor nameplate match the operating data for the
pump.
4. Make sure that the operating data on the motor nameplate match the local mains supply.
5. Open the terminal box on the motor.
6. Make sure that the connecting cable is not live.
7. Follow the wiring diagram in the terminal box for phase and neutral conductor connections.
8. Close the motor terminal box.
Pump Removal
Removing the Pump
Requirement:
• Pump is switched off
Resource:
• Containers to collect the escaping pumped medium
28
DANGER!
☞ Only allow authorised and qualified personnel to disconnect the pump.

DANGER!
When removing the pump, you are at risk of injury from escaping hot, toxic or caustic pumped
media.
☞ Comply with the safety instructions applicable to handling hazardous liquids.
1. When operating at raised temperatures, wait until the unit has cooled down to the ambient
temperature.
2. Disconnect the pump from the power supply.
4. Disconnect the connecting cable.
5. Close the shut-off devices on the pressure and suction sides.
6. Loosen the connecting bolts of the pipe connection on the pressure side. Collect the escaping
medium in a suitable trough.
7. Once all the medium has drained out, dismantle the flange on the pressure side.
8. Loosen the connecting bolts of the pipe connection on the suction side. Collect the escaping
9. Once all the medium has drained out, dismantle the flange on the suction side.
10. Loosen the unit attachment on the foundation.
11. Dismantle the motor and the pump bracket.
29
Operation
Operation
Startup
Filling the pump
There are three possible ways to fill the pump:
• via the shut-off device on the suction side

• via the shut-off device on the pressure side
• via the vent holes
000017
3 2
<1> seal vent hole

<2> suction side vent hole
<3> pressure side vent hole
Fig. 1 Vent holes
Requirement:
• Pump securely attached

• Pump connection to the piping system is free of mechanical stress
• Pump motor is connected correctly to the electrical power supply
• Piping system contains no pollutants or particles of dirt
• A startup filter of the prescribed mesh width is fitted if the piping system is to be cleaned by the
pump
WARNING!
Dry-running can damage pump equipment.
☞ Before you start it, make sure that the pump is full.
1. Open one of the vent holes on the pump casing.

2. If the pumped medium on the suction side is under inlet pressure, open the shut-off device on
the suction side and fill the pump. Turn the pump shaft or the fan impeller of the motor by hand
to speed up the filling process.
- or -
☞If there is already pumped medium available, open the shut-off device on the pressure side and
fill the pump. Turn the pump shaft or the fan impeller of the motor by hand to speed up the
filling process.
- or -
☞If there is no pumped medium at either the pressure or the suction side flange, fill the pump
via the vent hole. Turn the pump shaft or the fan impeller of the motor by hand to speed up the
filling process.
3. Fill the pump until pumped medium escapes at the vent hole.
4. Close the vent hole
5. Open vent hole of the seal <1> and wait until medium escapes.
6. Close vent hole of the seal.
31
Operation
Checking the direction of rotation
The direction of rotation and the direction of flow are indicated by arrows on the pump. The
direction of rotation of the motor gives the direction of rotation of the pump. That is to say, the fan
impeller of the motor must rotate in the direction in which the arrow on the pump is pointing to
indicate direction of rotation. Normally the direction of rotation of the pump is to the right
(clockwise), as seen from motor side.
<1> leakage
<2> arrow to indicate
direction of rotation
000018
3 3
<3> arrows to indicate

direction of flow
Fig. 2 Identifying direction of rotation and direction of flow
Requirement:

• Pump connection to the piping system is stress free
• A startup filter of the prescribed mesh width is fitted if the piping system is to be flushed by the
pump
• Pump is full
WARNING!
☞ Turn the pump on (for max. 1 sec.) and then off again immediately (checking the direction of
rotation).
1. Switch on the power supply and then turn it off again immediately.
2. When the fan impeller of the motor moves slowly after switching off, compare the direction of
rotation of the fan impeller with the arrow indicating direction of rotation on the pump flange.
If the directions do not match, swap over two electrical connection phases. Repeat steps 1 and
2.
32
Operation
Commissioning the pump
Requirement:
• The ambient conditions correspond to the operating data, see "Operating data", page 4
• The pump is securely attached
• The pump is connected to the piping system without stress or strain
• The pump motor is connected correctly to the electrical power supply
• The piping system contains no pollutants or particles of dirt
pump
• The pump is full
• If there are shut-off devices in the suction and pressure pipes, they are open
WARNING!
☞ Before commissioning the pump, take note of these operating instructions.

☞ Before commissioning, make sure that the pump is full.
☞ If the pump does not deliver after 10–15 seconds, abort commissioning.
1. Switch on the pump.

The pump will deliver when the pressure on the pressure side of the pump rises or when a flow
indicator, which is available from the factory, responds.
2. If the pump does not deliver after 10–15 seconds of operation, abort commissioning, establish
the cause of the fault and only then continue the startup procedure. Follow the instructions in the
fault diagnosis charts, see "Faultfinding reference", page 75.
3. Run the pump for a few minutes to allow the piping system to vent fully.
The piping system is fully vented when there is a smooth operating noise and a pressure gauge
on the pressure side of the pump shows no more fluctuations.
Adjusting the overflow valve
2 3 4
<1> plugscrew
<2> setscrew
<3> spring
000004
<4> valve cone
Fig. 3 Mounting position of the overflow valve
If the delivery pipe on the pressure side of the pump is blocked, extremely high pressure can build
up which could possibly lead to the parts under pressure rupturing. An overflow valve is integrated
into KRAL pumps of the K series. The overflow valve prevents too high a pressure building up in
the pump. The overflow valve is set to 110 % of nominal pressure at the factory. This opening
pressure must not be exceeded in normal pump operation, otherwise the opening pressure of the
valve will have to be reset.
33
Operation
Requirement:
• Pump in operation
• Pressure gauge on the pressure side of the pump
Resource:
• Allen key for each pump size in accordance with the following table
Pump size DIN 908 Hexagon socket

K 5–20 R 1/4 " SW 6
K 32– 42 R 3/4 " SW 8
K 55–118 R 3/4 " SW 17
K 160–275 R 3/4 " SW 10
K 370– 450 R 3/4 " SW 17
K 550–660 R 3/4" SW 10
K 851–1301 R 3/4 " SW 17
K 1501–1701 R 3/4" SW 17
Tab. 1 Allen key widths for the various pump sizes
DANGER!
Risk of injury or fire, should pumped medium escape during overflow valve adjustment.
☞ Follow the safety instructions for handling hazardous liquids.
1. Check that the factory setting of the overflow valve meets the requirements of the installation. If
necessary, reset the safety valve.
3. Open the plugscrew <1> of the overflow valve on the end cover.
4. Increase the delivery pressure step by step to check the opening pressure of the valve. Keep an
eye on the pressure gauge and make sure that the pressure stays within the operational limits.
When the overflow valve opening pressure is reached, the displayed pressure noticeably drops.
5. Turn the setscrew to adjust the opening pressure.
Turn it clockwise to increase the opening pressure.
Turn it anticlockwise to decrease the opening pressure.
6. Repeat steps 4 and 5 until the desired opening pressure is reached.
7. Tighten the plugscrew in the end cover again.
34
Operation
Pump shutdown
Switching off the pump
Requirement:
WARNING!
Pressurizing the pump while it is at a standstill may damage the pump seals.
☞ Make sure that while the pump is at a standstill, the pressure in the pump does not exceed
the inlet pressure during operation.
1. Disconnect the motor from the mains.

2. If there is no return valve fitted in the pressure pipe, close the shut-off device on the pressure
side.
Resuming pump operation

Restarting the pump
Requirement:
• A return valve incorporated in the suction pipe, if it is possible to drain the suction pipe when the
pump is at a standstill
• The requirements for commissioning are met, see "Commissioning the pump", page 33
WARNING!
☞ Before starting the pump, make sure that the pump is full.
☞ Switch on the pump.

Under the requirements mentioned above, the pump is ready for operation at any time.
35
Servicing
Servicing
Maintenance
Maintenance requirement
The service life of the pump is heavily dependent on the pump operating conditions. If the
operational limits are adhered to, see "Operating data", page 4, the pump will last for many years.
Symptoms of advanced wear in individual pump components can be detected in accordance with
the following table.
Findings Cause Remedy

Running noise increases Onset of bearing damage Replace bearing
Increased leakage Onset of seal damage Replace shaft seal
Abrasive components at the Non-volatile media Clean seal
seal
Increased shaft coupling play Advanced wear in the Replace intermediate ring
intermediate coupling ring
Drop in delivery rate and Advanced wear of screws and Replace screws and casing
pressure during constant casing
operating conditions
Tab. 1 Chart for testing the maintenance requirement
1. Check the pump regularly every four weeks, both by looking at it and by listening to it.
2. Check for symptoms of premature wear in accordance with the above chart and eliminate the
cause.
37
Servicing
Maintenance of seal
Maintaining the mechanical seal
When operating the pump with low volatile liquids (e.g. heavy fuel oil) the regular small amounts of
leakage may form solid deposits on the atmospheric side of the seal. During long-term operation
the increasing abrasive components may pile up to such an extent that a free drainage of the
leakage is not ensured anymore. As a result the leakage may contaminate and destroy the bearing.
To ensure a safe drain the permeability of the leakage vent holes has to be checked regularly.
Requirement:
• Pump dismantled, see "Removing the Pump", page 28
WARNING!
Bearing damage due to insufficient drainage of shaft seal leakage.
☞ Check permeability of leakage vent holes regularly.
1. If applicable, disassemble drainage pipe.

2. Check permeability of leakage pipe: e.g. observe
drainage of a small amount of liquid poured into
the pipe
- or -
☞ check by visual inspection
- or -
☞ introduce plug of soft material (wood, polymer
etc.).
3. Clean drainage pipe and/or vent hole, if not per-
meable.
4. Re-assemble leakage pipe, if applicable.
38
Assistance with problems

Troubleshooting
Faultfinding reference
Malfunctions can have different causes. The following table lists the symptoms of a fault, the
possible causes and measures for elimination.
Findings Cause and remedy

No pump suction Pump suction pipe closed
☞ Check shut-off devices in the suction pipe and open it, if
necessary.
Suction valve or pipe obstructed
☞ Check for clear passage through the suction valve and pipe.
Level of liquid in the intake container too low
☞ Top-up the pumped medium.
Dirty filter
☞ Clean the filter.
Pump intake capacity reduced by inadequate wetting
☞ Fill pump with medium.
Incorrect pump rotation direction
☞ Make the electrical connection such that the direction of pump
rotation matches that of the arrow on the flange cover.
Leaking suction pipe or shaft seal
☞ Check suction pipe or shaft seal for leaks. Pay particular
attention to leakage at valves and connection points. If
necessary, replace parts.
Suction head too high
☞ Reduce difference of level
- or -
☞reduce pipe length
- or -
☞increase pipe diameter
- or -
☞heat the medium to reduce viscosity
- or -
☞fit a suction filter with greater mesh width. Make sure that
the permissible mesh width is not exceeded, see Tab. 1,
page 26.
Pump does not vent
☞ Vent the pressure pipe at the highest point.
75

Delivery rate too low Differential pressure at the pump too high
☞ Check the installation and reduce the differential pressure.
Viscosity of the pumped medium too high
☞ Raise the temperature of the medium
- or -
☞reduce the rotation speed.
Viscosity of the pumped medium too low
☞ Lower the temperature of the medium
- or -
☞increase the rotation speed
Dirty filter
- or -
- or -
- or -
- or -
page 26.
Motor running at wrong voltage or frequency
1. Make sure that the motor voltage and frequency match the
operating voltage.
2. Compare the speed of the motor with the pump nameplate. If
the data does not match, adjust the speed of the motor.
Airlock or gas in the medium
1. Test the piping system for air admission and if necessary,
replace parts.
2. Reduce the suction head
- or -
☞increase the inlet pressure.
Overflow valve opens during normal operation
☞ Set opening pressure above value of operating pressure.
Overflow valve leaking
☞ Clean overflow valve and if necessary, re-seat.
Advanced wear of rotating pump components
☞ Check set of screws and casing and replace if necessary.
76

Pump runs noisily Dirty filter
- or -
- or -
- or -
- or -
☞fit suction filter with greater mesh width. Make sure that the
permissible mesh width is not exceeded, see Tab. 1, page
26.
Viscosity of pumped medium too high
- or -
☞reduce the rotation speed
replace parts.
- or -
Inadequate alignment of shaft coupling
☞ Align the shaft coupling correctly, see "Aligning and checking
the shaft coupling", page 27.
Pump deflected
2. Loosen pipeline connections and assemble stress free, see
"Installing the pump", page 26.
Resonance in the installation
☞ Provide a flexible bearing arrangement for the unit
- or -
☞make the connections with hoses.
Speed of flow in suction or pressure pipe too high
1. Set the flow speed in the suction pipe so that it does not
exceed 1 m/s.
2. Set the flow speed in the pressure pipe so that it does not
exceed 3 m/s.
Ball bearing damaged
☞ Replace the ball bearing, see "Removing ball bearings", page
63.
77

Motor overload Motor running at wrong voltage or frequency
operating voltage.
Differential pressure too high
High viscosity of pumped medium
- or -
Lack of lubrication or foreign bodies have caused superficial
damage to rotating pump components
☞ Check the set of screws and the casing and replace if
necessary.
Damaged rolling bearing
☞ Replace the rolling bearing, see "Removing ball bearings", page
63.
Uneven pump capacity Dirty filter
- or -
- or -
- or -
- or -
page 26.
Viscosity of the pumped medium is too high
- or -
replace parts.
- or -
Overflow valve leaks
☞ Clean the overflow valve and if necessary, re-seat.
78

Leaking shaft seal Dry running has damaged the shaft seal
☞ Replace the shaft seal, see "Removing the mechanical seal",
page 48. When starting up the pump, pay attention to venting.
Inlet pressure too high
☞ Reduce the inlet pressure at the installation end.
Thermal or chemical loading of elastomer seals exceeded
1. Check the maximum operating temperature.
2. Check the resistance of the elastomer with regard to the
pumped medium.
Cold start when delivering high-viscosity media
☞ Install pump heating.
Seal overload during heating process
☞ To prevent thermal expansion of the media causing a buildup
of pressure, open the pressure or suction side shut-off
devices.
Leaking return valve causes seal overload when pump is at a
standstill
☞ Clean the return valve and if necessary, replace it.
Advanced wear of sealing surfaces
☞ Replace the seal and if necessary, check the pumped medium
for abrasive content.
Pump is stuck Foreign bodies in the pump
☞ Dismantle the pump and clean it.
☞ Smooth the superficial damage to the casing and the rotating
parts with an oilstone and if necessary, replace the set of
screws and/or the casing.
Differential pressure is too high and has overloaded the sleeve
bearing
☞ Dismantle the pump.
☞ Reduce the differential pressure.
Viscosity is too low and has overloaded the sleeve bearing
☞ Increase the viscosity, for example by reducing the operating
temperature.
Dry running has damaged the pump
☞ When resuming operation, take action to prevent dry running,
see "Resuming pump operation", page 35.
Tab. 1 Fault diagnosis chart
79
Appendix
Appendix
General drawings
Exploded view of pump with coupling and motor
K6
K5 K7
K4
K3
K2
K1
K8
K9
000098
K10
K11
Fig. 1 Exploded view of a K-pump with coupling and motor
Item no. Part Spare part no. Item no. Part Spare part no.
<K1> pump 001 <K7> motor 529
<K2> socket screws 914,1 <K8> hexagon screws 900,1
<K3> distance sleeve 039 <K9> socket screws 914,2
<K4> pumpside coupling part 52,1 <K10> pump bracket 180
<K5> coupling intermediate ring 525 <K11> pump pedestal 225
<K6> motorside coupling part 52,2
81
Appendix
Exploded view of the pump
15
11 12 14
13 16 17
8 10
18
7 9
20 19
6
21
22
5
4 23
3
2
25 24
28
1
29 26
38
39 37
31
27
40 36
41
30
32
33
34
35
Fig. 2 Exploded view of a K-pump 000099
<1> socket screws 914,2 <22> dowel pin 859
<2> plug screw 165,1 <23> flat gasket* 729,3
<3> flat gasket 729,1 <24> plug screw* 165,3
<4> end cover 070 <25> straight pin 879
<5> flat gasket 729,4 <26> circlip* 471,4
<6> pump casing 131 <27> radial shaft seal* 745
<7> flat gasket 729,2 <28> flat gasket 729,2
<8> plug screw 165,2 <29> plug screw 165,2
<9> flat gasket 729,5 <30> mechanical seal 457
<10> flat gasket 729,2 <31> spacer 062
<11> plug screw 165,2 <32> circlip 471,1
<12> plug screw 165,3 <33> balancing cylinder 042
<13> flat gasket 729,3 <34> main screw 661
<14> flange cover 074 <35> idle screws
82
Appendix
<15> plug screw* 165,3 <36> key 866
<16> flat gasket* 729,3 <37> plug screw 165,2
<17> circlip 471,2 <38> flat gasket 729,2
<18> support ring 056 <39> valve cone 305
<19> circlip 471,3 <40> spring 501
<20> ball bearing 817 <41> adjusting screw 164
<21> socket screws 914,1
*only for version radial shaft seal
Tab. 1 Spare part numbers
83
Behrens Pumpen
Item 11
Service MDO transfer pump
Type: KF 660 + 132
Medium
Viscosity (cst) : 26,00 - 400,00
Capacity (cbm/h) : 30,00 - 30,00
Speed (rpm) : 1150 - 1150
NPSH (r) (m) : 2,00 - 3,60
Materials
:
:
Material : SiC-SiC FFKM
Connections DN PN
Prime mover
E-Motor Type : CSM 132M-6
Starting : DOL
Power (kW) : 6,60 - 6,60 SPM : no
Rated current (A) : 12,60 - 12,60 Space heater : no
Starting current (A) : 80,40 - 80,40
Weights
29.06.2006 Dirksen
Screw pumps
K Series
OIK 08B
02_02/2005 Edition
2 3 4 5
1
13
12
000003
11 10 9

<7> main screw
13
K1 K2 K3 K4 K5
000100


• Easily adjusted
volume flow.
14
the set of screws.
Shaft seal

Mechanical seal:
15
Radial shaft seal:
R1
R2
R3
000101
R4
V1
000102
V5 V4 V3 V2

16
Magnetic coupling:
outer rotor.
Main screw bearing
17
Overflow valve
2 3 4
<1> plugscrew
<2> setscrew
<3> spring
000004
<4> valve cone
18
Heating
<1> heating cover

<2> heating element
000005
<3> connecting lead
possible.
<1> heating cover

000006
19

Transportation
Raising the pump
000023
Requirement:

DANGER!

4. Raise the pump.
21
000026
000025
000024
Requirement:

DANGER!

22

Storage

rotation.
Resources:
Resources:
23
Disposal
Safe disposal
Resources:

24

Installation
Locating the pump
the motor.
000010
2
000009
000011
1 3

Requirement:
WARNING!
WARNING!

25
Installing the pump
size of the pump.

<1> linear offset

<2> vertical offset
<3> angular offset
WARNING!
26
WARNING!
smoothly.
welding.
Requirement:
<a> lateral offset

 angular offset
<c> linear offset
40 0,2 0,9 2 3
55 0,2 0,9 2 3,5
65 0,25 0,9 2,5 4
80 0,3 1,0 3 4,5
95 0,3 1,0 3 5
120 0,4 1,1 4 6
135 0,4 1,2 4,5 7
160 0,5 1,2 5 8
DANGER!
bearing.
27
Connecting the pump
Requirement:
DANGER!


pump.
Pump Removal
Removing the Pump
Requirement:
Resource:
28
DANGER!

DANGER!
media.
temperature.
29
Operation
Operation
Startup
Filling the pump

000017
3 2
<1> seal vent hole

Fig. 1 Vent holes
Requirement:

pump
WARNING!

- or -
filling process.
- or -
filling process.
31
Operation
<1> leakage
000018
3 3

direction of flow
Requirement:

pump
• Pump is full
WARNING!
rotation).
2.
32
Operation
Requirement:
pump
WARNING!


2 3 4
<1> plugscrew
<2> setscrew
<3> spring
000004
<4> valve cone
33
Operation
Requirement:
Resource:

K 5–20 R 1/4 " SW 6
K 32– 42 R 3/4 " SW 8
K 55–118 R 3/4 " SW 17
K 160–275 R 3/4 " SW 10
K 370– 450 R 3/4 " SW 17
K 550–660 R 3/4" SW 10
K 851–1301 R 3/4 " SW 17
K 1501–1701 R 3/4" SW 17
DANGER!
34
Operation
Pump shutdown
Requirement:
WARNING!

side.

Restarting the pump
Requirement:
WARNING!

35
Servicing
Servicing
Maintenance

seal
cause.
37
Servicing
Maintenance of seal
Requirement:
WARNING!

the pipe
- or -
- or -
etc.).
meable.
38

Troubleshooting

necessary.
Dirty filter
- or -
- or -
- or -
- or -
page 26.
Pump does not vent
75

- or -
- or -
Dirty filter
- or -
- or -
- or -
- or -
page 26.
operating voltage.
replace parts.
- or -
76

- or -
- or -
- or -
- or -
26.
- or -
replace parts.
- or -
Pump deflected
- or -
exceed 1 m/s.
exceed 3 m/s.
63.
77

operating voltage.
- or -
necessary.
63.
- or -
- or -
- or -
- or -
page 26.
- or -
replace parts.
- or -
78

pumped medium.
devices.
standstill
bearing
temperature.
79
Appendix
Appendix
General drawings
K6
K5 K7
K4
K3
K2
K1
K8
K9
000098
K10
K11
<K1> pump 001 <K7> motor 529
81
Appendix
15
11 12 14
13 16 17
8 10
18
7 9
20 19
6
21
22
5
4 23
3
2
25 24
28
1
29 26
38
39 37
31
27
40 36
41
30
32
33
34
35
82
Appendix
<15> plug screw* 165,3 <36> key 866
<19> circlip 471,3 <40> spring 501
83
Behrens Pumpen
Item 13
Service Stern tube LO pump
Type: KF 32 + 80
Medium
Viscosity (cst) : 26,00 0,00
Speed (rpm) : 1700
NPSH (r) (m) : 2,10
Materials
:
:
Material : Steel-C FKM
Connections DN PN
pressure side 32 16
Prime mover
E-Motor Type : CSM 80-4
Starting : DOL
Weights
29.06.2006 Dirksen
Screw pumps
K Series
OIK 08B
02_02/2005 Edition
2 3 4 5
1
13
12
000003
11 10 9

<7> main screw
13
K1 K2 K3 K4 K5
000100


• Easily adjusted
volume flow.
14
the set of screws.
Shaft seal

Mechanical seal:
15
Radial shaft seal:
R1
R2
R3
000101
R4
V1
000102
V5 V4 V3 V2

16
Magnetic coupling:
outer rotor.
Main screw bearing
17
Overflow valve
2 3 4
<1> plugscrew
<2> setscrew
<3> spring
000004
<4> valve cone
18
Heating
<1> heating cover

<2> heating element
000005
<3> connecting lead
possible.
<1> heating cover

000006
19

Transportation
Raising the pump
000023
Requirement:

DANGER!

4. Raise the pump.
21
000026
000025
000024
Requirement:

DANGER!

22

Storage

rotation.
Resources:
Resources:
23
Disposal
Safe disposal
Resources:

24

Installation
Locating the pump
the motor.
000010
2
000009
000011
1 3

Requirement:
WARNING!
WARNING!

25
Installing the pump
size of the pump.

<1> linear offset

<2> vertical offset
<3> angular offset
WARNING!
26
WARNING!
smoothly.
welding.
Requirement:
<a> lateral offset

 angular offset
<c> linear offset
40 0,2 0,9 2 3
55 0,2 0,9 2 3,5
65 0,25 0,9 2,5 4
80 0,3 1,0 3 4,5
95 0,3 1,0 3 5
120 0,4 1,1 4 6
135 0,4 1,2 4,5 7
160 0,5 1,2 5 8
DANGER!
bearing.
27
Connecting the pump
Requirement:
DANGER!


pump.
Pump Removal
Removing the Pump
Requirement:
Resource:
28
DANGER!

DANGER!
media.
temperature.
29
Operation
Operation
Startup
Filling the pump

000017
3 2
<1> seal vent hole

Fig. 1 Vent holes
Requirement:

pump
WARNING!

- or -
filling process.
- or -
filling process.
31
Operation
<1> leakage
000018
3 3

direction of flow
Requirement:

pump
• Pump is full
WARNING!
rotation).
2.
32
Operation
Requirement:
pump
WARNING!


2 3 4
<1> plugscrew
<2> setscrew
<3> spring
000004
<4> valve cone
33
Operation
Requirement:
Resource:

K 5–20 R 1/4 " SW 6
K 32– 42 R 3/4 " SW 8
K 55–118 R 3/4 " SW 17
K 160–275 R 3/4 " SW 10
K 370– 450 R 3/4 " SW 17
K 550–660 R 3/4" SW 10
K 851–1301 R 3/4 " SW 17
K 1501–1701 R 3/4" SW 17
DANGER!
34
Operation
Pump shutdown
Requirement:
WARNING!

side.

Restarting the pump
Requirement:
WARNING!

35
Servicing
Servicing
Maintenance

seal
cause.
37
Servicing
Maintenance of seal
Requirement:
WARNING!

the pipe
- or -
- or -
etc.).
meable.
38

Troubleshooting

necessary.
Dirty filter
- or -
- or -
- or -
- or -
page 26.
Pump does not vent
75

- or -
- or -
Dirty filter
- or -
- or -
- or -
- or -
page 26.
operating voltage.
replace parts.
- or -
76

- or -
- or -
- or -
- or -
26.
- or -
replace parts.
- or -
Pump deflected
- or -
exceed 1 m/s.
exceed 3 m/s.
63.
77

operating voltage.
- or -
necessary.
63.
- or -
- or -
- or -
- or -
page 26.
- or -
replace parts.
- or -
78

pumped medium.
devices.
standstill
bearing
temperature.
79
Appendix
Appendix
General drawings
K6
K5 K7
K4
K3
K2
K1
K8
K9
000098
K10
K11
<K1> pump 001 <K7> motor 529
81
Appendix
15
11 12 14
13 16 17
8 10
18
7 9
20 19
6
21
22
5
4 23
3
2
25 24
28
1
29 26
38
39 37
31
27
40 36
41
30
32
33
34
35
82
Appendix
<15> plug screw* 165,3 <36> key 866
<19> circlip 471,3 <40> spring 501
83
Behrens Pumpen
Item 14
Service Sanitary FW hydrophore pump
Type: CRN 3-8 F
Description Multi stage inline centrifugal pump
Medium
Viscosity (cst) :
Speed (rpm) : 3550
NPSH (r) (m) : 1,80
Materials
Impeller : Stainless steel
:
Shaft : Stainless steel
Lubrication : lifetime
Coupling Type : rigid
Material : TC-Carbon EPDM
Connections DN PN
pressure side 32 16
Prime mover
E-Motor Type :
Starting : DOL
Weights
29.06.2006 Dirksen
Behrens Pumpen
Item 14
Service Sanitary FW hydrophore pump
Type: CRN 3-8 F
Medium
Viscosity (cst) :
Speed (rpm) : 3550
NPSH (r) (m) : 1,80
Materials
:
Connections DN PN
pressure side 32 16
Prime mover
E-Motor Type :
Starting : DOL
Weights
29.06.2006 Dirksen
CONTENTS 2. Type designation
Page
2.1 Pump key for CR, CRI, CRN 1, 3 and 5
1. Handling 8
2. Type designation 8 Example CR 3 - 10 X - X - X - X - XXXX
2.1 Pump key for CR, CRI, CRN 1, 3 and 5 8
Pump range: CR, CRI, CRN
2.2 Pump key for CR, CRN 8 and 16 8
2.3 Pump key for CR, CRN 32, 45, 64 and 90 8 Nominal flow rate in m³/h
3. Applications 8 Number of impellers
4. Technical data 9 Code for pump version
4.1 Ambient temperature 9 Code for pipework connection
4.2 Liquid temperature 9
Code for materials
4.3 Maximum permissible operating pressure
and liquid temperature for the shaft seal 9 Code for rubber pump parts
4.4 Minimum inlet pressure 9 Code for shaft seal
4.5 Maximum inlet pressure 10
4.6 Minimum flow rate 10 2.2 Pump key for CR, CRN 8 and 16
4.7 Electrical data 10
4.8 Frequency of starts and stops 10 Example CR 8 - 20 / 2 - X - X - X - XXXX
4.9 Dimensions and weights 10
4.10 Sound level 10 Pump range: CR, CRN
5. Installation 10 Nominal flow rate in m³/h
6. Electrical connection 11 Number of stages x 10
6.1 Frequency converter operation 11 Number of impellers (is only used if the pump
7. Start-up 11 has fewer impellers than chambers)
8. Maintenance 11 Code for pump version
9. Frost protection 12 Code for pipework connection
10. Service 12 Code for materials
10.1 Service kits 12 Code for shaft seal and rubber pump parts
11. Coupling adjustment 12
12. Fault finding chart 13 2.3 Pump key for CR, CRN 32, 45, 64 and 90
13. Disposal 13
Example CR 32 - 2 - 1 - X - X - X - X - XXXX
Before beginning installation procedures, these in- Pump range: CR, CRN
stallation and operating instructions should be stud-
Nominal flow rate in m³/h
ied carefully. The installation and operation should
also be in accordance with local regulations and ac- Number of stages
cepted codes of good practice. Number of impellers with reduced
diameter
1. Handling Code for pump version
The motors of the CR, CRI, CRN 1, 3, 5 and CR, Code for pipework connection
CRN 8, 16 pumps are supplied with lifting eyes which Code for materials
must not be used for lifting the entire pump. Code for rubber pump parts
When the entire pump is to be lifted, observe the following: Code for shaft seal
• CR, CRI, CRN 1, 3, 5 and CR, CRN 8, 16 pumps fitted with
GRUNDFOS MG motors should be lifted in the pump head by 3. Applications
means of straps or the like.
GRUNDFOS multistage in-line centrifugal pumps, types CR, CRI
• CR, CRN 32, 45, 64 and 90 fitted with GRUNDFOS MG motors and CRN, are designed for a wide range of applications.
up to and including 11 kW should be lifted by means of the eye
nut fitted to the pump head. Pumped liquids
• CR, CRN 32, 45, 64 and 90 fitted with Siemens motors of Thin, non-explosive liquids, not containing solid particles or fi-
15 kW and up should be lifted by means of the lifting devices bres. The liquid must not attack the pump materials chemically.
fitted to the motor. When pumping liquids with a density and/or viscosity higher than
• For other motor makes than those mentioned above, it is rec- that of water, motors with correspondingly higher outputs must be
ommended to lift the pump in the pump head by means of used, if required.
straps.
CR, CRI, CRN
For liquid transfer, circulation and pressure boosting of cold or
hot clean liquids.
CRN
In systems where all parts in contact with the liquid must be made
of high-grade stainless steel, CRN pumps must be used.
8
4. Technical data Fig. 4
4.1 Ambient temperature CR, CRN 32, 45, 64 and 90:
Maximum +40°C. p [bar]

If the ambient temperature exceeds +40°C or if the motor is lo- 35
cated 1000 metres above sea level, the motor output (P2) must 30
KUBE / KUBV KUBE
be reduced due to the low density and consequently low cooling 25
effect of the air. In such cases, it may be necessary to use a mo- 20
tor with a higher rated output. KUBE / KUBV
KUUE
KUUE
KUUV
15
KUUE / KUUV KUBE
Fig. 1 10
TM01 1923 4500

5
P2
[%] 0
100 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
t [°C]
90
80
70 4.4 Minimum inlet pressure
60 Fig. 5
TM00 2189 1598

50
20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80
t [°C]
1000 2250 3500 m
Hf
Example:
Figure 1 shows that P2 must be reduced to 88% when the pump
is installed 3500 metres above sea level. At an ambient tempera-
ture of 70°C, P2 must be reduced to 78% of the rated output. H
Pb NPSH
TM02 0118 3800

4.2 Liquid temperature
See fig. A, page 76, which indicates the relationship between liq-
uid temperature and maximum permissible operating pressure. Hv
Note: The maximum permissible operating pressure and liquid
temperature ranges apply to the pump only.
4.3 Maximum permissible operating pressure and The maximum suction lift “H” in metres head can be calculated as
liquid temperature for the shaft seal follows:
H = pb x 10.2 – NPSH – Hf – Hv – Hs
Fig. 2
pb = Barometric pressure in bar.
CR, CRI, CRN 1, 3 and 5: (Barometric pressure can be set to 1 bar).
p [bar] In closed systems, pb indicates the system pressure
35 in bar.
30 NPSH = Net Positive Suction Head in metres head
(to be read from the NPSH curve on page 75 at the
25
highest flow the pump will be delivering).
20
HUBE / HUBV Hf = Friction loss in suction pipe in metres head at the
HUUE
HUUE
HUUV
15
HUUE / HUUV HUBE highest flow the pump will be delivering.
10
TM02 0629 4900
Hv = Vapour pressure in metres head, see fig. E on page

5 79. tm = Liquid temperature.
0 Hs = Safety margin = minimum 0.5 metres head.
-40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 If the calculated “H” is positive, the pump can operate at a suction
t [°C]
lift of maximum “H” metres head.
If the calculated “H” is negative, an inlet pressure of minimum
Fig. 3
“H” metres head is required. There must be a pressure equal to
CR, CRN 8 and 16: the calculated “H” during operation.
p [bar] Example:
30 pb = 1 bar.
Pump type: CR 16, 50 Hz.
25
Flow rate: 16 m³/h.
20 AUUE / AUUV AUUE NPSH (from page 75): 1.5 metres head.
15 Hf = 3.0 metres head.
AUUE / AUUV Liquid temperature: +60°C.
RUUE
RUUV
10 Hv (from fig. E, page 79): 2.1 metres head.

BUBE / BUBV
TM01 1922 4500
BUBE
5 H = pb x 10.2 – NPSH – Hf – Hv – Hs [metres head].
0 H = 1 x 10.2 – 1.5 – 3.0 – 2.1 – 0.5 = 3.1 metres head.
-40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 This means that the pump can operate at a suction lift of maxi-
t [°C] mum 3.1 metres head.
Pressure calculated in bar: 3.1 x 0.0981 = 0.30 bar.
Pressure calculated in kPa: 3.1 x 9.81 = 30.4 kPa.
9
4.5 Maximum inlet pressure 5. Installation
Figure B, page 77, shows the maximum permissible inlet pres- When installing the pump, follow the procedure below in order to
sure. However, the actual inlet pressure + pressure when the avoid damaging the pump.
pump is running against a closed valve must always be lower
than the “maximum permissible operating pressure”. Step Action
The pumps are pressure-tested at a pressure of 1.5 times the 1
value stated in fig. B, page 77.
TM02 0013 3800

4.6 Minimum flow rate Arrows on the pump base
show the direction of flow of
Due to the risk of overheating, the pump should not be used at liquid through the pump.
flows below the minimum flow rate.
The curve below shows the minimum flow rate as a percentage of
the nominal flow rate in relation to the liquid temperature.
2 Page 78 shows:
Fig. 6
• port-to-port lengths,
TM00 2256 3393

4xø
Qmin • dimensions of the base,
[%]
• pipework connections and
40 L1 B1
L2 B2 • diameter and position of
30
foundation bolts.
TM01 2816 3400

20 The pump can be installed
3
10 vertically or horizontally. En-
TM01 1241 4097

0
sure that an adequate supply
of cool air reaches the motor
40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 t [°C] cooling fan. However, the mo-
tor must never fall below the
Note: The pump must never operate against a closed discharge horizontal plane.
valve. 4 To minimize possible noise
from the pump, it is advisable
4.7 Electrical data to fit expansion joints either
See motor nameplate. side of the pump and anti-vi-
bration mountings between
4.8 Frequency of starts and stops foundation and pump.
Motors up to 4 kW: Maximum 100 times per hour. Isolating valves should be fit-
Other motors: Maximum 20 times per hour. ted either side of the pump to
avoid draining the system if
4.9 Dimensions and weights the pump needs to be
TM02 0116 3800 cleaned, repaired or replaced.
Dimensions: See fig. C, page 78.
The pump must always be
Weights: See label on the packing. protected against backflow by
means of a non-return valve
4.10 Sound level
(foot valve).
See fig. D, page 79.
5
Install the pipes so that air

TM02 0114 3800
locks are avoided, especially

on the suction side of the
pump.
6 In the case of installations in

which:
• the discharge pipe slopes
downwards away from the
pump,
• there is a risk of siphon
effect,
TM02 0115 3800
• protection against backflow

of unclean liquids is neces-
sary,
a vacuum valve must be fitted
close to the pump.
10
6. Electrical connection 7. Start-up
The electrical connection should be carried out by an authorized Note: Do not start the pump until it has been filled with liquid and
electrician in accordance with local regulations. vented.
Before removing the terminal box cover and before Pay attention to the direction of the vent hole and
any removal/dismantling of the pump, make sure that take care to ensure that the escaping water does not
the electricity supply has been switched off. cause injury to persons or damage to the motor or
The pump must be connected to an external mains other components.
switch with a minimum contact gap of 3 mm in all In hot-water installations, special attention should be
poles. paid to the risk of injury caused by scalding hot water.
The operating voltage and frequency are marked on the motor Follow the instructions on page 4.
nameplate. Make sure that the motor is suitable for the electricity CR, CRI, CRN 1 to 5,
supply on which it will be used. CR, CRN 8 and 16:
Single-phase GRUNDFOS motors incorporate a thermal switch For these pumps, it is advisable to open the bypass valve during
and require no additional motor protection. start-up. The bypass valve connects the suction and discharge
Three-phase motors must be connected to a motor starter. sides of the pump, thus making the filling procedure easier. When
The terminal box can be turned to four positions, in 90° steps: the operation is stable, the bypass valve can be closed. When
pumping liquids containing air, it is advisable to leave the bypass
1. If necessary, remove the coupling guards. Do not remove the
valve open.
coupling.
Fig. 7
2. Remove the bolts securing the motor to the pump.
3. Turn the motor to the required position.
4. Replace and tighten the bolts.
5. Replace the coupling guards.
Drain plug
The electrical connection should be carried out as shown in the
Bypass valve
diagram inside the terminal box cover.
6.1 Frequency converter operation

Motors supplied by GRUNDFOS:
All three-phase motors supplied by GRUNDFOS can be con-
nected to a frequency converter.
Dependent on the frequency converter type, this may cause in-
TM01 1243 4097

creased acoustic noise from the motor. Furthermore, it may
cause the motor to be exposed to detrimental voltage peaks.
Note: GRUNDFOS motors types MG 71 and MG 80 as well as
MG 90 (1.5 kW, 2-pole), all for supply voltages up to and including
440 V (see motor nameplate), must be protected against voltage
peaks higher than 650 V (peak value) between the supply termi-
nals. 8. Maintenance
It is recommended to protect all other motors against voltage
peaks higher than 850 V. Before starting work on the pump, make sure that all
power supplies to the pump have been switched off
The above disturbances, i.e. both increased acoustic noise and
and that they cannot be accidentally switched on.
detrimental voltage peaks, can be eliminated by fitting an LC filter
between the frequency converter and the motor. Pump bearings and shaft seal are maintenance-free.
For further information, please contact the frequency converter or If the pump is to be drained for a long period of inactivity, remove
motor supplier. one of the coupling guards to inject a few drops of silicone oil on
Other motor makes than those supplied by GRUNDFOS: the shaft between the pump head and the coupling. This will pre-
Please contact GRUNDFOS or the motor manufacturer. vent the shaft seal faces from sticking.
Motor bearings:
Motors which are not fitted with grease nipples are maintenance-
free.
Motors fitted with grease nipples should be lubricated with a high-
temperature lithium-based grease, see the instructions on the fan
cover.
In the case of seasonal operation (motor is idle for more than
6 months of the year), it is recommended to grease the motor
when the pump is taken out of operation.
11
9. Frost protection
Pumps which are not being used during periods of frost should be
drained to avoid damage.
Drain the pump by loosening the vent screw in the pump head
and by removing the drain plug from the base.
Care must be taken to ensure that the escaping water
does not cause injury to persons or damage to the
motor or other components.
In hot-water installations, special attention should be
paid to the risk of injury caused by scalding hot water.
Do not tighten the vent screw and replace the drain plug until the
pump is to be used again.
CR, CRI, CRN 1 to 5,
CR, CRN 8 and 16:
Before replacing the drain plug in the base, screw the bypass
valve out against the stop, see fig. 7.
Fit the drain plug by tightening the large union nut followed by the
bypass valve.
10. Service
Note: If a pump has been used for a liquid which is injurious to
health or toxic, the pump will be classified as contaminated.
If GRUNDFOS is requested to service the pump, GRUNDFOS
must be contacted with details about the pumped liquid, etc. be-
fore the pump is returned for service. Otherwise GRUNDFOS can
refuse to accept the pump for service.
Possible costs of returning the pump are paid by the customer.
However, any application for service (no matter to whom it may
be made) must include details about the pumped liquid if the
pump has been used for liquids which are injurious to health or
toxic.
10.1 Service kits

Service kits for CR, CRI and CRN, see www.grundfos.com.
11. Coupling adjustment

For adjustment of coupling in CR, CRI, CRN 1 to 5, see fig. F,
page 80.
For adjustment of coupling in CR, CRN 8 and 16, see fig. G, page
81.
For adjustment of coupling in CR, CRN 32 to 90, see fig. H, page
82.
12
12. Fault finding chart
Before removing the terminal box cover and before any removal/dismantling of the pump, make sure that the electricity supply
has been switched off and that it cannot be accidentally switched on.
Fault Cause Remedy

1. Motor does not run a) Supply failure. Connect the electricity supply.
when started. b) Fuses are blown. Replace fuses.
c) Motor starter overload has tripped out. Reactivate the motor protection.
d) Thermal protection has tripped out. Reactivate the thermal protection.
e) Main contacts in motor starter are not making Replace contacts or magnetic coil.
contact or the coil is faulty.
f) Control circuit is defective. Repair the control circuit.
g) Motor is defective. Replace the motor.
2. Motor starter overload a) One fuse/automatic circuit breaker is blown. Cut in the fuse.
trips out immediately b) Contacts in motor starter overload are faulty. Replace motor starter contacts.
when supply is
c) Cable connection is loose or faulty. Fasten or replace the cable connection.
switched on.
d) Motor winding is defective. Replace the motor.
e) Pump mechanically blocked. Remove the mechanical blocking of the pump.
f) Overload setting is too low. Set the motor starter correctly.
3. Motor starter overload a) Overload setting is too low. Set the motor starter correctly.
trips out occasionally. b) Low voltage at peak times. Check the electricity supply.
4. Motor starter has not a) Check 1 a), b), d), e) and f).
tripped out but the
pump does not run.
5. Pump capacity not a) Pump inlet pressure is too low (cavitation). Check the suction conditions.
constant. b) Suction pipe/pump partly blocked by impurities. Clean the pump or suction pipe.
c) Pump draws in air. Check the suction conditions.
6. Pump runs but gives a) Suction pipe/pump blocked by impurities. Clean the pump or suction pipe.
no water. b) Foot or non-return valve blocked in closed po- Repair the foot or non-return valve.
sition.
c) Leakage in suction pipe. Repair the suction pipe.
d) Air in suction pipe or pump. Check the suction conditions.
e) Motor rotates in the wrong direction. Change the direction of rotation of the motor.
7. Pump runs back- a) Leakage in suction pipe. Repair the suction pipe.
wards when switched b) Foot or non-return valve is defective. Repair the foot or non-return valve.
off.
8. Leakage in shaft seal. a) Shaft seal is defective. Replace the shaft seal.
9. Noise. a) Cavitation occurs in the pump. Check the suction conditions.
b) Pump does not rotate freely (frictional resist- Adjust the pump shaft.
ance) because of incorrect pump shaft position.
c) Frequency converter operation. See section 6.1 Frequency converter operation.
13. Disposal
Disposal of this product or parts of it must be carried out accord-
ing to the following guidelines:
1. Use the local public or private waste collection service.
2. In case such waste collection service does not exist or cannot
handle the materials used in the product, please deliver the
product or any hazardous materials from it to your nearest
GRUNDFOS company or service workshop.
Subject to alterations.
13
Service instructions
CR 1, CR 3 and CR 5
Model A
50/60 Hz
1/3~
Table of contents
1. Type identification ........................................................................................................................... 2
1.1 Nameplate CR-, CRI, CRN, 1, 3 and 5 .............................................................................................. 2
1.2 Type key ............................................................................................................................................ 3
1.3 Codes used........................................................................................................................................ 3
2. Torques and lubricants ................................................................................................................... 4
3. Service tools .................................................................................................................................... 5
3.1 Special tools ...................................................................................................................................... 5
3.2 Standard tools.................................................................................................................................... 5
3.3 Torque tools....................................................................................................................................... 6
4. Dismantling and assembly ............................................................................................................. 7
4.1 General .............................................................................................................................................. 7
4.2 Replacement of motor ....................................................................................................................... 8
4.3 Replacement of shaft seal ................................................................................................................. 9
4.4 Dismantling and assembly of pump main parts ............................................................................... 10
4.5 Dismantling and assembly of chamber stack .................................................................................. 11
4.6 Dismantling and assembly of base and pump head ........................................................................ 12
4.7 Checking and replacement of parts ................................................................................................. 14
4.8 Order of assembly for chambers and impellers ............................................................................... 15
27.04.2001 GB Page 1 of 16
1. Type identification
This section shows the type key, the nameplate and the codes that can appear in the variant code.
Note: As codes can be combined, a code position may contain more than one code (letter).
1.1 Nameplate CR-, CRI, CRN, 1, 3 and 5
1 2 3 4 5
CR1-3 A-A-A-E-HUBE
Type Model A96450484P30047
6 50Hz P2 0.37 kW 60HzP2 0.37 kW 11
7 n 2900 min-1 n 3500 min-1 12
8 Hmax18.4 m Hmax26.8 m 13
9 Q 2.0 m/ h3
Q 2.1 m3 /h 14
96439820
10 H 12.7 m H 20.4 m 15
TM02 0496 4800

o
max max 16/120 bar / C CCW
MADE IN DENMARK
17 16 18
Pos. Description Pos. Description
1 Type designation 10 Head at rated flow rate, 50 Hz
2 Model 11 P2, 60 Hz
3 Product number 12 Speed, 60 Hz
4 Place of production 13 Head against closed valve, 60 Hz
5 Production year and week 14 Rated flow rate, 60 Hz
6 P2, 50 Hz 15 Head at rated flow rate, 60 Hz
7 Speed, 50 Hz 16 Maximum pressure and temperature
8 Head against closed valve, 50 Hz 17 Country of production
9 18 Direction of rotation (CCW = counter-

Rated flow rate, 50 Hz
clockwise)
27.04.2001 GB Page 2 of 16
1.2 Type key
Example CR 3- 10 X- X- X- X- XXXX
Type range
Rated flow rate in m³/h
Number of impellers
Code for pump version a)
Code for pipe connection b)
Code for pump materials c)
Code for rubber parts d)
Code for shaft seal e)
1.3 Codes used
Note Code Description
A Basic version
a
U NEMA version
A Oval flange
b
FGJ DIN-, ANSI- and JIS flange
Pump head and base: cast iron

c A
Other wetted parts: stainless steel DIN W.-Nr. 1.4301
E EPDM
d
V FKM
Balanced cartridge seal; rotating face: tungsten carbide; stationary

HUBE/V
seat: synthetic resin-impregnated carbon; O-rings, see note d
e
HUUE/V
seat: tungsten carbide; O-rings, see note d
27.04.2001 GB Page 3 of 16
2. Torques and lubricants
This section shows the screws and nuts that must be tightened to a certain torque and the lubricants to be
used.
Pos. Description Number Dim. Torque [Nm] Lubricant
7.a Screw 4 M4 2
M6 13
Hexagon socket head
9 4 M8 31 Thread-Eze
screw
M10 62
18 Air vent screw (spindle) 1 ½” (M8) 35 (3)
23 Plug 1 ½” 35 Soapy water
25 Priming valve (spindle) 1 ½” (M10) 35 (5)
26 Staybolt 4 M12 Thread-Eze
M6 10
28 Hexagon head screw 4 M8 12 Thread-Eze
M12 40
36 Nut 4 M12 50 Thread-Eze
37 O-ring 2 ø137,5 x 3,3 Rocol 22
See section 4.8 Order of assembly for

47.a Bearing ring Rocol 22
chambers and impellers.
67 Lock nut 1 M8 18 Bonderlube
105 Shaft seal 1 M28 35
113 Hexagon socket set screw 3 M5 2,5
Thread-Eze, part no. SV9997 (0,5 l).

Bonderlube, part no. SV9995 (1 l).
Rocol 22, part no. RM2924 (1 kg).
27.04.2001 GB Page 4 of 16
3. Service tools
The following drawings and tables show special, standard and torque tools for pump service.
TM02 0846 0401

3.1 Special tools
Pos. Description For pos. Suppl. information Part no.
A Shaft holder for assembly SV0040
Tubular box spanner for shaft
B 105 SV2007
seal
C Puller 65 SV0239
D Circlip pliers (not used for CR) SV2014
E Tool for outer sleeve 55 V7170478
F Tool for corrugated spring 60 V7170227
G Tool for O-ring 37 V7170230
3.2 Standard tools

Pos. Description Bit no. For pos. Suppl. information Part no.
H Bit holder I-J 1/4” SV2011
PZ2 7.a 1/4”
5 M6 - 5 mm 1/4”
I Bits kit SV2010
6 9-H M8 - 6 mm 1/4”
8 M10 - 8 mm 1/4”
J Hexagon socket bit 113-H-M M5 - 2,5 mm 1/4” SV2012
28 M6 - 10 mm SV0083
28-67 M8 - 13 mm SV0055
K Ring/open-end spanner 35 M10 - 17 mm SV0056
28-36 M12 - 19 mm SV0054
18-23-25 M16 - 24 mm SV0122
27.04.2001 GB Page 5 of 16 6
3.3 Torque tools
4-20 Nm 9 x 12 SV0292
L Torque wrench N-O 20-100 Nm 9 x 12 SV0269
40-200 Nm 14 x 18 SV0400
M Torque screwdriver J 1-6 Nm 1/4” SV0438
N Ratchet insert tool L-O-P 9 x 12 -> 1/2” SV0295
28-L M6 - 10 mm 9 x 12 SV0310
28-L M8 - 13 mm 9 x 12 SV0294
O Ring spanner 28-L M10 - 17 mm 9 x 12 SV0270
36-L M12 - 19 mm 9 x 12 SV0271
18-23-25-L M16 - 24 mm 9 x 12 SV0524
M6 - 5 mm ½” x ½” SV0296
Socket driver for hexagon socket
P 9-N M8 - 6 mm ½” x ½” SV0297
head screws
M10 - 8 mm ½” x ½” SV0298
Q Socket spanner, purpose-ground 67-L M8 - 13 mm 9 x 12 SV2013
27.04.2001 GB Page 6 of 16 6
4. Dismantling and assembly
4.1 General
If it is necessary to dismantle the pump, either because it is choked or damaged, please follow the instruc-
tions in the following sections.
Position numbers of parts (digits) refer to drawings and parts lists; position numbers of tools (letters) refer
to section 3. Service tools.
Before dismantling the pump:

• Disconnect the electricity supply to the motor.
• Close the isolating valves, if fitted, to avoid draining the system.
• Remove the electric cable in accordance with local regulations.
• Note the centre of gravity of the pump to prevent it from overturning. This is especially important in the
case of long pumps.
Before assembly:
• Clean and check all parts.
• Replace defective parts by new parts.
• Order the necessary service kits.
• Gaskets and O-rings should always be replaced when the pump is overhauled.
During assembly:
• Lubricate and tighten screws and nuts to correct torque as stated in section 2. Torques and lubricants.
After assembly:
• The pump should be tested according to the test specifications 96446769.
27.04.2001 GB Page 7 of 16 7
4.2 Replacement of motor
4.2.1 Dismantling
1. Remove the screws pos. 7.a together with the coupling guards pos. 7.
2. Remove the screws pos. 9 together with the coupling halves pos. 10.a and the shaft pin pos. 10.
3. Remove the screws pos. 28.
4. Lift the motor off the pump head pos. 2.
4.2.2 Assembly
1. Fit the motor to the pump head.

2. Fit the screws pos. 28 and tighten diagonally to the correct torque.
3. Insert the shaft pin pos. 10 into the shaft hole.
4. Fit the coupling halves pos. 10.a on the shaft and fit the screws pos. 9. Tighten the screws and leave
loose.
Check that the gaps either side of the coupling halves are equal.
5. Tighten screws pos. 9 diagonally to the correct torque.
Check that the gaps either side of the coupling halves are equal, see Fig. 1
Fig. 1
6. Fit the coupling guards pos. 7 and the screws pos. 7.a.
27.04.2001 GB Page 8 of 16
4.3 Replacement of shaft seal
4.3.1 Dismantling
1. Remove the motor and the coupling according to the instructions in section 4.2.1.
2. Slacken the three screws pos. 113 by approx. a ¼ of a turn so that the shaft seal is just free of the shaft.
3. Slacken the shaft seal pos. 105 using the box spanner pos. B until the thread is completely free of the
pump head.
4. Pull the shaft seal off the shaft.
4.3.2 Assembly
1. If necessary, clean and smooth the shaft end using the holder with emery cloth supplied with the shaft
seal kit.
2. Moisten the shaft end with soapy water.
3. Place the shaft seal in the box spanner pos. B and press it down on the shaft.
4. Screw the shaft seal into the pump head and tighten it to the correct torque.
5. Insert the shaft pin pos. 10 into the shaft hole and fit the coupling halves pos. 10.a on the shaft. Fit the
screws pos. 9, tighten and leave loose.
Check that the gaps either side of the coupling halves are equal. See Fig. 1.
6. Fit the motor to the pump head
8. Insert a suitable screwdriver between the bottom of the coupling and the shaft seal, and raise the shaft/
the coupling against stop, see Fig. 2.
x
0.5x
TM02 0462 4600
Fig. 2
9. Lower the shaft/the coupling to half that height, see Fig. 2

10.Hold the shaft/the coupling in the position of step 9. and tighten the four screws in the coupling pos. 9 to
the correct torque.
11.Tighten the three screws pos. 113 to the correct torque.
12.Fit the coupling guards pos. 7 and the screws pos. 7.a.
27.04.2001 GB Page 9 of 16 9
4.4 Dismantling and assembly of pump main parts
4.4.1 Dismantling
1. Remove the shaft seal according to the instructions in section 4.3.1.

2. Remove the screws pos. 36 together with the washers pos. 66.a.
3. Loosen the pump head pos. 2 with a light blow on the edge and lift it free of the staybolts pos. 26. The
top guide vanes pos. 50.a may stick to the pump head.
4. Loosen the top guide vanes pos. 50.a with a light blow of a rubber mallet if it was not removed with the
pump head.
5. Remove the outer sleeve pos. 55.
6. Lift the chamber stack off the base. If the bottom chamber pos. 5.a is removed with the chamber stack,
loosen it from the chamber stack; otherwise loosen it from the base pos. 6.
4.4.2 Assembly
1. Fit the chamber stack in the base. The smooth shaft end must be upwards.
2. Fit the outer sleeve pos. 55 in the base and press it home in the base using the tool pos. E.
The O-ring pos. 37 must be lubricated, see section 2. Torques and lubricants.
3. Press the top guide vanes into the recess of the top chamber.
4. Fit the pump head on the pump with the air vent screw pos. 18 in the direction required.
5. Lubricate the threads of the staybolts, see section 2. Torques and lubricants.
6. Fit the washers pos. 66.a and the nuts pos. 36.
7. Tighten the nuts pos. 36 diagonally to the correct torque.
27.04.2001 GB Page 10 of 16 10
4.5 Dismantling and assembly of chamber stack
4.5.1 Dismantling
1. Remove the chamber stack according to the instructions in section 4.4.1.

2. Place the shaft holder pos A in a vice, but do not tighten the vice.
3. Fit the shaft pin pos. 10 into the shaft and place the chamber stack in the shaft holder pos. A, see Fig.
3. Tighten the vice.
TM02 1056 0501

Fig. 3
4. Remove the nut pos. 67, the washer pos. 66 and the clamp pos. 64.c.
5. Remove the chamber stack components: impeller, chamber, bearing ring and spacing pipe, see section
4.8 Order of assembly for chambers and impellers.
4.5.2 Assembly
2. Fit the shaft pin pos. 10 into the shaft and place the shaft in the shaft holder pos. A. Tighten the vice.
3. Fit the components on the shaft: impeller, chamber, spacing pipe and bearing ring, see section 4.8
Order of assembly for chambers and impellers.
4. Fit the clamp pos. 64.c, the washer pos. 66 and the nut pos. 67. Tighten to the correct torque.
The washer pos. 66 consists of two washers glued together. If they have been separated, make sure
that they are fitted correctly, see Fig. 4..
TM02 1057 0501
Fig. 4
5. Slacken the vice and remove the chamber stack and the shaft pin pos. 9.
6. Place the bottom chamber pos. 5.a on the chamber stack.
27.04.2001 GB Page 11 of 16 11
4.6 Dismantling and assembly of base and pump head
4.6.1 Dismantling of base
1. Remove the staybolts pos. 26 from the base pos. 6.

2. Remove flange connections, if any:
Oval flange: Remove the screws, pos. 35, the flange pos. 12 and the gasket pos. 39.
3. Remove the priming valve pos. 25 and the O-ring pos. 38.
4. Remove the O-ring pos. 37.
4.6.2 Dismantling of pump head
1. Remove the air vent screw pos. 18, the plug pos. 23 and the O-ring pos. 100.
3. Remove the corrugated spring pos. 60.
27.04.2001 GB Page 12 of 16 13
4.6.3 Assembly of base
1. Fit the O-ring pos. 37 using the tool pos. G, see Fig. 5.
TM02 1055 0501

Fig. 5
2. Fit the flange connection, if any:

Oval flange: Fit the gasket pos. 39, the flange pos. 12 and the screws, pos. 35.
3. Lubricate the threads of the staybolts, see section 2. Torques and lubricants, and fit the staybolts in the
base pos. 6. Tighten the staybolts using your fingers.
4. Fit the O-ring pos. 38 on the priming valve pos. 25 and fit the valve into the base.
4.6.4 Assembly of pump head
1. Fit the O-rings pos. 100 on the air vent screw pos. 18 and the plug pos. 23. Fit the screw and the plug
into the pump head.
2. Fit the corrugated spring pos. 60 in the pump head using the tool pos. F, see Fig. 6
TM02 0462 4600
Fig. 6
27.04.2001 GB Page 13 of 16 13
4.7 Checking and replacement of parts
Checking Replacement
Impeller and neck ring Neck ring/retainer for neck ring

• Check whether it is necessary to replace 1. Prise the retainer for neck ring pos. 65 up and
impeller due to friction between the neck ring free of the chamber using the puller pos. C.
and the impeller skirt.
2. Remove the neck ring pos. 45.
If wear has caused a noticeable (use a finger 3. Place a new neck ring on the chamber. See
nail) groove in the impeller skirt, the impeller Fig. 7.
should be replaced. 4. Press a new retainer for neck ring down on the
neck ring and into the chamber.
Neck rings and retainers for neck rings should
always be replaced when the chamber stack is It must be possible to move the neck ring freely
dismantled. (sideways) between the retainer and the chamber.
Bearing rings
• If there is a visible and noticeable (use a finger • Replace the chamber with bearing ring pos.
nail) edge on the rotating bearing ring, both 4.a and the rotating bearing ring pos. 47.a.
bearing rings should be replaced.
TM02 1182 0601
Fig. 7
27.04.2001 GB Page 14 of 16 14
4.8 Order of assembly for chambers and impellers
The assembly of the chamber stack is illustrated in the tables by symbols.
CR / CRI / CRN 1 & 3 -
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 30 31 33 36
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
64 64 47a 67
66
4 4 4a
64c
64a
TM02 0445 1701
49 49 49
27.04.2001 GB Page 15 of 16 16
CR / CRI / CRN 5 -
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 18 20 22 24 26 29 32 36
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
47a 47a 67 67
66 66
4 4 4a 4a
64c 64c
64 64 64a 64a 64d
49 49 49 49 49 49
TM02 0444 4600
69 69
27.04.2001 GB Page 16 of 16 16
CRN 3-8 - Product No.: 96454507
2
9 28
8 10a 7
10 77
50a
51
49 18
60 100
65
4 45 109 105
64
80 64a
65
4a 45
47a
65
5a 45 37
55
64c
66
37
67
25
38
6
56
1/1
CRN 3-8 - Product No.: 96454507
50a
10a
51
8 9
10
49
113
64
105
109 65
7a 4 45
2
28 7
80
36
66a
7 49
64a
7a 76a
76 65
4a 45
100 18
23 100
47a
77
49
60 64c
66
67
26
37 65
5a 45
55
37 37
37
203
201
6 6
38 25
25 25
38 38
56 56
56
1/1
Part List CRN 3-8 - Product No.: 96454507
Pos Description Partno Classification Data Qty. Unit
Motor 85805105 1 PC
- Base complete 1 PC
6 Base 1 PC
- 25 Drain plug with bypass valve 1 PC
38 O-ring Material type: EPDM 1 PC
Diameter: 16,3
Thickness: 2,4
37 O-ring Thickness: 3,3 1 PC
Material type: EPDM
Diameter: 137,5
56 Base plate 1 PC
201 Flange 2 PC
203 Retaining ring 2 PC
- Pump head complete 1 PC
2 Pump head 1 PC
7 Coupling guard 2 PC
7.a Screw Length: 8 4 PC
Thread: M4
- 8 Coupling complete Dimension: 19/12 1 PC
9 Hexagon socket head screw Designation: DIN 912 4 PC
Thread: M6
Length: 20
10 Shaft pin Diameter: 5 1 PC
Length: 26
10.a Coupling half 2 PC
18 Air vent screw Thread: RG 1/2 1 PC
23 Pipe plug Thread: G 1/2 1 PC
28 Hexagon head screw Length: 25 4 PC
Thread: M6
36 Nut Thread: M12 4 PC
Material type: EPDM
Diameter: 137,5
60 Corrugated spring Thickness: 3,5 1 PC
Outside diameter: 128
66.a Washer Inside diameter: 13 4 PC
Thickness: 2,5
Designation: DIN 125 A2
77 Pump head cover 1 PC
Diameter: 16,3
Thickness: 2,4
26 Staybolt Thread: M12 4 PC
Length: 241
55 Outer sleeve Length: 134,6 1 PC
- 80 Chamber stack Bearing type: SILICON CARBIDE 1 PC
- 4 Chamber complete 6 PC
Chamber 1 PC
45 Neck ring 1 PC
65 Neck ring retainer 1 PC
- 4.a Chamber with bearing ring Material type: SILICON CARBIDE 1 PC
Chamber 1 PC
45 Neck ring 1 PC
- 5.a Chamber, bottom 1 PC
Chamber 1 PC
45 Neck ring 1 PC
47.a Bearing ring 1 PC
49 Impeller Outside diameter: 73 8 PC
Inside diameter: 30,6
Height: 9,55
50.a Top guide vanes 1 PC
51 Pump shaft Diameter: 12,0 1 PC
Length: 252,1
64 Spacing pipe Outside diameter: 15 6 PC
Length: 17,52
64.a Spacing pipe Outside diameter: 15,85 1 PC
Length: 4,50
64.c Clamp, splined Outside diameter: 15,0 1 PC
1/2
Part List CRN 3-8 - Product No.: 96454507
Height: 13,0
66 Washer Outside diameter: 13,50 1 PC
Thickness: 2,60
67 Lock nut Thread: M8 1 PC
105 Shaft seal Material type: HUBE 1 PC
2/2
Behrens Pumpen
Item 15
Service Technical water hydrophore pump
Type: CR 3-6 F
Medium
Viscosity (cst) :
Speed (rpm) : 3550
NPSH (r) (m) : 1,80
Materials
:
Connections DN PN
pressure side 32 16
Prime mover
E-Motor Type :
Starting : DOL
Weights
29.06.2006 Dirksen
Page
1. Handling 8
Code for materials
13. Disposal 13
diameter
straps.
CR, CRI, CRN
hot clean liquids.
CRN
8

KUBE / KUBV KUBE
KUUE
KUUE
KUUV
15
KUUE / KUUV KUBE
Fig. 1 10
TM01 1923 4500

5
P2
[%] 0
100 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
t [°C]
90
80
60 Fig. 5
TM00 2189 1598

50
20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80
t [°C]
1000 2250 3500 m
Hf
Example:
Pb NPSH
TM02 0118 3800

Fig. 2
35 in bar.
25
20
HUUE
HUUE
HUUV
15
10
TM02 0629 4900

t [°C]
Fig. 3
p [bar] Example:
30 pb = 1 bar.
25
RUUE
RUUV

BUBE / BUBV
TM01 1922 4500
BUBE
0 H = 1 x 10.2 – 1.5 – 3.0 – 2.1 – 0.5 = 3.1 metres head.
9
TM02 0013 3800

2 Page 78 shows:
Fig. 6
TM00 2256 3393

4xø
[%]
40 L1 B1
30
foundation bolts.
TM01 2816 3400

3
TM01 1241 4097

0
4.10 Sound level
(foot valve).
5

TM02 0114 3800

pump.

which:
pump,
effect,
TM02 0115 3800

sary,
close to the pump.
10
valve open.
coupling.
Fig. 7
Drain plug
Bypass valve

TM01 1243 4097

Motor bearings:
free.
cover.
11
9. Frost protection
CR, CRN 8 and 16:
bypass valve.
10. Service
toxic.
10.1 Service kits


page 80.
81.
82.
12
Fault Cause Remedy

when supply is
switched on.
tripped out but the
pump does not run.
sition.
off.
13. Disposal
13
CR 1, CR 3 and CR 5
Model A
50/60 Hz
1/3~
Table of contents
1.2 Type key ............................................................................................................................................ 3
1.3 Codes used........................................................................................................................................ 3
3. Service tools .................................................................................................................................... 5
3.1 Special tools ...................................................................................................................................... 5
3.2 Standard tools.................................................................................................................................... 5
3.3 Torque tools....................................................................................................................................... 6
4.1 General .............................................................................................................................................. 7
27.04.2001 GB Page 1 of 16
1 2 3 4 5
CR1-3 A-A-A-E-HUBE
6 50Hz P2 0.37 kW 60HzP2 0.37 kW 11
7 n 2900 min-1 n 3500 min-1 12
8 Hmax18.4 m Hmax26.8 m 13
9 Q 2.0 m/ h3
Q 2.1 m3 /h 14
96439820
10 H 12.7 m H 20.4 m 15
TM02 0496 4800

o
MADE IN DENMARK
17 16 18

clockwise)
27.04.2001 GB Page 2 of 16
1.2 Type key
Type range
Number of impellers
1.3 Codes used
A Basic version
a
U NEMA version
A Oval flange
b

c A
E EPDM
d
V FKM

HUBE/V
e
HUUE/V
27.04.2001 GB Page 3 of 16
used.
7.a Screw 4 M4 2
M6 13
Hexagon socket head
screw
M10 62
M6 10
M12 40
37 O-ring 2 ø137,5 x 3,3 Rocol 22


27.04.2001 GB Page 4 of 16
3. Service tools
TM02 0846 0401

3.1 Special tools
B 105 SV2007
seal
C Puller 65 SV0239
3.2 Standard tools

PZ2 7.a 1/4”
5 M6 - 5 mm 1/4”
I Bits kit SV2010
6 9-H M8 - 6 mm 1/4”
8 M10 - 8 mm 1/4”
28 M6 - 10 mm SV0083
28-67 M8 - 13 mm SV0055
28-36 M12 - 19 mm SV0054
18-23-25 M16 - 24 mm SV0122
27.04.2001 GB Page 5 of 16 6
3.3 Torque tools
4-20 Nm 9 x 12 SV0292
40-200 Nm 14 x 18 SV0400
28-L M6 - 10 mm 9 x 12 SV0310
28-L M8 - 13 mm 9 x 12 SV0294
36-L M12 - 19 mm 9 x 12 SV0271
18-23-25-L M16 - 24 mm 9 x 12 SV0524
M6 - 5 mm ½” x ½” SV0296
P 9-N M8 - 6 mm ½” x ½” SV0297
head screws
M10 - 8 mm ½” x ½” SV0298
27.04.2001 GB Page 6 of 16 6
4.1 General

case of long pumps.
Before assembly:
During assembly:
After assembly:
27.04.2001 GB Page 7 of 16 7
4.2.1 Dismantling
4.2.2 Assembly

loose.
Fig. 1
27.04.2001 GB Page 8 of 16
4.3.1 Dismantling
pump head.
4.3.2 Assembly
seal kit.
x
0.5x
TM02 0462 4600
Fig. 2

the correct torque.
27.04.2001 GB Page 9 of 16 9
4.4.1 Dismantling

pump head.
4.4.2 Assembly
27.04.2001 GB Page 10 of 16 10
4.5.1 Dismantling

TM02 1056 0501

Fig. 3
4.5.2 Assembly
TM02 1057 0501
Fig. 4
27.04.2001 GB Page 11 of 16 11

27.04.2001 GB Page 12 of 16 13
TM02 1055 0501

Fig. 5

into the pump head.
TM02 0462 4600
Fig. 6
27.04.2001 GB Page 13 of 16 13

Bearing rings
TM02 1182 0601
Fig. 7
27.04.2001 GB Page 14 of 16 14
CR / CRI / CRN 1 & 3 -
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 30 31 33 36
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
64 64 47a 67
66
4 4 4a
64c
64a
TM02 0445 1701
49 49 49
27.04.2001 GB Page 15 of 16 16
CR / CRI / CRN 5 -
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 18 20 22 24 26 29 32 36
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
47a 47a 67 67
66 66
4 4 4a 4a
64c 64c
64 64 64a 64a 64d
49 49 49 49 49 49
TM02 0444 4600
69 69
27.04.2001 GB Page 16 of 16 16
CR 3-6 - Product No.: 96453415
50a
51
49
64
65
4 45
10a
8 9
10
80
49
113
64a
105
109 65
7a
4a 45
2 7
100 28 18
23 100
36
66a 47a
7
49
76a
7a 64c
76
66
60 67
65
26 5a 45
37
55
37 37
6
6
25
38
38
35 12 39 25
1/1
CR 3-6 - Product No.: 96453415
2
9 28
8 10a 7
10
50a
51
49 18
60 100
65
4 45 109
105
64
80 64a
65
4a 45
47a
65
5a 45 37
55
64c
66
37
67
25
38
6
1/1
Part List CR 3-6 - Product No.: 96453415
Motor 85805105 1 PC
6 Base 1 PC
Diameter: 16,3
Thickness: 2,4
Material type: EPDM
Diameter: 137,5
2 Pump head 1 PC
Thread: M4
Thread: M6
Length: 20
Length: 26
Thread: M6
Material type: EPDM
Diameter: 137,5
66.a Washer Outside diameter: 24 4 PC
Inside diameter: 13
Designation: DIN 125 A
Thickness: 2,5
Diameter: 16,3
Thickness: 2,4
Length: 133
Chamber 1 PC
45 Neck ring 1 PC
Chamber 1 PC
45 Neck ring 1 PC
Chamber 1 PC
45 Neck ring 1 PC
Height: 9,55
Length: 216,1
Length: 17,52
Length: 4,50
Height: 13,0
1/2
Thickness: 2,60
2/2
Behrens Pumpen
Item 16
Service Hot water circulating pump
Type: CR 1-5 F
Medium
Viscosity (cst) :
Suction pressure (bar) : 4,00
Speed (rpm) : 3550
NPSH (r) (m) : 1,40
Materials
:
Connections DN PN
pressure side 32 16
Prime mover
E-Motor Type :
Starting : DOL
Weights
29.06.2006 Dirksen
Page
1. Handling 8
Code for materials
13. Disposal 13
diameter
straps.
CR, CRI, CRN
hot clean liquids.
CRN
8

KUBE / KUBV KUBE
KUUE
KUUE
KUUV
15
KUUE / KUUV KUBE
Fig. 1 10
TM01 1923 4500

5
P2
[%] 0
100 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
t [°C]
90
80
60 Fig. 5
TM00 2189 1598

50
20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80
t [°C]
1000 2250 3500 m
Hf
Example:
Pb NPSH
TM02 0118 3800

Fig. 2
35 in bar.
25
20
HUUE
HUUE
HUUV
15
10
TM02 0629 4900

t [°C]
Fig. 3
p [bar] Example:
30 pb = 1 bar.
25
RUUE
RUUV

BUBE / BUBV
TM01 1922 4500
BUBE
0 H = 1 x 10.2 – 1.5 – 3.0 – 2.1 – 0.5 = 3.1 metres head.
9
TM02 0013 3800

2 Page 78 shows:
Fig. 6
TM00 2256 3393

4xø
[%]
40 L1 B1
30
foundation bolts.
TM01 2816 3400

3
TM01 1241 4097

0
4.10 Sound level
(foot valve).
5

TM02 0114 3800

pump.

which:
pump,
effect,
TM02 0115 3800

sary,
close to the pump.
10
valve open.
coupling.
Fig. 7
Drain plug
Bypass valve

TM01 1243 4097

Motor bearings:
free.
cover.
11
9. Frost protection
CR, CRN 8 and 16:
bypass valve.
10. Service
toxic.
10.1 Service kits


page 80.
81.
82.
12
Fault Cause Remedy

when supply is
switched on.
tripped out but the
pump does not run.
sition.
off.
13. Disposal
13
CR 1, CR 3 and CR 5
Model A
50/60 Hz
1/3~
Table of contents
1.2 Type key ............................................................................................................................................ 3
1.3 Codes used........................................................................................................................................ 3
3. Service tools .................................................................................................................................... 5
3.1 Special tools ...................................................................................................................................... 5
3.2 Standard tools.................................................................................................................................... 5
3.3 Torque tools....................................................................................................................................... 6
4.1 General .............................................................................................................................................. 7
27.04.2001 GB Page 1 of 16
1 2 3 4 5
CR1-3 A-A-A-E-HUBE
6 50Hz P2 0.37 kW 60HzP2 0.37 kW 11
7 n 2900 min-1 n 3500 min-1 12
8 Hmax18.4 m Hmax26.8 m 13
9 Q 2.0 m/ h3
Q 2.1 m3 /h 14
96439820
10 H 12.7 m H 20.4 m 15
TM02 0496 4800

o
MADE IN DENMARK
17 16 18

clockwise)
27.04.2001 GB Page 2 of 16
1.2 Type key
Type range
Number of impellers
1.3 Codes used
A Basic version
a
U NEMA version
A Oval flange
b

c A
E EPDM
d
V FKM

HUBE/V
e
HUUE/V
27.04.2001 GB Page 3 of 16
used.
7.a Screw 4 M4 2
M6 13
Hexagon socket head
screw
M10 62
M6 10
M12 40
37 O-ring 2 ø137,5 x 3,3 Rocol 22


27.04.2001 GB Page 4 of 16
3. Service tools
TM02 0846 0401

3.1 Special tools
B 105 SV2007
seal
C Puller 65 SV0239
3.2 Standard tools

PZ2 7.a 1/4”
5 M6 - 5 mm 1/4”
I Bits kit SV2010
6 9-H M8 - 6 mm 1/4”
8 M10 - 8 mm 1/4”
28 M6 - 10 mm SV0083
28-67 M8 - 13 mm SV0055
28-36 M12 - 19 mm SV0054
18-23-25 M16 - 24 mm SV0122
27.04.2001 GB Page 5 of 16 6
3.3 Torque tools
4-20 Nm 9 x 12 SV0292
40-200 Nm 14 x 18 SV0400
28-L M6 - 10 mm 9 x 12 SV0310
28-L M8 - 13 mm 9 x 12 SV0294
36-L M12 - 19 mm 9 x 12 SV0271
18-23-25-L M16 - 24 mm 9 x 12 SV0524
M6 - 5 mm ½” x ½” SV0296
P 9-N M8 - 6 mm ½” x ½” SV0297
head screws
M10 - 8 mm ½” x ½” SV0298
27.04.2001 GB Page 6 of 16 6
4.1 General

case of long pumps.
Before assembly:
During assembly:
After assembly:
27.04.2001 GB Page 7 of 16 7
4.2.1 Dismantling
4.2.2 Assembly

loose.
Fig. 1
27.04.2001 GB Page 8 of 16
4.3.1 Dismantling
pump head.
4.3.2 Assembly
seal kit.
x
0.5x
TM02 0462 4600
Fig. 2

the correct torque.
27.04.2001 GB Page 9 of 16 9
4.4.1 Dismantling

pump head.
4.4.2 Assembly
27.04.2001 GB Page 10 of 16 10
4.5.1 Dismantling

TM02 1056 0501

Fig. 3
4.5.2 Assembly
TM02 1057 0501
Fig. 4
27.04.2001 GB Page 11 of 16 11

27.04.2001 GB Page 12 of 16 13
TM02 1055 0501

Fig. 5

into the pump head.
TM02 0462 4600
Fig. 6
27.04.2001 GB Page 13 of 16 13

Bearing rings
TM02 1182 0601
Fig. 7
27.04.2001 GB Page 14 of 16 14
CR / CRI / CRN 1 & 3 -
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 30 31 33 36
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
64 64 47a 67
66
4 4 4a
64c
64a
TM02 0445 1701
49 49 49
27.04.2001 GB Page 15 of 16 16
CR / CRI / CRN 5 -
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 18 20 22 24 26 29 32 36
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
47a 47a 67 67
66 66
4 4 4a 4a
64c 64c
64 64 64a 64a 64d
49 49 49 49 49 49
TM02 0444 4600
69 69
27.04.2001 GB Page 16 of 16 16
CR 1-5 - Product No.: 96453285
50a
51
49
64
65
4 45
10a
8 9
10
80
49
113
64a
105
109 65
7a
4a 45
2 7
100 28 18
23 100
36
66a 47a
7
49
76a
7a 64c
76
66
60 67
65
26 5a 45
37
55
37 37
6
6
25
38
38
35 12 39 25
1/1
CR 1-5 - Product No.: 96453285
2
9 28
8 10a 7
10
50a
51
49 18
60 100
65
4 45 109
105
64
80 64a
65
4a 45
47a
65
5a 45 37
55
64c
66
37
67
25
38
6
1/1
Motor 85805103 1 PC
6 Base 1 PC
Diameter: 16,3
Thickness: 2,4
Material type: EPDM
Diameter: 137,5
2 Pump head 1 PC
Thread: M4
Thread: M6
Length: 20
Length: 26
Thread: M6
Material type: EPDM
Diameter: 137,5
66.a Washer Outside diameter: 24 4 PC
Inside diameter: 13
Thickness: 2,5
Diameter: 16,3
Thickness: 2,4
Length: 115
Chamber 1 PC
45 Neck ring 1 PC
Chamber 1 PC
45 Neck ring 1 PC
Chamber 1 PC
45 Neck ring 1 PC
Height: 9
Length: 198,1
Length: 17,52
Length: 4,50
Height: 13,0
1/2
Thickness: 2,60
2/2
Behrens Pumpen
Item 17
Service Sewage discharge pump
Type: UNIPUMP 4/HK50-1-120
Description Unipump HK
Medium
Viscosity (cst) :
Speed (rpm) : 3420
NPSH (r) (m) : 2,30
Materials
Pump Casing : Bronze G-CuSn10
Shaft : Stainless Steel

Coupling Type :
Material : SiC-SiC NBR
Connections DN PN
pressure side 50 10
Prime mover
E-Motor Type : 100L
Starting : DOL
Weights
29.06.2006 Dirksen
UNIPUMP
Close Coupled Sewage pump
Series K, HK, QSH
!
nte rnet
he I
s o on t
Al
Herborner Pumpenfabrik J.H. Hoffmann GmbH & Co. Internet

http://www.herborner-pumpen.de
House address: Phone Telefax
Littau 3-5 ++49 ++49 e-mail
D-35745 HERBORN (27 72) (27 72) info@herborner-pumpen.de
9 33 - 0 9 33 - 100
We reserve the right to make technical modifications in line with technological advancements !
A - BA20 GB
1. General information .................................................................................. 3
1.1 Intended application ...................................................................................... 3
1.2 Model designation ......................................................................................... 3
1.3 Technical specifications – rating plate ......................................................... 3
1.4 Noise level ...................................................................................................... 4
2. Safety ......................................................................................................... 5
2.1 Marking of safety instructions in the operating manual ............................... 5
2.2 Qualifications and training of personnel ...................................................... 5
2.3 Dangers caused in negligence of safety instructions .................................. 5
2.4 Safety awareness ........................................................................................... 6
2.5 Safety instructions for the operator/user ...................................................... 6
2.6 Safety instructions for maintenance,
inspection and installation work ................................................................... 6
2.7 Unauthorised modifications and use of non-genuine spare parts ............. 6
2.8 Unapproved usage ........................................................................................ 6
3. Transportation ........................................................................................... 7
3.1 Transport equipment ...................................................................................... 7
4. Description ................................................................................................ 8
4.1 Shaft seal ........................................................................................................ 8
4.1.1 Checking the seal on the tandem arrangement .......................................... 8
4.2 Drive ................................................................................................................ 8
4.2.1 Motor specifications ....................................................................................... 9
5. Erection and installation ......................................................................... 10
5.1 Erecting the pump ........................................................................................ 10
5.2 Sectional drawing ........................................................................................ 10
5.2.1 Spare parts ................................................................................................... 13
5.3 Laying the pipelines ..................................................................................... 13
5.3.1 Intake line ..................................................................................................... 13
5.3.2 Discharge line .............................................................................................. 14
5.4 Frost protection ............................................................................................ 14
5.5 Electrical connection ................................................................................... 15
5.6 Checking the direction of rotation ............................................................... 15
5.6.1 Altering the direction of rotation .................................................................. 15
5.7 Start-up mode ............................................................................................... 15
6. Commissioning ........................................................................................ 17
7. Maintenance ............................................................................................ 18
7.1 General maintenance instructions .............................................................. 18
7.2 Maintenance instructions following a prolonged shutdown ..................... 19
7.3 Greasing the bearings ................................................................................. 19
7.3.1 Greasing interval table ................................................................................ 19
7.4 Cleaning ....................................................................................................... 20
7.5 Removing the pump ..................................................................................... 20
7.6 Filling and changing the oil - tandem arrangement .................................. 20
7.7 Official acceptance ...................................................................................... 20
2
General information
1. General information
1.1 Intended application
UNIPUMP close coupled sewage pumps with non-clogging-system of Herborner
Pumpenfabrik are suitable for pumping
• Contaminated fluids with grain sizes up to 80 mm diameter.
They MUST NOT be used to pump the following:

• Combustible or explosive media!
• Media containing aggressive chemicals which could damage the
pump material!
NOTE • Bronze or stainless steel pump materials are available for pumping
aggressive and abrasive media.
• The use of explosion-proof motors is permissible.
1.2 Model designation

Example: 10 / QSH 101 - 1 - 220
Impeller diameter
Number of paddles
Size
Series
Motor output P, e.g. 10 = 10 horsepower
1.3 Technical specifications – rating plate

Technical specifications regarding the type of pump used can be taken from either
the brochure, these operating instructions or the rating plate.
We recommend that you make a note of the specifications for the supplied pump, as
shown on the original rating plate, in the following diagram, so that this information is
accessible whenever you need it.
NOTE In case of queries and when ordering spare parts, you will be required
to state the pump type and order no.
3
General information
Key to rating plate

Typ Pump type
Nr. Serial number
Bj. Year of construction
A-Nr. Order no.
Q Rated delivery rate [m³/h]
H Rated discharge
head [m]
n Rotary speed [rpm]
mP Power output [kW]
Key to the rating plate on the motor (not shown)

Typ Motor type
Nr. Motor number
U Operating voltage [V]
I Rated current [A]
50Hz/60Hz Frequency [Hz]
P1 Power input [kW]
P2 Power output [kW]
n Rotary speed [rpm]
cos ϕ Power factor
3~ Three-phase a.c. motor
IP 55 Protection category
Kl.F Insulation category F
Y∆ Type of circuit
NOTE The information on the rating plates may vary depending on the motor
manufacturer!
1.4 Noise level

The maximum noise level is generally determined by the drive motors via air, magnet
and bearing noises.
The system does not exceed the permissible limit curves for electric motors as
specified by VDE 0530 part 9/12.84.
Lowest noise generation during operation is close to QOPT.
4
Safety - Information
2. Safety - Information
(Based on VDMA- Instruction sheet 24292)
The Operating Manual contains fundamental instructions to be observed during
installation, operation and maintenance. Therefore, it is essential that these
instructions are read carefully by both the fitter and the person responsible/user
before installing and starting the unit. The Operating Instruction should always be
available at the location of the unit.
Not only the general instructions listed in this chapter “Safety-Information” should
be followed carefully, but also the specific safety instructions stated in the other
chapters of the manual.
As soon as the pump as a single machine is part of an entirety of machines,
the superior operating manual should be observed for a total safety inspection.
2.1 Marking of safety instructions in the Operating Manual

All safety instructions stated in this Operating Manual, which may cause
hazards if neglected, are highlighted with a common danger symbol
(specifications DIN 4844-W9).
Warning against dangerous voltage is indicated by this danger symbol

(specifications DIN 4844-W8).
CAUTION refers to safety instructions which may cause damages to the

equipment or affect its functions if neglected.
NOTE Instructions written directly on the equipment, i.e.:

• direction of rotation arrow
• name plates
must be absolutely followed and kept in a legible condition.
2.2 Qualifications and training of personnel

Operating, maintenance, inspection and installation personnel must prove
qualifications for the respective duties. Areas of responsibility, competence and
personnel supervision should be clearly defined by the user. If the personnel is not
sufficiently qualified, it should be trained and instructed accordingly. Such a training
can be carried out on behalf of the manufacturer/supplier at the request of the user.
Further, the user should ensure that the contents of the Operating Manual is fully
understood by the personnel.
2.3 Dangers caused in negligence of safety instructions

Disregarding safety instructions can cause danger to persons as well as to the
equipment and to the environment. Disregarding safety instructions can invalidate
the right to any damage claims. In particular, disregard for safety instructions may
result in the following hazards:
• Failure of important functions of the plant.
• Danger to persons by electrical, mechanical or chemical impact.
• Danger to the environment by leakage of dangerous substances.
5
Safety - Information
2.4 Safety awareness

The Safety Instructions listed in this Operating Manual, the existing national safety
regulations, as well as any internal operating and safety instructions which apply
in the users own premises should be respected.
2.5 Safety instructions for the user/ operator
• Safety guards for moving parts (e.g. ventilator hoods) may not be
removed while the unit is in operation.
2. Safety
• Dangers due to electrical energy must be excluded (for details,

please refer to the regulations of the VDE and of the local Power
Supply Company).
• Leakage (for example of the mechanical seal) of dangerous liquids
(explosiv, toxic, hot) have to be drained off without dangers for persons
and country. Legal rules must be followed.
2.6 Safety instructions for maintenance, inspection and installation work
The user must ensure that all maintenance, inspection and installation work is
carried out by authorized and qualified personnel, that has familiarized itself
thoroughly with the Operating Manual.
As a rule, all work on the unit should only be carried out when it is switched off. The
procedures described in the Operating Manual for stopping the unit should be
strictly followed.
Pumps or agregates used for pumping harmful substances should be
decontaminated.
Immediately after completion of work, all safety and protective devices should be
refitted and fully functional.
Before re-starting the plant, the instructions for electrical wiring and installation
should be followed again.
2.7 Unauthorized modifications and use of non-genuine spare parts
Modifications or changes to the unit are only authorized upon approval of the
manufacturer. Only genuine spare parts and original accessories will ensure the
safety of the unit. The use of non-genuine spare parts and accessories can result
in the annulments of the liability for damages caused thereby.
2.8 Unapproved usage
The operating safety of the unit is only guaranteed, provided that the unit is used in
accordance with the Safety and Operating Instructions.
Any other usage is not in conformity with the regulations. Consequently, the
manufacturer is not liable for any resulting damages. Unauthorized usage is at the
user’s risk.
The correct usage of the unit also implies a strict observation of the operating,
maintenance and serving instructions issued by the manufacturer.
The Installation and Operating Manual does not invalidate general

regulations and standards not refered to.
General technical rules should be observed.
6
Transportation
3. Transportation
• Brace the pump to protect it against falls and impact!
• Secure the pump to prevent it from tilting!
3.1 Transport equipment

The pump should be transported using slings, taking care to ensure a secure grip.
The lifting gear and slings must be adequately dimensioned for the
2. Safety
weight of the pump!
The pump should be deposited on a sufficiently firm surface which is
completely level.
CAUTION Special care should be taken to ensure that the unit is not top-heavy,
otherwise it could topple over.
The accident prevention regulations and generally recognised technical rules must
be observed.
7
Description
4. Description
4.1 Shaft seal
On the intake side, all models are sealed with maintenance-free mechanical seals
of wear-resistant materials which have been adapted to suit the respective operating
conditions.
The pump can optionally be fitted with a mechanical seal in a tandem arrangement.
On the discharge side, all motors are equipped with a special seal to protect against
splashes.
CAUTION If the pump is allowed to run dry, the mechanical seal will be destroyed!
4.1.1 Checking the seal on the tandem arrangement

In pumps with a tandem seal, the shaft seal consists of two mechanical seals
arranged one in front of the other.
The oil chamber is filled with lubrication oil for lubrication and cooling.
NOTE The seal can be checked via an electrode.
- Connect the electrode to an electrical level monitor.
- Change the oil after 4000 hours.
- Oil grade in accordance with ISO VG 46 (e.g. Shell Tellus 46).
Circuit example:
Function:
- When the electrode is immersed in an
electrically conductive liquid, a control
voltage of approximately 3 mA will flow.
- By means of a measuring amplifier, the

control current can actuate a control
current relay with a potential-free two-
way contact.
4.2 Drive
The pump is equipped with a three-phase squirrel-cage motor
- Voltages to IEC 38
- Circuit:
50Hz 60Hz
220-240/380-420V 250-277/440-480V < 3kW
380V
380-420V 440-480V > 3kW
230/400V 265/460V < 3kW
400V
400/690V 460V > 3kW
- Protection category IP 55
- Insulation category F
The precise motor specifications can be taken from the rating plate.
The motor is cooled via heat dissipation from the cooling fins to the ambient air.
CAUTION Observe the coolant temperature as specified on the rating plate!
8
Description
4.2.1 Motor specifications
50Hz 60Hz
1500 rpm 1800 rpm
Weight
Type Rated Rated current Rated Rated current Circuit
output [380V] [400V] output [440V] [460V]
[kW] [A] [kW] [A] [kg]
0,75 /K 25 0,55 1,7 1,55 0,66 1,65 1,53 Y 26
1 /K 50 0,75 2,2 2,0 0,9 2,2 2,0 Y 34
1,5 /K 50 1,1 2,85 2,6 1,3 2,8 2,55 Y 38
2 /K 50 1,5 3,8 3,55 1,8 3,7 3,55 Y 41
3 /K 50 2,2 5,4 4,9 2,6 5,3 4,85 Y 49
3 /K 80 2,2 5,4 4,9 2,6 5,3 4,85 Y 70
4 /QSH 101 3,0 7,3 6,7 3,6 7,3 6,7 ∆ 82
5,5 /QSH 101 4,0 9,4 8,6 4,8 9,3 8,7 ∆ 89
7,5 /QSH 101 5,5 12,0 11,3 6,6 11,9 11,3 ∆ 109
10 /QSH 101 7,5 15,6 14,8 9,0 15,8 15,0 ∆ 121
50Hz 60Hz
3000 rpm 3600 rpm
Weight
Type Rated Rated current Rated Rated current Circuit
output [380V] [400V] output [440V] [460V]
[kW] [A] [kW] [A] [kg]
1 /HK 25 0,75 1,93 1,75 0,9 1,9 1,73 Y 26
1,5 /HK 25 1,1 2,7 2,45 1,32 2,7 2,4 Y 27
3 /HK 50 2,2 4,9 4,6 2,6 4,9 4,55 Y 41
4 /HK 50 3,0 6,3 6,3 3,6 6,4 6,2 ∆ 50
5,5 /HK 50 4,0 8,6 8,0 4,8 8,4 8,0 ∆ 57
4 /HK 80 3,0 6,3 6,3 3,6 6,4 6,2 ∆ 72
5,5 /HK 80 4,0 8,6 8,0 4,8 8,4 8,0 ∆ 78
7,5 /HK 80 5,5 11,9 10,7 6,6 11,3 10,7 ∆ 98
10 /HK 80 7,5 16,2 14,1 9,0 15,1 14,2 ∆ 106
15 /HK 80 11,0 21,0 20,5 13,2 21,5 21,0 ∆ 149
20 /HK 80 15,0 31,0 27,5 18,0 30,0 28,0 ∆ 164
CAUTION Rated output and rated current at a permissible temperature-rise limit

of 80K and cooling temperature of 40°C to VDE.
9
Erection and installation
5. Erection and installation

5.1 Erecting the pump
CAUTION • For operational safety reasons, the vertical type motor should not be
positioned pointing downwards!
• Provide sufficient space for maintenance and repair work!
• When installing the pump, care should be taken to ensure an
adequate supply of cooling air during operation.
• The lifting gear (load hook, crane) required for installation and rem-
oval must be adequately dimensioned for the overall weight of the
pump and must comply with the valid safety regulations.
5.2 Sectional drawing

K 25 ... HK 25
Type F
1 2 5 3 17 44 7
13 12 11 29 48 28 27
Type GF 1 2 5 3 17 44 7
13 12 11 29 48 28 27
10
K 50 ... HK 50
1 2 5 18 3 17 7
12 11 13 44 48 28 27
K 80 ... HK 80
1 2 11 5 3 18 17 7
19 11 12 13 44 48 28 27
11
QSH 101
1 Casing
2 Impeller
68 71 69 63 64 70 3 Rear wall
5 Vent plug
7 Motor
11 Casing joint
12 Drain plug
13 Impeller nut
Detail "X"
17 Mechanical seal
18 Bush
19 Cover
20 Impeller cap
27 Ball bearing
28 Ball bearing
29 Disc
Detail "Y" 44 Shaft with rotor
48 Labyrinth disc
63 Disc
64 Seal cover
66 O-ring
67 Mechanical seal
68 O-ring
69 Vent plug
70 Monitoring electrode
71 Vent plug
72 Oil drain plug
74 75 67 17 66 72 73 73 Oil
74 O-ring
75 Joint ring
81 Casing wear ring
12
NOTE • No specific foundation is required for erecting the pump. A flat surface
is adequate.
Anchoring with four fastening bolts.
• Only use removable screws to facilitate subsequent removal without
having to loosen the flange connections.
Under no circumstances should studs or foundation anchors be used!
CAUTION When erecting outside, a protective roof should be erected to shield

against the elements.
5.2.1 Spare parts

The specifications for further selection of spare parts are related to the initial need
for a two year operation based on DIN 24 296.
Number of pumps (including reserve pump)

Spare parts
(generally existing ) 1 2 3 4 5 6-7 8-9 10-..
Number of replacement parts
Impeller 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 20%
Cover 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 20%
Mechanical seal 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 25%
Ball bearing set 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 25%
Shaft seal ring 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 25%
Split ring 1 2 2 2 3 3 4 50%
Seal set 2 4 6 8 8 9 12 150%
Shaft + accessories 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 20%
5.3 Laying the pipelines

Attach the intake and discharge line without tension.
5.3.1 Intake line

To avoid air pocket formation:
• Lay the intake line with a continuous rise.
• The supply line should have a slight gradient towards the pump.
NOTE If local conditions do not permit a continuous rise in the intake line,
provision should be made for complete venting.
Installation of a...
gate valve to close the lines immediately in front of the pump, to allow
the pump to be removed without first draining the lines.
13
5.3.2 Discharge line

The locally valid regulations should be observed when laying the discharge line.
CAUTION • When laying the discharge line, provisions should be made for
complete venting.
• The discharge line should be installed in a frost-proof area.
Installation of a...
gate valve to close the lines immediately in front of the pump, to allow
the pump to be removed without first draining the lines.
non-return device between the discharge connection and gate valve,
prevents return flow of the pumping medium after shutting off the pump.
5.4 Frost protection

During long periods of shutdown, the pump should be drained if there is a risk of
frost.
• Open the drain plug in the casing.
Take care to ensure that the escaping medium does not cause injury or
damage the motor or other components. In systems with hot media,
beware particularly of the risk of scalding.
CAUTION Before commissioning the pump

• Close the drain plug in the pump casing.
14
5.5 Electrical connection

Before commissioning, have the system checked by an expert to verify
that the required electrical safety measures have been implemented.
The earthing, TN system and residual current operated system etc.
must satisfy local regulations and must be inspected by a qualified
electrician to verify proper functioning.
CAUTION • The cross-section and voltage drop of the mains supply line must
comply with the relevant regulations (e.g. VDE, ÖVE or local
equivalent). The voltage specified on the pump’s rating plate must
match the available mains voltage.
• Motors with built-in thermistor temperature sensors:
- Test voltage of PTC thermistor max. 1,5 V!
- Only are able to work in conjunction with a tripping unit!
The pump should be protected by an appropriate back-up fuse (corresponding to

the rated output of the motor). The size of the motor protective circuit breaker should
be 1,05-fold of the current consumption.
5.6 Checking the direction of rotation

For rotary current pumps, the direction of rotation should be conscientiously checked
when commissioning for the first time and at every new location. An incorrect
direction of rotation will impair performance and may damage the pump.
• In the case of control systems comprising several pumps, each pump should be
checked individually.
• Looking at the motor fan, it should rotate in a clockwise direction.
The direction of rotation should

match the arrow.
CAUTION • Switch the pump off immediately after starting.

• If the pump is allowed to run dry, the mechanical shaft seal will be destroyed.
When checking the direction of rotation, the pump should be secured

in such a way as to eliminate the possibility of injuries caused by the
rotating impeller. Never put your hand into the discharge connection
or the intake opening of the pump casing.
5.6.1 Altering the direction of rotation

If the direction of rotation is incorrect, it can be reversed by swapping over two
phases of the supply cable in the control unit.
5.7 Start-up mode

The following motor circuit-breaker settings are required:
• For direct starting: set to rated motor current
• For Y∆starting: set to rated motor current x 0.58
15
Motor connection diagrams:

Operating Motor voltage (motor rating plate)
voltage
(mains)
Direct starting
or
Star/delta starting
The incorrect electrical circuit type will cause failure of the electric
motor!
16
Commissioning
6. Commissioning
Before commissioning, the pump should be inspected and a functional check
carried out. In particular, the following points should be checked:
• Have the pump and pipelines been connected in accordance with
regulations?
• Does the electrical connection satisfy the valid provisions?
• Is the motor circuit-breaker correctly set?
• Are the valves required for operation open?
• Have the connection cables been installed in accordance with
regulations?
• Is the pump correctly seated in the anchor?
• Have the covers of the suction- and delivery side been removed before
mounting (only with water supply)?
CAUTION • When commissioning, the pump and intake line should be vented
and primed with pumping liquid before starting up!
The shut-off valve in the intake and discharge lines must be fully
open.
• If the pump is allowed to run dry, the mechanical shaft seal will be
destroyed.
Do not touch pumps which are used for pumping hot water – risk of
burns!
NOTE If the density or flowrate exceeds the designed capacity, care should
be taken to ensure that the motor is not overloaded and that the available
feed height is reached (cavitation!).
17
Maintenance
7. Maintenance
Before starting maintenance work, all poles of the pump should be
disconnected from the mains and secured against re-activation.
When carrying out maintenance and repair work, the safety regulations
governing work in enclosed spaces and the generally recognised
technical rules must be observed.
NOTE The maintenance tips given here are not intended as a guide for carrying
out your own repairs – specialised experience is required for this
purpose.
By entering into a maintenance contract with our customer service

department, you can be assured of top quality, expert service at all
times.
7.1 General maintenance instructions

Pumps manufactured by Herborner Pumpenfabrik are established quality products
and are subject to stringent final inspections.
Should you experience a malfunction despite this, under no circumstances should
you attempt to improvise – consult our customer service department.
This applies in particular in the case of repeated shutdowns by the overcurrent trip
in the control unit, or in the event of alarms.
To ensure a long service life, the checks and maintenance work outlined below
should be carried out at regular intervals.
Our sales force will be pleased to advise you on special applications and help solve
your pumping problems.
NOTE Within the context of supply agreements, Herborner Pumpenfabrik will

only guarantee its products provided repairs are carried out by authorised
6. Commissioning 7. Maintenance
agents and proof is furnished that original spare parts for Herborn pumps
have been used.
18
Maintenance
7.2 Maintenance instructions following a prolonged shutdown

NOTE Before switching on the pump and during a prolonged shutdown,
rotate the motor shaft several times by hand on the fan.
7.3 Greasing the bearings

Bearing of the common shaft for the pump and motor
• Anti-friction bearings have been greased in the factory
• Refer to the greasing interval table for lubrication periods
• The grade of lubrication grease which should be used is
STABURAGS NBU 8 EP
CAUTION Avoid over-greasing the bearings.
Grease presses with hydraulic head H to DIN 71412
The quantity of grease dispensed is

• approximately 0.2 - 0.4 g per stroke with a high-pressure plunger-
type grease gun
• approximately 1.2 g per stroke with a hand-lever grease gun
The quantity of grease required is shown in the greasing interval table.
7.3.1 Greasing interval table
Motor Ball bearing (drive side) Ball bearing (fan side)
[kW] Greasing Quantity of Greasing Quantity of

interval [h] grease [g] interval [h] grease [g]
1,1 5000 7 10000 3
1,5 5000 7 10000 3
2,2 5000 10 10000 5
3,0 5000 10 10000 5
4,0 5000 10 10000 5
5,5 4000 16 8000 8
7,5 4000 16 8000 8
Re-greasing device
• Re-greasing device for 4-pole drives from 1.1 kW
Motors with - 0.55 kW and 0.75 kW
- 3000 rpm
- Ship classification
are not suitable for re-greasing.
19
Maintenance
7.4 Cleaning
When removing or dismantling the pump, it should be cleaned to remove deposits,
if appropriate by mechanical means, in order to ensure perfect operation.
7.5 Removing the pump

Before removing the pump, the motor connection cables should be
disconnected from the terminal box by a qualified electrician.
• All shut-off valves in the intake and discharge lines must be closed.
• With hot pumping media, the pump casing must have cooled down
to the ambient temperature.
• The pump unit must be pressureless and empty. For this purpose,
open the drain plug.
• Care must be taken to ensure that escaping medium does not cause
injury or damage to the motor or other components. In case of
systems with hot media, beware particularly of the risk of scalding!
• The lifting gear must be adequately dimensioned for the overall
weight of the pump. Observe accident prevention regulations and
general technical regulations.
Deposit the pump on a firm surface and secure to prevent it from
tipping over.
• Caution - tilting danger with the loosening of the pump from the
piping network - squeezing danger below the motor!
7.6 Filling and changing the oil - tandem arrangement

The oil chamber between the motor and pump unit is filled with lubrication oil in the
factory. The quantity of oil necessary will be indicated by oil escaping from the vent
opening. Only genuine spare parts must be used for repair purposes.
• Approx. 1,5 Litres of oil,
• Change the oil after 4,000 hours of operation,
• Oil grade in accordance with ISO VG 46 (e.g. Shell Tellus 46).
• Do not mix different oils.
Used oil should be disposed of properly in accordance with the local

regulations!
7.7 Official acceptance

The delivered goods may be officially accepted by:
• All classification companies
• The German Armed Forces quality inspection service or
• National technical inspectorates
20
Behrens Pumpen
Item 18
Service Central heating circulating pump no.1
Type: CR 5-5 F
Medium
Viscosity (cst) :
Speed (rpm) : 3550
NPSH (r) (m) : 3,10
Materials
:
Connections DN PN
suction side : 32
pressure side 32
Prime mover
E-Motor Type :
Starting : DOL
Weights
29.06.2006 Dirksen
Behrens Pumpen
Item 18
Service Central heating circulating pump no.2
Type: CR 5-5 F
Medium
Viscosity (cst) :
Speed (rpm) : 3550
NPSH (r) (m) : 3,10
Materials
:
Connections DN PN
suction side : 32
pressure side 32
Prime mover
E-Motor Type :
Starting : DOL
Weights
29.06.2006 Dirksen
Page
1. Handling 8
Code for materials
13. Disposal 13
diameter
straps.
CR, CRI, CRN
hot clean liquids.
CRN
8

KUBE / KUBV KUBE
KUUE
KUUE
KUUV
15
KUUE / KUUV KUBE
Fig. 1 10
TM01 1923 4500

5
P2
[%] 0
100 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160
t [°C]
90
80
60 Fig. 5
TM00 2189 1598

50
20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80
t [°C]
1000 2250 3500 m
Hf
Example:
Pb NPSH
TM02 0118 3800

Fig. 2
35 in bar.
25
20
HUUE
HUUE
HUUV
15
10
TM02 0629 4900

t [°C]
Fig. 3
p [bar] Example:
30 pb = 1 bar.
25
RUUE
RUUV

BUBE / BUBV
TM01 1922 4500
BUBE
0 H = 1 x 10.2 – 1.5 – 3.0 – 2.1 – 0.5 = 3.1 metres head.
9
TM02 0013 3800

2 Page 78 shows:
Fig. 6
TM00 2256 3393

4xø
[%]
40 L1 B1
30
foundation bolts.
TM01 2816 3400

3
TM01 1241 4097

0
4.10 Sound level
(foot valve).
5

TM02 0114 3800

pump.

which:
pump,
effect,
TM02 0115 3800

sary,
close to the pump.
10
valve open.
coupling.
Fig. 7
Drain plug
Bypass valve

TM01 1243 4097

Motor bearings:
free.
cover.
11
9. Frost protection
CR, CRN 8 and 16:
bypass valve.
10. Service
toxic.
10.1 Service kits


page 80.
81.
82.
12
Fault Cause Remedy

when supply is
switched on.
tripped out but the
pump does not run.
sition.
off.
13. Disposal
13
CR 1, CR 3 and CR 5
Model A
50/60 Hz
1/3~
Table of contents
1.2 Type key ............................................................................................................................................ 3
1.3 Codes used........................................................................................................................................ 3
3. Service tools .................................................................................................................................... 5
3.1 Special tools ...................................................................................................................................... 5
3.2 Standard tools.................................................................................................................................... 5
3.3 Torque tools....................................................................................................................................... 6
4.1 General .............................................................................................................................................. 7
27.04.2001 GB Page 1 of 16
1 2 3 4 5
CR1-3 A-A-A-E-HUBE
6 50Hz P2 0.37 kW 60HzP2 0.37 kW 11
7 n 2900 min-1 n 3500 min-1 12
8 Hmax18.4 m Hmax26.8 m 13
9 Q 2.0 m/ h3
Q 2.1 m3 /h 14
96439820
10 H 12.7 m H 20.4 m 15
TM02 0496 4800

o
MADE IN DENMARK
17 16 18

clockwise)
27.04.2001 GB Page 2 of 16
1.2 Type key
Type range
Number of impellers
1.3 Codes used
A Basic version
a
U NEMA version
A Oval flange
b

c A
E EPDM
d
V FKM

HUBE/V
e
HUUE/V
27.04.2001 GB Page 3 of 16
used.
7.a Screw 4 M4 2
M6 13
Hexagon socket head
screw
M10 62
M6 10
M12 40
37 O-ring 2 ø137,5 x 3,3 Rocol 22


27.04.2001 GB Page 4 of 16
3. Service tools
TM02 0846 0401

3.1 Special tools
B 105 SV2007
seal
C Puller 65 SV0239
3.2 Standard tools

PZ2 7.a 1/4”
5 M6 - 5 mm 1/4”
I Bits kit SV2010
6 9-H M8 - 6 mm 1/4”
8 M10 - 8 mm 1/4”
28 M6 - 10 mm SV0083
28-67 M8 - 13 mm SV0055
28-36 M12 - 19 mm SV0054
18-23-25 M16 - 24 mm SV0122
27.04.2001 GB Page 5 of 16 6
3.3 Torque tools
4-20 Nm 9 x 12 SV0292
40-200 Nm 14 x 18 SV0400
28-L M6 - 10 mm 9 x 12 SV0310
28-L M8 - 13 mm 9 x 12 SV0294
36-L M12 - 19 mm 9 x 12 SV0271
18-23-25-L M16 - 24 mm 9 x 12 SV0524
M6 - 5 mm ½” x ½” SV0296
P 9-N M8 - 6 mm ½” x ½” SV0297
head screws
M10 - 8 mm ½” x ½” SV0298
27.04.2001 GB Page 6 of 16 6
4.1 General

case of long pumps.
Before assembly:
During assembly:
After assembly:
27.04.2001 GB Page 7 of 16 7
4.2.1 Dismantling
4.2.2 Assembly

loose.
Fig. 1
27.04.2001 GB Page 8 of 16
4.3.1 Dismantling
pump head.
4.3.2 Assembly
seal kit.
x
0.5x
TM02 0462 4600
Fig. 2

the correct torque.
27.04.2001 GB Page 9 of 16 9
4.4.1 Dismantling

pump head.
4.4.2 Assembly
27.04.2001 GB Page 10 of 16 10
4.5.1 Dismantling

TM02 1056 0501

Fig. 3
4.5.2 Assembly
TM02 1057 0501
Fig. 4
27.04.2001 GB Page 11 of 16 11

27.04.2001 GB Page 12 of 16 13
TM02 1055 0501

Fig. 5

into the pump head.
TM02 0462 4600
Fig. 6
27.04.2001 GB Page 13 of 16 13

Bearing rings
TM02 1182 0601
Fig. 7
27.04.2001 GB Page 14 of 16 14
CR / CRI / CRN 1 & 3 -
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 27 29 30 31 33 36
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
64 64 47a 67
66
4 4 4a
64c
64a
TM02 0445 1701
49 49 49
27.04.2001 GB Page 15 of 16 16
CR / CRI / CRN 5 -
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 18 20 22 24 26 29 32 36
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
47a 47a 67 67
66 66
4 4 4a 4a
64c 64c
64 64 64a 64a 64d
49 49 49 49 49 49
TM02 0444 4600
69 69
27.04.2001 GB Page 16 of 16 16
CR 5-5 - Product No.: 96448712
2
9 28
8 10a 7
10
18
100
109
60 105
50a
51
69
49
65
4 45 37
55
64
64a
80 65
4a 45
47a
64d
65
5a 45
64c
66 37
67
25
38
6
1/1
CR 5-5 - Product No.: 96448712
50a
36a
10a 51
8 9
10
69
49
113
105 64
109 7a
65
2 7
2
28 18 45 4
100
23 100
36
28 66a
7
76a
7a
49
76
64
65 80
60 26
45 4
37
49
64a
65
45 4a
47a
49
64d
64c
66
67
65
45 5a
55
37 37
6
6
25
38
38
35 12 39 25
1/1
CR 5-5 - Product No.: 96448712
Pos Partno Description Classification Data Count Unit
85805104 Motor 1 PC
100 00ID1288 O-ring Material type: EPDM 2 PC
Diameter: 16,3
Thickness: 2,4
18 00405150 Air vent screw Thread: RG 1/2 1 PC
2 96436496 Pump head 1 PC
23 00370025 Pipe plug Thread: G 1/2 1 PC
28 00ID8023 Hexagon head screw Thread: M6 4 PC
Length: 25
36 00ID7917 Nut Thread: M12 4 PC
37 96438743 O-ring Material type: EPDM 1 PC
Diameter: 137,5
Thickness: 3,3
60 96439662 Corrugated spring Outside diameter: 128 1 PC
Thickness: 3,5
66.a 96430377 Washer Inside diameter: 13 4 PC
Thickness: 2,5
7 96438136 Coupling guard 2 PC
7.a 00410289 Screw Thread: M4 4 PC
Length: 8
- 8 00415061 Coupling complete Dimension: 19/12 1 PC
10 00310192 Shaft pin Length: 26 1 PC
Diameter: 5
9 00ID7899 Hexagon socket head screw Designation: DIN 912 4 PC
Thread: M6
Length: 20
- Base complete Rubber type: EPDM 1 PC
- 25 96440608 Drain plug with bypass valve 1 PC
Diameter: 16,3
Thickness: 2,4
Diameter: 137,5
Thickness: 3,3
6 96442012 Base 1 PC
- 96455082 Kit, shaft seal HUBE 1 PC
00370711 Grinding device 1 PC
105 96441873 Shaft seal Material type: HUBE 1 PC
- 96455084 Kit, shaft seal HUUE 1 PC
105 96441875 Shaft seal Material type: HUUE 1 PC
Kit, shaft seal HQQE 1 PC
Kit, shaft seal HQBE 1 PC
- 96455090 Kit, O-rings Rubber type: EPDM 1 PC
Diameter: 16,3
Thickness: 2,4
Diameter: 22,00
Thickness: 2,75
Diameter: 137,5
Thickness: 3,3
Diameter: 16,3
Thickness: 2,4
- 96455096 Kit, service Bearing type: SILICON CARBIDE 1 PC
39 00400189 Gasket Thickness: 2 2 PC
Inside diameter: 55
- 4.a 96437645 Chamber with bearing ring Material type: SILICON CARBIDE 1 PC
Chamber 1 PC
45 96436720 Neck ring 1 PC
65 96436722 Neck ring retainer 1 PC
45 96436720 Neck ring 6 PC
47.a 96437488 Bearing ring 1 PC
64.a 96443611 Spacing pipe Outside diameter: 15 1 PC
1/2
CR 5-5 - Product No.: 96448712
Pos Partno Description Classification Data Count Unit
Length: 13
64.c 96439668 Clamp, splined Inside diameter: 13,0 1 PC
Outside diameter: 15,0
Height: 13,0
66 96417297 Washer Outside diameter: 13,50 1 PC
Thickness: 2,60
67 00ID2061 Lock nut Thread: M8 1 PC
- 96455103 Kit, service Bearing type: BRONZE 1 PC
39 00400189 Gasket Thickness: 2 2 PC
Inside diameter: 55
4.a 96440616 Chamber with bearing ring Material type: BRONZE 1 PC
45 96436720 Neck ring 6 PC
47.a 00410121 Bearing ring, rotating Length: 11,00 1 PC
Material type: TUNGSTEN CARBIDE
Inside diameter: 13
Length: 15
Height: 13,0
Thickness: 2,60
105 96441873 Shaft seal Material type: HUBE 1 PC
26 96442751 Staybolt Thread: M12 4 PC
Length: 157
55 96441512 Outer sleeve Length: 125,6 1 PC
76 96439820 Nameplate 1 PC
76.a 00ID0147 Rivet 2 PC
- 80 96453578 Chamber stack Bearing type: SILICON CARBIDE 1 PC
- 4 96437517 Chamber complete 3 PC
Chamber 1 PC
45 96436720 Neck ring 1 PC
- 4.a 96437636 Chamber with bearing ring Material type: SILICON CARBIDE 1 PC
Chamber 1 PC
45 96436720 Neck ring 1 PC
47.a 96437488 Bearing ring 1 PC
49 96437414 Impeller Outside diameter: 73 5 PC
Inside diameter: 35
Height: 13,2
- 5.a 96437737 Chamber, bottom 1 PC
Chamber 1 PC
45 96436720 Neck ring 1 PC
50.a 96439170 Top guide vanes 1 PC
51 96440389 Pump shaft Diameter: 12,0 1 PC
Length: 236,1
64 00410143 Spacing pipe Length: 26 4 PC
Inside diameter: 13
Length: 13
Height: 13,0
Thickness: 2,60
69 96440295 Spacing pipe Inside diameter: 12,7 1 PC
Length: 2
2/2
Behrens Pumpen
Item 9
Service Daily bilge pump
Type: EL 375
Description Excentric helical rotor pump
Medium
Viscosity (cst) :
Delivery pressure (bar) :
NPSH (r) (m) :
Drehzahl Pumpe 403

Safety valve and by-pass
Dry running protection (solenoid valve)
Materials
:
Rotor : Stainless steel
Stator NBR
Shaft seal Type : S
Material :
Connections DN PN
pressure side 50 16
Prime mover
E-Motor Type : SK 20-100L-4
Starting DOL
Speed (rpm) :: 265
Weights
29.06.2006 Dirksen
Operating Manual
- Eccentric Helical Rotor pump -
Read and carefully note the instructions in this Operating Ma-

nual before unpacking and starting up the pump / assembly.
In case of non-observance of the operation manual and of the

storage instructions and maintance chart, the manufacturer
will not be liable to any guarantee claim.
Operating Manual - Eccentric Helical Rotor Pump

Pump type:
Commission.No.:
Machine.-No.:
Correct Utilization
The pump resp.pump aggregate must only be used for the application as
specified in the order confirmation and in the order related data sheet.
Any utilization other than for the intended purpose is not correct and gua-
rantee claims may get lost.
The relevant performance values for this pump are to be taken from the
operating data in the order related data sheet.
WARNING !
If the pump is used for any purpose other than
specified for above mentioned application, or if the
pump runs at working parameters higher than
admitted,
- danger/ damage may occur to human beings and to
property.
Consideration of the operating manual and observance of the inspection

and maintenance instructions for the pump is the precondition for the cor-
rect utilization of the product supplied.
i INFORMATION
Incorrect and forbidden utilization of the product
supplied are not known to the manufacturer.
07/99 KMÜ E_DBL_E.CHP

Assembly and working instructions for 07 / ‘ 99
eccentric helical rotor pumps Page 1
Contents 3. Transport, complaints and storage
Data sheet 3.1 Transport, complaints
1. General 3.2 Storage
1.1 Intended use 3.2.1 Transport protection
1.2 Pump data 3.2.2 Preservation for temporary storage
1.3 Technical data 3.2.3 Long-term preservation for max. 12

months
1.4 Additional information
3.2.3.1 Preservation
1.5 Contact address
3.2.3.2 Maintenance during storage
3.2.4 Starting up after long-term preservation

2. Safety
2.1 Marking of references in the instruction

manual 4. Assembly and installation of the aggregate
or pump
2.2 Staff qualification and training
4.1 Assembly
2.3 Hazards for not observing safety references
4.1.1 Assembly of coupling or drive pulley
2.4 Safety-concious working
4.1.2 Assembly of pump and motor on aggregate
2.5 Safety references for the operator base plate
2.6 Safety references for maintenance, inspec- 4.2 Installation

tion and assembly
4.2.1 Foundations
2.7 Unauthorized modification and manufacture
of spare parts 4.2.2 Assembling of pipings
2.8 Prohibited methods of operation 4.2.3 Installation of aggregate or pump
4.2.4 Assembly of soft packing
4.2.5 Connection of drive unit
3000 98 163E
07 / ‘ 99 Assembly and working instructions for
Page 2 eccentric helical rotor pumps
5. Starting up 10. Dismantling and mounting instructions
5.1 Assembly of soft packing 10.1 Dismantling
5.2 Filling up with medium 10.1.1 Disassembly of the pump unit
5.3 Controlling direction of rotating 10.1.2 Stator
5.4 Pump heating 10.1.3 Pump casing
5.5 Starting up the pump 10.1.4 Shaftings
10.1.4.1 Cardan joint
6. Maintenance 10.1.4.2 Rotor and universal joint shaft
6.1 Pump 10.1.5 Bearing housing
6.1.1 Bearings 10.2 Mounting
6.1.1.1 Roller bearings 10.2.1 Bearing housing
6.1.1.2 Cardan joints 10.2.2 Shaft sealing
6.1.2 Shaft sealing 10.2.3 Cardan joint
6.1.2.1 Soft packing 10.2.4 Shafting
6.1.2.2 Single mechanical seal 10.2.5 Pump casing
6.1.2.3 Double mechanical seal 10.2.6 Stator
6.1.3 Pumping elements
6.2 Driver and accessories 11. Appendix
Dimensional drawings, parts lists, sectional

drawings, documentation for outside makes
7. Break-downs and their possible causes etc. are attached under ‘‘Appendix’’
in Chapter 11.
8. Lubrication and preservation diagram for

eccentric helical rotor pumps
9. Remarks
9.1 Request for Information
9.2 Return of the pump
Safety Sheet
3000 98 163E
1. GENERAL Diameters, pitches and eccentricity vary according to

the pump size and determine the dimensions of the
1.1 Application several closed compartments and thus, also the quantiy
of capacity flow.
BORNEMANN eccentric helical rotor pumps handle
all kinds of liquids. The Eccentric Helical Rotor Pumps are made by
Their field of application is extensive and the type and Joh. Heinr. Bornemann,
consistency of the media does not matter.
Made in Germany
They handle abrasive, neutral or aggressive liquids the
viscosity and consistency of which may be just fluid.
Media with fibrous content or containing very high 1.3 Technical details:
proportions of solids, as well as gaseous, aerated and
foaming compounds are also pumped safely. Please note technical data from the data sheets and
dimension sheets of the Appendix.
The mode of operation of the pumps results in very
careful handling of the medium. The pumps work
without pulsation or turbulence.
1.4 Additional information
As their capacity is directly proportional to the speed,
they are also suitable for simple dosage duties. Eccentric helical rotor pumps can selectively be
equipped with various shaft seals, depending on ope-
The manufacturer rating conditions and model,e.g.
Joh. Heinr. Bornemann, -- conventional stuffing boxes
Industriestr. 2, 31683 Obernkirchen -- radial shaft seal rings
has copyright and patent rights. -- single mechanical seals
-- double mechanical seals or buffer liquid systems in

tandem.
1.2 Details about the pump
BORNEMANN Eccentric helical rotor pumps are The above mentioned shaft seals can be supplied in
self-priming, rotary valveless displacement pumps of various material combinations.
the simplest construction. They have only two pum-
ping elements, the rotor and the stator. On request and to protect the pump by limitating of
pressure a bypass valve can be supplied which opens
The rotor has a circular section. Its center turns heli- at a pressure of approx. 1,5 bar above operating pres-
cally twice- in case of single-stage pumps -, in the pitch sure and lets the pumping medium flow back into the
of eccentricity around its longitudinal axis while the suction chamber of the pump.
cross-section of the stator describes on its length only
one full rotation, i.e. the stator has double the pitch of
the rotor. By-pass valves are not suitable for regula-
tion of the capacity flow or pressure.
If required, the pumps can be equipped with integrated

heating systems.
3000 98 163E
1.5 The address to be contacted:
Joh. Heinr. Bornemann GmbH
Industriestraße 2 - 31683 Obernkirchen
P.O. Box 1162 - 31676 Obernkirchen
Germany
phone: 0049 5724 / 390-0, fax: 0049 5724 / 913846
3000 98 163E
2. SAFETY Direct references displayed on the machine, e.g.
This instruction manual contains basic references Arrow indicating direction of rotation
which are to be observed during erection, commis- Marking for fluid connections
sioning and maintenance. This instruction manual is to
be carefully studied by service engineers and qualified are to be strictly observed and kept in legible condition.
staff/operator prior to assembly. The manual must
always be kept at the place of installation/plant.
Not only the general safety regulations mentioned in 2.2 Staff qualification and training
this ‘‘safety’’ chapter are to be observed but also
special safety information given in other chapters, e.g. The staff for operation, maintenance, inspection and
for individual use. assembly must have required qualification for this
work.
Areas of responsibility, authority and surveyance of

2.1 Marking of references in the instruction manual the staff are to be clearly defined by the operator. If the
knowledge of the staff is not adequate, training and
All safety references in this manual which can endan- instruction is to be provided for.
ger persons when not observed, are marked by the
general symbol for danger If required, this can be carried out on behalf of the
operator by the manufacturer/supplier.
Further, the operator is responsible for the staff having

fully comprehended the contents of the instruction manual.
2.3 Hazards for not observing safety references

(marking acc. to DIN 4844 - W9)
Non-observance of the safety references can cause dan-
The warning regarding electric voltage is marked by
ger for persons as well as environment and equipment.
the safety symbol
Non-observance of the safety references can lead to
disqualification of any claims for damanges.
In particular, non-observance, can for instance, cause

the following hazards:
(marking acc. to DIN 4844 - W8)
-- failure of essential functions of the equipment/plant
For safety references, whose non-observance can cau-
-- failure of regulations for maintenance and service
se hazards for machines and its function, the marking
-- endangering of persons by electrical, mechanical
and chemical influences
-- environmental danger due to leakage by hazardous

substances
is added.
2.4 Safety-concious working
The safety references incorporated in this instruction

manual, the existing national regulations for accident
prevention as well as any internal working, operation and
safety regulations of the operator are to be observed.
3000 98 163E
2.5 Safety references for the operator Pressure loaded machine parts must be released prior
to starting up.
Foundations for pumps and/or aggregates must be
designed so that the arising forces and moments are Pumps or equipment handling substances injurious to
safely absorbed. health must be decontaminated.
Pumps or aggregates must only be lifted resp. trans- Immediately after the work has been completed, all
ported by means of an adequate lifting equipment safety and protective devices have to be re installed
attached to those places mentioned in the instruction resp. set in operation again.
manual resp. on the pumps or packing.
Pressure loaded components connected to the aggre-

gate must be designed for the max.operating pressure 2.7 Unauthorized modification and manufacture
as specified in the pump data sheet. of spare parts
If hot or cold machine parts cause hazards, these parts Modifications or alterations of equiment are only ad-
are to be protected on site against contact. missible after having consulted and obtained the ap-
proval of the manufacturer. Genuine spare parts and
Contact safety devices for moving components (e.g. accessories authorized by the manufacturer guarantee
coupling) must not be removed from the machine safety. The use of unauthorized components can lead
during operation. to exemption from liability for resulting damage /
consequences.
Leakages (e.g. of shaft sealing) of hazardous media
(e.g. explosive, toxic, hot) must be collected in a way
that there is no danger for persons or the environment.
2.8 Prohibited methods of operation
Legal requirements must be met.
Operating safety can only be guaranteed if the pump
In case of noises being hazardous to health, ear plugs supplied is exclusively used for the intended applica-
must be worn. Observe the regulations in force. tion according to the technical data specified in the
order related data sheet.
In case of danger resulting from media being proces- See chapter 1 ‘‘General’’ of the operating manual.
sed, used, thrown out or separated by the pump (e.g.
injurious, toxic, corroding or caustic media), protecti- The specification limits mentioned in the data sheet
ve clothes must be worn. must not be exceeded at all.
Danger by electric energy is to be prevented (for The user has to arrange for appropriate safety measures
details refer to regulations of VDE, for instance, or at site.
local companies for energy supply).
Chapter 2 ‘‘ Safety’’ includes the VDMA
sheet 24 292 (status: Aug. 1991).
2.6 Safety references for maintenance, inspection

and assembly
The operator must take care that all maintenance,

inspection and assembly work is carried out by autho-
rized and qualified staff which have carefully studied
the instruction manual.
In general, any work on the equipment is to be carried

out only during non-operation. The procedure descri-
bed in the instruction manual for shut-down of the
equipment must be strictly observed.
3000 98 163E
3. TRANSPORT, COMPLAINTS AND STORAGE 3.2.2 Preservation for temporary storage
3.1 Transport and complaints The customer or user has to preserve the pumps as
follows:
The pumps are despatched packed on planks.
-- Grease all visible shaft parts and areas not protected
Other types of packing at customers’request. by paint with an acid and resin-free grease.
Inspect immediately for any damage during transit -- Open plastic covers on suction and discharge cham-
after receipt of the pump. ber and lubricate also all metal parts with acid and
resin-free grease.
If damaged inform us immediately. -- Non-metal parts in the pump are excluded.
-- Lock suction and discharge chamber by plastic co-

vers.
3.2 Storage
Soft packings
Preservants required for the protection
of the eccentric helical rotor pump Eccentric helical rotor pumps are, with
should not react with the medium. If this exceptions, supplied with pre-assembled
is not possible, the preservant has to be soft packings.
removed before starting up the pump.
Pump parts made from materials not -- Remove gland.

tending to corrosion ( e.g. 1.4571 or
1.4408 ) need no conservation. -- Remove stuffing box rings.
-- Lubricate shaft and sealing chamber near shaft sea-

ling with acid and resin-free grease.
3.2.1 Transport protection
-- Fasten gland.
The pumps are only protected in transit as follows:
-- The inner parts of the pumps are sprayed with an Mechanical seal
acid- and resin-free preservant.
Eccentric helical rotor pumps are ge-
-- All visible parts of the shaft and areas not protected nerally supplied with integrated mecha-
by paint are coated with a preservative, e. g. Valvo- nical seals.
line Tectyl 506-.
-- In case of mechanical seals the sealing flange should

not be loosened.
-- Protect mechanical seal against dust and damage.
-- Store pumps and accessories in a closed and dry

room.
3000 98 163E
3.2.3 Long-term preservation for max. 12 months 3.2.3.2 Maintenance during storage
3.2.3.1 Preservation -- Check the preservation of the pump from time to

time and renew if necessary.
-- Furnish all visible shaft parts and those metal parts
not protected by paint with a recommended preser-
vant (e.g. Valvoline Tectyl 502 C).
3.2.4 Starting-up after long-term preservation
-- Likewise, preserve inner spaces of the pump through
the pressure and delivery branch. -- Check integrity of seals from outside accessible and
renew if necessary (aging of elastomers due to wea-
Non-metal parts are excluded from this ther factor and UV-rays).
procedure.
-- Further points to be considered, see maintenance
instructions chapter 5 ‘‘Starting up’’.
-- Close suction and discharge branch by means of a
cover. -- Only use trade-marked products as listed in chapter
8 ‘‘lubrication and preservation diagram’’ of these
-- Store pumps and accessories in a closed and dry maintenance instructions.
room.
If the pumps to be protected are being

considered for handling food or similar,
food adapted preservants have to be
used!
3000 98 163E
4. ASSEMBLY AND INSTALLATION OF THE Put pump and motor on their sockets of the aggregate
AGGREGATE OR PUMP baseplate and align exactly to each other.
4.1 Assembly In order to avoid excessive noise, vibra-

tions and heavy wear of roller bearings
4.1.1 Assembly of coupling or drive pulley and couplings, the angular and radial
displacement and axial clearance of the
The starting torque is transmitted from coupling halves have to be as small as
the motor to the pump by a flexible shaft possible.
coupling or V-belts. Note the data sheet for coupling in chap-
ter 11 ‘‘Appendix’’.
Axial clearance of coupling allowed 2-5
During operation the shaft coupling has to be able to mm depending on size. A control by me-
balance axial, radial and angular displacement. ans of a straight-edge is indispensible.
It is generally possible to transmit the torque by drive

pulleys, V-belts or gears without additional bearing. In case of pumps with flanged-on motors or similar
But a preceding consultation with J.H.Bornemann is drivers (e.g.motors in B5, V1 or V6 possibly used with
recommended. EL and EU), the couplings are aligned by the flange
centerings of motor, motor lantern and pump bearing
Remove preservation film from the shaft journals by housing.
means of a suitable solvent.
In case of using special couplings follow the instructi-
Insert keys and mount coupling halves or drive pulleys ons of coupling makers in chapter 11‘‘Appendix’’.
by hand or smart blows with a plastic hammer on the
shaft journal of motor and pump. After alignment fasten pump and motor on aggregate
baseplate.
In case of drive shafts with a front-side centering
thread the coupling halves resp. drive pulleys have to Mount coupling guard or belt guard on aggregate
be mounted by means of suitable assembly devices. baseplate.
The hubs of the shaft couplings resp. drive pulleys Check floating of coupling resp. v-belt pulley.
have to flush with the entering wedges of the shaft
journals.
Secure shaft couplings resp. drive pulleys by grub 4.2 Installation

screws on the shaft journals.
4.2.1 Foundations
Please note necessary details and dimensions for the

4.1.2 Assembly of pump and motor on aggregate selection of foundations from the relevant dimension
baseplate drawing.
Before mounting motor and pump, control direction of The foundations must be designed so to safely absorb
rotation by a short start-up of the drive engine. the arising forces and moments and so that the base-
plate is not distorted at assembly.
See also chapter 4.2.5 ‘‘Connection of drive unit’’.
In case of a flexible steel construction the natural
movements and vibrations of this supporting con-
struction have to be considered.
3000 98 163E
4.2.2 Assembling of pipings 4.2.3 Installation of aggregate or pump
The eccentric helical rotor pumps can be installed both Before installation and connection of the pump to the
horizontally and vertically. If possible, however, they pipings, the pipe system including armatures has to be
should be installed horizontally only. Design EU is the cleaned.
only exception and is only vertically installed.
This should avoid possible damages of the pumping
When assembling the piping, adhere to the following: elements and armatures by rough welding waste or
other foreign bodies.
-- In order to be able to exchange the stator resp. pump
shafting without problems, it is necessary to fit an In case of pressure testing and flushing
adjusting piece into the delivery pipe subsequent to the pipings, pump and armatures must
the pump. - Not in case of design EU-. not be exposed to the test pressure.
The required length of this adjusting

piece has to be noted from the table of When installing the eccentric helical rotor pump ensu-
the Appendix in chapter 11 ‘‘Required re that it is fixed without stress on the relevant foun-
floor space for dismantling the stator’’. dation. It is absolutely necessary to control that by
means of a straightedge.
-- The normal width of the pipings should at least
correspond to the nominal width of the pump’s Sufficient venting of the driver is required.Connect
connection branches. suction and delivery line as well as other pipings with
perfect seals to the pump without stress.
-- Pipings have to be assembled in the way that the
pump cannot empty itself during standstill. Pay attention to the flow direction of the
medium.
Pump must not run dry. Only few rotati-
ons without medium ruin the stator.
Connect manometer and vacuum gauge. Connections,
as far as available, to be noted from the dimension
-- Shut-off valves have to be mounted in the suction drawing.
and delivery pipe of the pump.
In case of pressure testing and flushing

4.2.4 Assembly of the soft packing
the pipings, pump and armatures may
not be exposed to the test pressure.
If the pump is selected with a soft pack-
ing, the soft packing rings are pre-assem-
In case of static pressure of the unit,
bled on delivery of the pump, with few
shaft seals could leak during standstill
exceptions.
of the pump.
-- When installing the unit on a flexible framework, the

The soft packings should be optimized only when
natural movements and vibrations of this constructi-
starting up the pump.
ons have to be considered.Connect pipings over See point 11.3.1 ‘‘Assembly and starting up of stuffing
compensators with the pump. box packings’’ attached under chapter 11 ‘‘Appendix’’.
3000 98 163E
If the soft packing of the pump is equipped with a If pump and driver are connected with
lantern ring (oil ring) , the respective pipes are to be each other when controlling the directi-
connected to the stuffing box housing. on of rotation, the pump must be filled
If a flushing is not required, the connection bores in with the medium and the shaft sealing
the stuffing box housing must be closed. mounted.
PUMP MUST NOT RUN DRY!

4.2.5 Connection of drive unit
Principally, motors have to be connected to the electric Only few rotations without liquid can
network according to instructions of their makers. ruin the stator.
When connecting pay attention to the direction of
rotation of pump and motor.
-See arrow of direction of rotation on the pump-.
3000 98 163E
3000 98 163E
5. STARTING UP 5.4 Pump heating
5.1 Assembly of soft packing If media are handled that require a pump heating, the
pump heating has to be swiched on early enough before
If the pump is selected with a soft packing, the latter switching on the driver. Thereby, a sticking of the pum-
must previously be optimized, with few eceptions. ping elements and shaft sealing is avoided.
- See point 11.3.1 ‘‘Assembly and starting up of stuf-
fing box packings’’ attached under chapter 11 ‘‘Ap- As heating medium you can use hot water, steam or
pendix ’’. heat transfer oil.
In case of electric heating fill the heating chambers

with heat transfer oil up to the control mark.
5.2 Filling up with medium
Pay attention to the max. allowable operating pressure
and temperature of the heating chambers.
PUMP MUST NOT RUN DRY!
The difference in temperature between pumping and
heating medium should be as small as possible.
Only few rotations without liquid can ruin the sta- Connections for heating lines are to be noted from the
tor.For pump protection we recommend fitting a pro- relevant dimension drawing resp. the pump.
tection device against dry running.
Please note details about it from the special sheet

‘‘Protection Device Against Dry Running’’ which can 5.5 Starting up the pump
be requested.
Before starting up the pump all shutoff valves in the
In case of initial starting up or after dismantling the suction and discharge line have to be fully opened.
pump, it has to be filled with medium before starting
up. Pump must not be started up with closed
valves.
This is done, for example, through the vacuum gauge
connections or after dismantling the suction line
through the suction branch or any other suitable place In case of pumps with soft packings, pay attention to
on the suction line. the attached point 11.3.1 ‘‘Assembly and Starting Up
of stuffing box packings’’ under chapter 11 ‘‘Appen-
After filling up the pump shut the vacuum gauge dix’’.
connection resp. connect the suction line to the suction
branch without stress with a perfect seal. In case of pumps provided with flushing for soft pack-
ings, the flushing system must be activated, if
In case of EU-pumps half the stator has necessary.
to be submerged in the medium.
In case of vertically installed pumps (e.g. type EU etc.)
and mounted mechanical seal, the mechanical seals
have to be vented over the vent lines and valves after
5.3. Controlling direction of rotation starting up, as otherwise the sliding surfaces could be
damaged by dry running.
Check the direction of rotation of the pump by swit-
ching on the motor. -See direction of rotation arrow of
pump at the bearing housing or motor lantern-.
3000 98 163E
If the pump does not handle after the first start up, it If pump is equipped with an overflow valve, the latter
should be switched off after a short time, in order to has to be adjusted to the required pressure of response
avoid dry running. Repeat the start after some minutes. when the pump handles.
If the pump does not work then, pump and unit have
to be checked. Normally, the pressure of response is approx. 1 bar
- See chapter 7 ‘‘Breakdowns and their possible causes’’-. more than the max. operating pressure of the pump.
After having checked, corrected and refilled start the Turning the valve spindle counter-
pump again (see chapter 5.2 ‘‘Filling up with medium’’). clockwise- pressure decreases.
Turning the valve spindle clockwise -

pressure increases.
3000 98 163E
6. MAINTENANCE 6.1.1.2 Cardan joints
Maintenance work on the pump/aggregate is only al- The cardan joints of the eccentric helical rotor pumps
lowed when the pump is at rest. are maintenance-free.
Observe the relevant safety regulations. When dismantling the pump the cardan joints depending
on their size have to be either dismantled or can be
removed as complete unit from the shafting.
Maintenance work on pressure-loaded parts of the
pump/aggregate (e.g. work on the shaft sealings point Conditional on that the cardan joints have to be greased
6.1.2.) is only allowed after such pump parts have been again when assembling the pump.
pressure-released.
Only use trade-marked lubricants, see
In case of danger caused by media (e.g. liquids, gaz, chapter 8 ‘‘Lubrication diagram for ec-
smoke, vapour, rods etc.) being handled, thrown out centric helical rotor pumps’’.
or separated by the pum, protective clothing must be
worn.
Oil quantity for cardan joints
Maintenance work on pumps for the
size of cardan joint oil quantity
food industry to be carried out according
to the specific instructions resp. regula- [ml]
tions for this industry. A0 4
A und A1 8
A2 32
6.1. Pump A3 52
A4 90
6.1.1. Bearings
A5 250
6.1.1.1. Roller bearings G1 400
Eccentric helical rotor pumps have life-time lubricated F1 400
roller bearings and are maintenance-free. B 26
C 47
In case of pump design EL not having an
own bearing, pay attention to the main- D 104
tenance instructions of the relevant ma- E 173
kers of drivers.
- See attached firm specifications under
‘‘Appendix’’ in chapter 11-.
3000 98 163E
6.1.2 Shaft sealing The following points have to be taken into considera-
tion:
6.1.2.1 Soft packing
-- The buffer liquid pressure in the mechanical seal
A slight leakage of the stuffing box packing is to be housing has to be continuously controlled.
regarded as normal. In case of heavy leakage slightly It should be 1...2 bars higher than the pressure of the
tighten the gland by hand. In case of a hardening or pumping medium in the suction branch resp. in case
permanent leakage that could not be repaired by of design EU in the discharge branch.
tightening the gland several times, the packing has to
be exchanged. -- Control temperature of buffer liquid.
Exchange of packing rings is described in the point -- Check liquid level in buffer liquid reservoir.
11.3.1 ‘‘Assembly and starting up of stuffing box
packings’’ attached under chapter 11 ‘‘Appendix’’. -- Clean filter and vent valve in buffer liquid system.
During the starting phase of the buffer liquid system
Shafts or stuffing boxes damaged by scratches, marks it is recommended to clean the filter each hour and
etc. should be repaired or renewed. afterwards each week.
If a lubrication is considered, the stuffing box pack-
ing has to be provided with grease from time to time 6.1.3 Pumping elements
over the grease nipple.
The pumping elements of the eccentric helical rotor
pumps are maintenance-free.
6.1.2.2 Single mechanical seal Dry running of the pumping elements has to be abso-
lutely avoided.
In case of momentary leakage the reason may be a - A protection device against dry running could be
foreign body crossing the sliding faces. fitted -.
The reason for permanent leakage may be worn slide After a long standstill of the pump (approx. 3-4 weeks)
rings or destruction of elastomers due to chemical attack. or after repair, the pump has to be filled up with
In such a case exchange the slide rings or elastomers. Pay medium handled before starting up again.
attention to the resistance of elastomers. - See chapter 5.2 ‘‘Filling up with liquid handled’’-.
6.1.2.3 Double mechanical seal 6.2. Driver and accessories

When using double mechanical seals a buffer liquid Follow the instructions of the relevant makers.
system is required.
See also attached specifications of the makers under
‘‘Appendix’’ in chapter 11.
3000 98 163E
7. BREAK-DOWNS AND THEIR POSSIBLE

CAUSES
Break-downs
Reduced capacity
Pump does not take suction
Reduced discharge pressure
Noises in the pump
Blocking of the Pump
Driving motor becomes warm
Possible causes
Leaky shaft sealig
Leaky suction line system
Handling elements worn
Handling elements worn out, possibly change only the
stator
Pump is not been filled
Appearace of cavitation: verify pressure in the suction
branch, increase possibly cross-section of line, check
suction line. Check viscosity.
Wrong direction of rotation
Vent or drain screws not screwed in
Foreign bodies: try to remove foreign bodies from
handling elements by turning the driving shaft oppo-
site to normal direction of rotation and dismantle sta-
tor.
Congealed liquid handled: heat pump and system.
Dismantle pump.
Bearing damage: dismantle bearing housing
Test driving shaft for eccentricity. Pump to be rea-
ligned.
When soft packing is used loosen stuffing box gland
and check packing
Verify current consumption and speed
Wrong adjustment of overflow valve
3000 98 163E
This page has deliberately been left blank.
3000 98 163E
8. LUBRICATION AND PRESERVATION

DIAGRAM FOR ECCENTRIC HELICAL RO-
TOR PUMPS
The roller bearings and cardan joints of eccentric he- Only use those trade-marked lubricants listed in this
lical rotor pumps are maintenance-free. Lubrication Diagram.
If pump and/or cardan joints require disassembling, Bornemann protects the pumps for the transport only. For
roller bearings and cardan joints have to be cleaned and preliminary or longer storage see chapter 3.2 ‘‘Storage’’.
renewed with grease before the assembly.
Make Lubricating points Preservatives
Roller bearings Cardan joints

* Standard * Food oily waxy
Rustia
AGIP GR MU 3 Li GR LF 0 Na
T1 10 W/20
ARAL Aralub HL 3 Li Aralub FDP 00 Na Resilan M 46
Energrease LS 3 Li HT-EP 00 Na Energol LX 4

BP
Liquid grease Grease

BORNEMANN Li
Nr.: 222000 Nr.: 222001
ELF Rolexa 3 Li Epexa 00 Li Stockage
Liquid grease
ESSO Beacon 3 Li Li Carum 330 Rust-Ban 335
S 420
FINA Marson L 3 Li Natran 00 Na Bentex B 4118 Rusan 20
Aviaticon Aviaticon Finkox Finkox

FINKE Li Li
MZF 3 GX - FL RSO Fluid RSU Fluid 1)
FUCHS RENOLIT RENOSOD RENOLIN
Li Li RENOGEL 7
DEA FWA 220 GFB MR 15 VG 46
Centoplex 3 Microlube Klübersynth 2) Contrakor Contrakor
KLÜBER Li Li
GB 00 UH1 14-1600 A40K HW 90
Gargoyle
MOBIL Mobilux 3 Li Na Mobilarma 523
1200 W
Special Ensis
SHELL Alvania R 3 Li Na
Gear lubricant H Motoroel 10 W
TOTAL Multis Li Multis EP 200 Li Osyris HL-2
VALVOLINE Tectyl 506 1)
* Lithium- (Li) and sodium saponified lubricants (Na) must not be mixed !
As the Lithium saponified lubricants are water repellent, they should be preferred to the sodium - saponified lubricants !
1) Preservatives with solvents

2) registered and approved acc. to USDA-H1
3000 98 163E
3000 98 163E
9. NOTES 9.2 Return of the pump
9.1 Request for Information Note the following if a fault cannot be remedied
without consultation and the pump has to be sent to the
The customer must always state the following when works for repair:
contacting J.H.B. by telephone, telex or in writing:
• Detach all parts that are not permanently secured to
the pump as no liability can be accepted.
Order No.:________________________________ • Drain the medium from the pump.
Machine No.:______________________________ • Clean the pump inside and outside.
Pumptype:________________________________ If the pump is uncleaned, extra costs

will arise for cleaning and decontami-
nation.
The above data can be found on the identification plate • Close all flanges and holes (e.g. flushing holes of
of the eccentric helical rotor pump. mechanical seal).
Trained specialist fitters are available for installation, • Send one copy of the attached safety sheet correctly
repairs and other requirements. completed and filled in together with the pump to be
repaired to J.H. Bornemann.
In case of further risk arising from the

pump, dangerous to life and limb, re-
spective information is to be given to
J.H. Bornemann.
Machines that have been in contact with

radioactively loaded media, will exclu-
sively be repaired by a specially quali-
fied engineer within a safety area to be
provided for by the user.
Pumps returned for repair will only be

disassembled after the correctly and
completely filled in and duly signed Sa-
fety Sheet has been received by J.H. Bor-
nemann.
3000 98 163E
Safety Sheet
User: Pump to be repaired:

Company: Pump type:
Street: Order no.:
Place: Machine. no.:
Phone / Fax::
The last medium handled by the pump was:
NO
The pump was emptied by the user company.
YES
NO
The pump was carefully cleaned inside and
outside, by the user company. YES
(Costs for cleaning and decontamination arising
with J.H.B. will be charged extra.)
NO
The pump had contact to dangerous materi-
als. YES
if so:
Consecutive number under which the

dangerous material is registered in the GefStoffV:
or
- The CAS - Registration number (Chemical Abstract Service):
The signer confirms that a.m. information is correct and that the pump was
orderly despatched.
Signer Name and position Stamp, Date, Signature
3000 98 163E
Page 23
10. DISMANTLING AND MOUNTING IN- 10.1.1 Disassembly of the pump unit
STRUCTIONS
Before beginning with the dismantling,
These dismantling and mounting instructions are to be pay attention to the internal safety rules.
handled under consideration of the attached spare parts
lists of chapter 11 ‘‘Appendix’’.
Switch off and secure drivers so that an
Denominations and item numbers used in these in- inadvertent switching on during dis-
structions are also found in the several spare parts lists. mantling and assembly is not possible.
Drain liquid handled off pump. - See

10.1 Dismantling drain plugs pump casing pos. 1(49) and
discharge branch pos. 5(50).
Below the complete dismantling of the
pump is described.
Depending on the works to be executed all steps or

only some of them are required.
For the several assemblies, e.g. cardan joints and va-

rious mechanical seals or other accessories, separate
assembly and dismantling instructions are available.
They are to be found in chapter 11 ‘‘Appendix’’.
All dismantled parts are to be cleaned,

marked and checked for re-use.
In order to facilitate the dismantling of the stator pos.

22 we recommend to wet stator pos. 22 and rotor pos.
10 with a suitable lubricant or even the medium to be
handled. Then, it is necessary to separate the delivery
line from the discharge branch pos. 5. Remove suction and delivery lines as well as all other
pipings and connections from pump and driver.
From the pressure side inject the relevant lubricant or
the medium to be handled in the stator pos. 22. In order Loosen pump unit from foundation and take it off.
to spread the lubricant all over the stator pos. 22 and
rotor pos. 10, turn the rotor pos. 10 some rotations
against the normal direction of rotation. If this is not
manually possible, this can be done by the drive motor 10.1.2 Stator
after having its poles reversed.
If an adjusting piece is fitted in the pi-
ping subsequent to the discharge branch
pos. 5 - see chapter 4.2.2 ‘‘Assembling
of pipings’’ - it is not necessary to
disassemble the pump aggregate when
dismantling the stator pos. 22.
Exception: design EU. Here, the com-

plete pump aggregate has to be lifted out
of the reservoir by means of a crane.
07/99KMÜ 3000 98 082 E

Page 24
Remove adjusting piece from the piping in front of the 10.1.5 Bearing housing
discharge branch pos. 5.
When dismantling the bearing housing pos.
Take discharge branch pos. 5 off the stator pos. 22 after 2 pay attention to the disassembly of the
having removed nuts pos. 46 and washers pos. 47. shaft packing. If required, its disassem-
bly can be noted from chapter 11. ‘‘Ap-
Loosen pump foot (pump feet) pos. 235 from the pendix’’.
baseplate.
- Not available with design EU -. After having dismantled the shaft packing, dismantle
bearing unit as follows:
After loosening the nuts pos. 239 draw pump foot Design L does not need a disassembly of
(pump feet) off the stator pos. 22. the bearing housing pos. 2 because it is
without own bearing unit and bearing
Draw stator pos. 22 off rotor pos. 10. housing pos. 2.
Instead of the bearing housing pos. 2 there is the

10.1.3 Pump casing motor lantern item pos. 701. It is taken away from
the driver pos. 674 after removing nuts pos. 672 and
After removing nuts or screws pos. 42 and spring rings washer pos. 673.
pos. 43 draw pump casing pos. 1 off bearing housing
pos. 2. Draw off coupling half located on drive shaft pos. 12.
If the pump casing pos. 1 consists of several parts Remove drive-side Seeger snap ring pos. 32 from
and if it is necessary to separate them, loosen the bearing housing pos. 2.
relevant fixing screws - e.g. ER (pos. 85) and EU
(pos. 171, 172 and 187). Pull cover plate pos. 79 by means of an hook or two
magnets out of the bearing housing pos. 2.
Viewed from the pump casing side, press complete

10.1.4 Shafting inner parts out of the bearing housing pos. 2 by pres-
sing on the drive shaft pos. 12 into the direction of the
The shafting of the eccentric helical drive side.
rotor pump consists of rotor pos. 10,
universal joint pos. 11, drive shaft Remove bearing covers pos. 6, existing with some
pos. 12 and the two cardan joints. models, with their mounted radial shaft seal ring
pos. 36 from the bearing housing pos. 2.
10.1.4.1 Cardan joint If required, draw roller bearings pos. 27 and 28 off the
drive shaft pos. 12 after having removed safety rings
Due to the various joints fitted in eccentric helical rotor pos. 33.
pumps, their disassembly and mounting is described
in special instructions, chapter 11. ‘‘Appendix’’.
10.1.4.2 Rotor and universal joint
After having dismantled the cardan joints resp. drawn

them off rotor pos. 10, universal joint pos. 11 or drive
shaft pos. 12, remove rotor pos. 10 and universal joint
shaft pos. 11.
3000 98 082 E 07/99KMÜ

Page 25
10.2 Mounting Fill 1/3 of the space between the two roller bearings
pos. 27 and 28 with a lubricant listed under chapter 8.
Having cleaned and inspected the parts dismantled, ‘‘Lubrication and preservation diagram for eccentric
you can mount them. helical rotor pumps’’.
In case of lifetime lubricated (encased)

roller bearings pos. 27 and 28, greasing
10.2.1 Bearing housing of the bearing housing pos. 2 is omitted.
These assembly steps are not for design

L. Here, fasten motor lantern pos. 701 Put radial bearing pos. 28 and all parts visible from the
with nuts pos. 672 and disks pos. 673 on sectional drawing in correct sequence into the bearing hou-
drive unit pos. 674. sing pos. 2 and finally fasten with Seeger snap ring pos. 32.
The parts to be mounted vary slightly

Fill roller bearing pos. 27 and pos. 28 with a lubricant depending on the size.
listed in the lubrication diagram.
Bearings with 2 washers are excluded.

- They have a permanent grease filling -.
10.2.2 Shaft sealing
The assembly of the bearing housing pos. 2 is inge- Assembly of shaft sealing, if required, is described in
niously done in a vertical position. chapter 11. ‘‘Appendix’’.
Press radial shaft seal ring pos. 36 in the bearing

housing pos. 2 or in case of certain sizes in the internal
bearing cover pos. 6. 10.2.3 Cardan joint
Spring of the radial shaft seal ring pos. Assembly of cardan joints is to be noted from the
36 points to the outside -. special instructions, chapter 11. ‘‘Appendix’’.
Furnish the internal bearing cover pos. 6 - not available

in all sizes - with o-ring pos. 37, put it in the bearing 10.2.4 Shafting
housing pos. 2 and secure with Seeger snap ring pos. 32.
Unite drive shaft pos. 12, joint shaft pos. 11 and rotor
Mount Seeger snap ring pos. 33 lying to the pump pos. 10 with the cardan joints. - See assembly instructi-
casing pos. 1 and Seeger supporting disk pos. 29 on ons for cardan joints chapter 11. ‘‘Appendix’’.
drive shaft pos. 12.
Slide the radial ball bearing pos. 27 and the grease

retaining ring pos. 184 - equipped for some sizes - 10.2.5 Pump casing
up to stop at the Seeger supporting disk pos. 29 onto
drive shaft pos. 12. Provide pump casing pos. 1 with gasket pos. 25 and
fasten on bearing housing pos. 2 with nuts pos. 42 and
Fasten mounted parts with Seeger supporting disk spring washers pos. 43.
pos. 29 resp. 29.1 and Seeger snap ring pos. 33 on
the drive shaft pos. 12. When mounting the pump casing pos. 1,
pay attention to the position of the sucti-
From the coupling side press the drive shaft pos. 12 on branch.
pre-mounted in this way into the bearing housing pos. 2.
Put distance bush pos. 15 into the bearing housing

pos. 2.
07/99KMÜ 3000 98 082 E

Page 26
10.2.6 Stator Put discharge branch pos. 5 on the tension rods pos.
20 in front of the stator pos. 22 and fix with nuts pos.
Moisten rotor pos. 10 and inner stator pos. 22 with a 46 and spring washers pos. 47.
suitable lubricant.
After having put the pump on the baseplate, fix pump feet
Push stator pos. 22 on rotor pos. 10 up to the pump pos. 235 on its place and clamp it on the stator pos. 22.
casing pos. 2 by rotation.
After having finished the pump assembly and prepared
Fasten pump foot pos. 235 at the pump. the connections start the pump as described under
- Some models do not have the pump foot. - chapter 5 ‘‘Starting up’’.
3000 98 082 E 07/99KMÜ

Assembly and working instructions for Status 07 / ‘ 99
Page 27
11. APPENDIX
11.1. Space required for the removal of the stator

- table - .
11.2. Dismantling and assembly instructions for

cardan joints
11.3. Dismantling and assembly instructions for

shaft sealings
11.4. Parts lists for eccentric helical rotor pumps

(including sectional drawings)
11.5. Dimension sheets for pumps and assemblies
11.6. Documentation for coupling
11.7. Documentation for driving engine
11.8. Miscellaneous
________________________________________
________________________________________
________________________________________
________________________________________
________________________________________
________________________________________
________________________________________
________________________________________
________________________________________
07/99 KMÜ 3000 98 202E

Status 07 / ‘ 99 Assembly and working instructions for
Page 28

Platzbedarf für den Ausbau des 3000 98 162
Gehäuseeinsatzes
Espacio necesario para el desmontaje del estator Seite :
Space required for dismounting the stator Sheet : 1 /2
Encombrement pour le dèmontage du stator Feuille :
Hoja :
07/99 KMÜ
Paßstück
Pieza de ajuste
Adjusting piece
Roccord
Bauform / modelo / Model EH, EL, ES, ER

Baugröße L [mm] Bemerkung
Tamaño Stufenzahl / Observaciones
Size Número de etapsas / Number of stages / nombre des ètages Remarks
Taile 1 2 4 Remarques
63 190 190 190

100 230 230 230
164 280 280 280
236 400 400 400
375 540 540 540
600 620 620 620
1024 670 670 670
1500 940 940 940
1900 1090 1090 1090
2650 1150 1150 1150
4500 1320 1320
6300 1500 1500
375.1 540
600.1 620 620
1024.1 670
Bauform / modelo / Model EP
EP 2 - 16 810
EP 8 - 25 1265
EP 32 - 40 2000
EP 56 - 40 2000
EP 100 - 50 2000
EP 125 - 63 2650
EP 200 - 63 2650
Platzbedarf für den Ausbau des 3000 98 162
Gehäuseeinsatzes
Espacio necesario para el desmontaje del estator
Seite :
Space required for dismounting the stator Sheet : 2/2
Encombrement pour le dèmontage du stator Feuille :
Hoja :
07/99 KMÜ
Nicht mehr Aktuell / not valid anymore / ne plus actuel / no es actual
Baugröße L [mm] Bemerkung

Tamaño Stufenzahl / Observaciones
Size Número de etapsas / Number of stages / nombre des ètages Remarks
Taile 1 2 4 Remarques
8 60 115 -
11 - 115 -
20 85 175 -
40 115 235 475
80 145 295 595
160 170 345 695
250 220 445 895
355 220 445 -
400 280 565 1135
630 330 665 1135
800 440 885 -
1000 440 885 -
1600 490 985 -
2000 565 - -
2500 590 1190 -
3000 660 1330 -
4000 760 1530 -
355 / 250 220 445 -
400 / 250 280 565 -
630 / 250 330 665 -
800 / 250 440 - -
800 / 630 440 885 -
1000 / 250 440 885 -
1000 / 630 440 - -
1600 / 250 - 985 -
1600 / 630 490 - -
1600 / 1000 490 - -
1000 / 00 440 - -
1600 / 00 490 - -
2000 / 00 565 - -
2500 / 00 590 - -
236.2 195
236.4 95 195
375.2 265
1250 440 885
1500.2 465
1500.4 465
Appendix Chapter 11
Page 1 / 4
11.2. Dismantling and Assembly Instruction for Withdraw the joint block pos. 213 from joint shaft pos.
cardan joints: 11 and rotor pos. 10 or drive shaft pos. 12.
These instructions are valid for the cardan joints of: If necessary, take off joint shroud pos. 24 from joint shaft
pos. 11.
size A0 - A5, B, C, D, E, F1 and G1.
When working on the bearing unit or on the mechani-
and are to be used together with the following docu- cal seal of the eccentric helical rotor pump, the joint
ments: bushing pos. 18 has to be withdrawn from the drive
shaft pos. 12 after removal of the Seeger-safety-rings
Dismantling and assembly instructions for eccen- pos. 76.
tric helical rotor pumps and
parts list for eccentric helical rotor pumps Dismantle O-ring(s) pos. 221 from the groove(s) in the
drive shaft pos. 12.
All dismantled parts have immediately
to be marked in order to avoid confusion On the cardan joints size A1, the joint
during assembly. bushing pos. 18, the O-ring pos. 221 and
Prior to assembly, all parts are carefully the Seeger circlip pos. 76 are not
to be cleaned and to be checked for equipped.
re-use. Damaged parts to be replaced, if
necessary.
The pos. 10, 11 and 12 can be obtained
from the respective pump sectional dra- • Cardan joints size B,C,D and E
wing.
Cardan joints of this size can completely
be removed from the shafts. Opening is
not necessary.
11.2.1. Dismantling
The square joint and the shaft are con-
Dismantle eccentric helical rotor pump as described in nected by a Zyko-pin or by a Connex-
the assembly and dismantling instructions. locking pin.
• Cardan joints size A0 - A5, F1 and G1 The Zyko-pin consist of a cylindrical

adapter sleeve pos. 215 with conical bo-
Cardan joints of this size cannot comple- ring (Zyko-sleeve) to which a standard
tely be removed from the shafts but must tapered pin pos. 272 is driven in. Tape-
be opened and disassembled. red pin and Zyko-sleeve must be assem-
bled and disassembled separately.
Loosen Seeger circlips or grub screws pos. 31 and dis- The Connex locking pin is a sleeve which
mantle the joint protection sleeves pos. 14 from the joint is split in tooth-form on its longitudinal
shroud pos. 24. axis.
Any assembly direction is possible, hen-
Carefully take the joint shroud pos. 24 out of the ce, the boring mark ‘‘A’’ is not appli-
grooves and push it completely on to joint shaft cable.
pos. 11. As dismantling and assembly are inden-
tical for the Zyko-sleeve pos. 215, this
Knock out (by means of a suitable pin) the adapter procedure is not referred in the follow-
sleeves pos. 219 from the joint shaft pos. 11 and from ing instruction.
rotor pos. 10, or drive shaft pos. 12.
When driving out the adapter sleeves pos. 219, support

shafts by placing a wood block underneath.
Knock out the joint bolts pos. 17 -by means of a

suitable pin- from the joint block pos. 213.
07/99 KMÜ 3000 98 200E

Chapter 11 Appendix
Page 2 / 4
The dismantling of the tapered pin takes 11.2.2. Assembly

place from the side of the boring that is
marked wit ‘‘A’’. • Cardan joints size A0 - A5, F1 and G1
On the cardan joints size A1, the joint

bushing pos. 18, the O-ring pos. 221 and
the Seeger circlip pos. 76 are not
equipped.
Insert O-ring(s) pos. 221 into the groove(s) of drive

shaft pos. 12.
Mount o-rings pos. 221 into the grooves of drive shaft

pos. 12.
Bore a hole in the center of lock washer pos. 214 placed
in boring ‘‘A’’. The diameter of the borer depends on Push joint bushing pos. 18 on the journals of drive
the size of the lock washer pos. 214. -see table- shaft pos. 12 and fasten with Seeger safety rings pos.
76 (pay attention to the fitting position of the joint
bushing pos. 18).
Provide rotor pos. 10, joint shaft pos. 11 and rive shaft
pos. 12 with joint protection sleeves pos. 14.
Push joint shroud pos. 24 on to joint shaft pos. 11.
Push joint block pos. 213 on the journal of the joint

shaft pos. 11 and fasten with joint bolt pos. 17.
Fasten joint bolt pos. 17 with adapter sleeve pos. 219.
Press rotor pos. 10 and drive shaft pos. 12 into the joint
block pos. 213 and fasten with bolt pos. 17.
Fasten joint bolt pos. 17 with adapter sleeve pos. 219.

Ø - lock washer Ø - borer
[mm] [ mm] Push joint shroud pos. 24 over the assembled joint.
12 5,0
Fill the cardan joint -by means of a grease gun- with a
14 7,0 grease mentioned in the lubricating plan.
18 10,0
-See chapter 6.1.1.2. ‘‘Cardan joint’’ -
Only use trade-marked lubricants, see
Knock the tapered pin pos. 272 from the Zyko-sleeve Chapter 8. ‘‘Lubrication diagram for ec-
pos. 215, from the ‘‘A’’-side. The underbored lock centric helical rotor pumps’’.
washer pos. 214 is pressed out, too.
By means of a taper plug, knock out the Zyko-sleeve Push joint protection sleeves pos. 14 on to joint shroud
pos. 215 and bored lock washer pos. 214 from the joint pos. 24 and fasten with Seeger circlips or grub screws
head, from the side opposite to ‘‘A’’. Pull off the pos. 31.
complete square joint from the shaft journal.
From O-ring pos. 221 from the shaft juornal.
3000 98 200E 07/99 KMÜ

Appendix Chapter 11
Page 3 / 4
• Cardan joints size B, C, D and E.
Mount O-rings pos. 221 and pos. 222 to the shaft

journal resp. to the joint head pos. 220.
Push the complete square joint on to the shaft journal.

The borings for the Zyko-sleeve pos. 215 in shaft and
joint head pos. 220 have to be adjusted to each other.
(‘‘A’’-side of the boring to the bottom.)
Fix a steel bolt, having the diameter of the countersin-

king of the lock washer (pos. 12, 14 or 18) to a box
clamp.
Push shaft with

square joint on the
steel bolt so that
the bold locks with
the countersinking
for the lock washer
pos. 214. The
‘‘A’’-side of the
boring lies on the
steel bolt.
Insert the Zyko-sleeve pos. 215, With a plastic hammer, drive in Drive in the Zyko-sleeve pos.
the smaler inside boring ahead, the Zyko-sleeve pos. 215 into 215 into the joint head pos. 220
into the boring of the joint head the joint head pos. 220 and by means of a taper plug, as far
pos. 220. shaft. as to the support on the steel
bolt.
07/99 KMÜ 3000 98 200E

Chapter 11 Appendix
Page 4 / 4
Grease the tapered pin pos. 272 Tightly drive in the tapered Seal the Zyko-sleeve pos. 215
with a graphitized fat and insert pin pos. 272 into the Zyko- boring by means of lock washer
it into the bigger bore of the sleeve pos. 215, by means of a pos. 214. A special tool is
Zyko-sleeve pos. 215. taper plug -outside diameter necessary for driving in the lock
of the thorn smaler than that washers -see sketch-.
of- the tapered pin pos. 272.
11.2.3. Insertion of the lock washers
tool for driving in the lock washer mounting of the lock washer
ball
D d r
[ mm ] [ mm ] [ mm ]
12 10 26,4
sealing surface
14 12 31,4
X At about sholder level of the countersink this surface is plane 18 16 41,3
3000 98 200E 07/99 KMÜ

Appendix Chapter 11
Page 1 / 6
11.3. Dismantling and Assembly Instructions for f d

shaft sealings
[mm]
11.3.1. Assembly and starting up of stuffing box 1.3 < 60
The correct assembly and running-in of a packing are 1.4 60...100

decisive factors for a good sealing behavior and a long 1.5 >100
service life of the packing material and sliding sur-
faces.
On principle, we recommend the rectangular, straight
packing cut to the shaft.
11.3.1.1. Preparations for assembly By applying above formula L, the ring cut will have a
slight overlength.
• Removal of packing rings
Together with the straight cut, this leads, during as-
After pressure relief of the aggregate and removal of sembly, to a slight spanning of the ring at the stuffing
the gland, take off all old packing rings and remainders box inside diameter and prevents the packing rings
up to the packing bottom. from turning too.
Thoroughly clean stuffing box chambers and shaft In order to prevent, during pump starting, that the
surface. packing runs hot, we recommend before cutting the
packing, to reduce its radial thickness by about 0,5 mm
Renew considerably shrunk shafts resp. protection (by means of a tube or a round iron).
sleeves.
The clearance sowith occurring between shaft and ring
quarantees the necessary higher initial leakage for the
• Checking of the packing exhaust of the frictional heat. Such frictional heat may
occur during the running-in by extension and adaptation
Before assembling, check whether the correct packing, of the packing to the stuffing box chamber under opera-
suitable for the required application, has been selected. ting temperature and pressure.
See: ‘‘ -Point 11.3.1.4. ‘‘Packing arrangement’’-. This should especially be considered with PTFE- and
PTFE-impregnated packings (danger of burning).
If pre-pressed rings are not available, use ring-cuttings.
The cutting is effected with an angle of 80-80 °. When
Packings, even helical ones, must never be mounted closing the ring, a parallel and splitless cutting surface
helically, but only as single ring cuttings. will sowith be reaches (see ill.1).
Exclusively use exactly fitting packing thickness and

lenghts.
• Cutting of packing rings
The cutting length of the rings is determined by the

inner diameter of the stuffing box D, the shaft diameter
and the packing thicknesses.
The following formulas apply:
D−d
Packing thickness: s s=
2
Cutting length: L L = (d+f⋅s)⋅π
07/99 KMÜ 3000 98 201E

Chapter 11 Appendix
Page 2 / 6
Instead of making individual cuts of the ring, the Assemble the packing rings resp. ring cuts with about
packing can also be wound up spirally on the thorn 90 ° displaced cutting ends so that the cutting end of
with shaft diameter and with the required number of the last ring gland side is placed on the top, if possible.
the rings, and then be cut with a knife (see ill.2).
Carefully open the rings, axially and radially, so far
that they can be pushed over the shaft (see ill.3).
If the rings are bent up, they make break.
Every ring has to be inserted individually in the stuf-

fing box chamber, the cutting ends at first, by means
of assembly half shells or the gland.
11.3.1.3. Starting up
Stuffing box packings have the function to limit, but

not to prevent a leakage of the medium.
A liquid lubrication is necessary in order to reduce the

Pull the rings off from the thorn without bending them wear of the shafts to a minimum and to eliminate the
up, if possible, or open carefully. frictional heat.
Therefor, the gland must only be srewed up slightly by

hand prior to starting up.
When starting, mainly with PTFE and PTEF im-

pregnated packings, a high initial leakage has to be
admitted (50 - 200 drops/min. depending on the media
and the rubbing speed).
During starting, and for at least 15 minutes, the mini-

mum leakage has to be adjusted by gradual and con-
stand tightening of the gland nuts, by about 1/8 rotation
each time.
But the temperature of the stuffing box is not allowed

to rise abnormally (admissible = aprox. 20-70 ° C
above medium temperature).
11.3.1.2. Assembly
In case of a sudden rise in temperature and consider-
The stuffing box are equipped with pack- ably decreasing leakage, immediately loosen gland
ing rings of different or equal quality. and repeat the running-in process.
During packing, exactly observe the se- The minimum leakage is depending on medium, pres-
quence as well as number of the indivi- sure, teperature and rubbing speed.
dual rings.
If procured from J.H.B., the different A stadard value for leakage are 10 - 120 drops/min
qualities of the packing rings can be (corresponds to about 0,5 - 6 cm3 with water).
recognized by the cutting shape.
See point 11.3.1.4 ‘‘Packing arrange-
ment’’.
3000 98 201E 07/99 KMÜ

Appendix Chapter 11
Page 3 / 6
11.3.1.4. Packing arrangement
Depending on the pump size, the number of packing

rings in the stuffing box may vary. The exact quantity
is to be obtained from the parts list of the pump.
In case of stuffing boxes with an even number of In case of stuffing boxes with an uneven number of
packing rings (e.g. 6 pcs.), the oil ring is fitted so that packing rings (e.g. 5 pcs.), the oil ring is fitted so that
on the atmospheric side there is installed one packing it is placed in the center of the stuffing box packing.
ring less than on the productside.
In case of stuffing boxes with lubrication, one packing

ring is replaced by the oil ring.
07/99 KMÜ 3000 98 201E

Chapter 11 Appendix
Page 4 / 6
11.3.2. Mechanical Seals 11.3.2.1. Dismantling
These instructions apply to the mechanical seal: Dismantle the eccentric helical rotor pump as descri-
bed in the dismantling and assembly instructions.
Make: BURGMANN
• Mechanical seals up to pump size 164
Type: MG1/ ...
Remove spacer bush pos. 93 from the drive shaft
M7/ ... pos. 12.
and are to be used together with the following docu- Provide drive shaft pos. 12 with a lubri-
mentation: cant.
Dismantling and Assembly Instructions for eccen-

tric helical rotor pumps Pull off the complete rotating parts of the mechanical
Parts lists for eccentric helical rotor pumps. seal (pos. 95-1.1 to pos. 95-1.5 (MG1 ..) resp. pos. 95-1
to 95-7 (M7 ..) from the drive shaft pos. 12.
The mechanical seals must be removed very carefully
so that the seal faces the material of which is highly In case of mechanical seal type M 7, first
sensitive against blow are not destroyed. loosen the grub screws pos. 95-7 before
pulling off the rotating sealing parts.
All dismantled parts are immediately to be marked in
order to avoid confusion when assmbling.
Remove the casing for mechanical seal pos. 90, toge-
Before assembling, all parts are to be cleaned carefully ther with the stationary parts of the mechanical seal
and to be checked for re-use. Defective parts to be (pos. 95-2 and 95-3 (MG1 ..) resp. pos. 95-8 and 95-9
replaced, if necessary. (M7 ..) from the drive shaft pos. 12.
Pay special attention to the slide faces of slide rings In case of a mechanical seal with safety flange pos. 98,
and counter rings. Faces to be spot-ground, if dismantle the latter from the casing for mechanical seal
necessary. pos. 90 after removal of the screws pos. 110.
In case of new mechanical seals, carefully remove the Push the stationary parts of the mechanical seal, by
surface protection,if available. Remainders on the sli- hand, out of the casing for mechanical seal pos. 90.
ding faces are not allowed.
With teflon- and double teflon jacketed O-rings take

care when assembling that the butt joint of the jacket • Mechanical seals from pump size 236
lies on the side turned away from the liquid pumped.
Further, it must be guaranteed that the jacket is neither After removal of the screws pos. 110, pull off the
opened nor pulled off. safety flange pos. 91 together with the stationary parts
of the mechanical seal (pos. 95-2 and 95-3 (MG1..)
In order to reduce the frictional forces resp. pos. 95-8 and 95-9 (M7 ..) from the casing for
at dismantling resp. assembly of the me- mechanical seal pos. 90.
chanical seal, the drive shaft is provided
with a lubricant in the seal area. In case of mechanical seals with safety flange pos. 98,
dismantle the latter from the casing for mechanical seal
This lubricant must be compatible with the pos. 90.
sealing material and the liquid pumped.
3000 98 201E 07/99 KMÜ

Appendix Chapter 11
Page 5 / 6
Remove the casing for mechanical seal pos. 90 from Provide drive shaft pos. 12 with a thin film of lubricant
the bearing housing pos. 2. (see sectional drawing of (see note under dismantling) and push the rotating
the pump). parts of the mechanical seal on the drive shaft pos. 12.
Pull off the spacer bush pos. 93 from the drive shaft Never lubricate the slide faces of the
pos. 12. mechanical seal, these must be mounted
completely dry.
Provide the drive shaft pos. 12 with a
lubricant.
Push spacer bush pos. 93 on drive shaft pos. 12. Place
spacer bush and the rotating parts of the mechanical
Withdraw the complete rotating part of the mechanical seal into their final position.
seal (pos. 95-1.1 to pos. 95-1.5 (MG1 ..) resp. pos. 95-1
to 95-7 (M7 ..) from the drive shaft pos. 12. In case of mechanical seal M7, fasten the
rotating sealing parts with the grub
In case of a mechanical seal M7 ..., first screws pos. 95-7 on the drive shaft pos.
loosen the grub screws pos. 95-7 before 12 and secure with a suitable adhesive
pulling off the rotating parts of the me- (e.g. Loctite).
chanical seal.
For the further assembly of the eccentric helical rotor

Dismantle the stationary parts of the mechanical seal, pump, see the dismantling and assembly instructions.
the sealing flange pos. 91 and the safety flange pos. 98,
if equipped, from the drive shaft pos. 12.
Manually dismantle the stationary parts of the mecha- • Mechanical seal from pump size 236
nical seal from the sealing flange pos. 91.
Insert O-ring (pos. 95-3 (MG1 ..) resp. pos. 95-9 (M7 ..)
and counter ring pos. 95-2 (MG1 ..) resp. 95-8 (M7 ..) in
dry condition, i.e. without lubricant, into the sealing
11.3.2.2. Assembly flange pos. 91.
• Mechanical seal up to pump size 164 Take care that the protection against
rotation pos. 99 locks with the respective
Force O-ring (pos. 95-3 (MG1 ..) resp. pos. 95-9 (M7 ..) groove in the counter ring pos. 95-2.
and counter ring pos. 95-2 (MG1 ..) resp. 95-8 (M7)
in dry condition, i.e. without lubricant, into the casing
for mechanical seal pos. 90. Insert the O-ring pos. 92 into the sealing flange and
push the pre-assembled parts together with the sealing
Take care that the protection against flange pos. 98 on the drive shaft pos. 12.
rotation pos. 99 locks with the groove of
the counter ring. Provide the drive shaft pos. 12 with a thin film of lubricant
(see Note under Dismantling) and push the rotating parts
of the mechanical seal on the drive shaft pos. 12.
Insert the safety flange pos. 98 into the casing for mecha-
nical seal pos. 90 and secure with screws pos. 110. The slide faces of mechanical seals must
never be lubricated but must be mounted
Mount the casing for mechanical seal pos. 90 into the completely dry.
bearing housing pos. 2 (see sectional drawing of the
pump).
Push spacer bush pos. 93 on the drive shaft pos. 12.
07/99 KMÜ 3000 98 201E

Chapter 11 Appendix
Page 6 / 6
Place the spacer bush pos. 93 and the rotating parts of After the joint has been mounted on the drive shaft 12,
the mechanical seal into their final position. secure the pre-assembled sealing flange pos. 91 and the
safety flange pos. 98, if equipped, with screws pos. 110
In case of mechanical seal M7 .., fasten to the casing for mechanical seal pos. 90.
the rotating sealing parts with the grub
screws pos. 95-7 on the drive shaft pos. Pay attention to the protections against
12 and secure with a suitable adhesive rotation pos. 99; they must lock with the
(e.g. Loctite). groove in the counter ring.
Insert the casing for mechanical seal pos. 90 into the For the further assembly of the eccentric helical rotor
bearing housing pos. 2 (see sectional drawing of the pump, see dismantling and assembly instructions.
pump ).
3000 98 201E 07/99 KMÜ

Stückliste für Exzenterschneckenpumpen 3000 97 245
Parts list for Eccentric Rotor Pumps
Nomenclature pour Pompe à Vis Excentrée
Seite :
Lista de partes para Bombas Helicoidal Excéntrica Sheet :
Feuille :
1/2
Hoja : 07/99 KMÜ
J H B - Komm. - Nr.:
J H B - Comm. - no.:
Typenreihe: EH, EL, ER, ES,

Type range :
Série de types : ELR, ELS
Serie de tipos :
Die Stücklisten enthalten alle Teile der Exzenter- Bitte alle Ersatzteile nur nach dieser Stückliste unter
schneckenpumpe. Angabe der folgenden Daten bestellen.
Komm.-Nr. oder Masch.-Nr. in Verbindung mit der
Die von J.H.B. empfohlenen Reserveteile sind wie
Pos.-Nr..
folgt gekennzeichnet:
Z.B. beim Bestellen einer Antriebswelle Pos. 12 für die
R = großer Reserveteilsatz Masch.-Nr. 53629 bzw. JHB-Komm.-Nr. 304 683 ist
r = kleiner Reserveteilsatz folgendes anzugeben:
Der Kleine Reserveteilsatz, mindestens aber der Ge- Ident-Nr.: 53629-12 oder 304683-12
häuseeinsatz Pos. 22 sollten aus Gründen der Be- Die Komm.- Nr. bzw. Maschinen-Nr. ist dem Pum-
triebssicherheit in Ihrem Ersatzteillager bevorratet sein. pentypenschild zu entnehmen.
The parts lists include all parts of the eccentric helical rotor pump. Please order all spare parts according to this parts list only conside-
Spare parts recommended by JHB are marked as follows: ring the following data:
Comm.-no. or serial-no. in connection with the Item-no.
R = large spare parts set
Example: When ordering a drive shaft Item 12 for serial-no. 53629
r = small spare parts set
resp. JHB comm.no. 304 683 state the following:
The small set of spare parts, at least the stator item 22, should be Ident-no.: 53629-12 or 304683-12
available in your spare part stock to ensure reliability in service. Please note the Comm.-no resp. serial-no. from the nameplate of
the pump.
Les listes de pièces détachées comportent tous les éléments de la Veuilllez commander toutes les pièces de rechange seulement selon
pompe à vis excentrique. cette liste de pièces et indiquez les dates suivantes:
Les pièces de rechange recommandées par JHB sont marquées JHB-no. de la commande ou no. de la série ensemble avec le no.
comme suit: de pos..
Par example: en cas de commander un arbre moteur Pos. 12 le no.
R = grand jeu des pièces de rechange
de la série 53 629 resp. no. de la commande 304 683 il faut indiquer:
r = petit jeu des pièces de rechange
Ident-no.: 53629 -12 ou 304683-12
Le petit jeu pièces de rechange, au moins le stator pos. 22 doivent Veuillez noter le no. de la commande resp. de la série de la plaque
être disponibles en votre magasin, pour raison de la sécurité de du type.
service.
Las listas de partes contienen todas las piezas de la bomba helicoidal Espesor, caso de que no hy pedidos de otra manera.
excéntrica. Sírvanse pedir todos los repuestos según esta lista de partes
Los partes de reserva que son recomendadas por JHB, se describen: indicando la siguiente información:
JHB.ns. orden de trabajo (Com.-No.) o no. de la serie junto con
R = juego de partes de reserva grande
el no. de pos..
r = juego de partes de reserva pequeño
Por ejemplo: al pedir un árbol motor pos. 12 para el no. de serie 53
Por motivos de seguridad de servicio se debe contar en el depósi- 629 resp. el orden de trabajo no. 304 683, indicar lo siguiente:
to de repuestos con por lo menos el estator pos. 22 del juego de No.-ident: 53629-12 o 304683-12
partes de reserva pequeño. Se toma el comm.-no. resp. no. de serie de la placa de característi-
cas.
Pumpenbaugrößen, Lagereinheiten und Gelenke 3000 97 245
Pump size, bearing units and cardan joints
Grandeur de la pompe, unité de roulement et grandeur du cardan
Seite :
Tamaño de bomba unidad de rodamiento y tamaño de la bomba Sheet :
Feuille :
2/2
Hoja : 07/99 KMÜ
Pumpenbaugröße Lagereinheit Gelenkgröße Bemerkung

Pump size Bearing unit Joint size Notice
Grandeur de la pompe Unité de roulement Grandeur du cardan Remarque
Tamaño de bomba Unidad de rodamiento Tamaño de la bomba Notas
Größe Ausführung
Size Execution
Grandeur Exécution
Tamaño Ejecución
E . 63
E2 . 63
E4 . 63
E . 100 63.1 I
AO
E2 . 100
E4 . 100
E . 164
E2 . 164
E4 . 164 63 II
E . 236
E2 . 236 A1
E4 . 236 80.1
E . 375
E2 . 375 I
E4 . 375 250.1
E . 600 80.1 B
E2 . 600
250.1
E4 . 600
E . 1024 80.1
E2 . 1024 250.1
E4 . 1024 250 II
E . 1500 C
250.1 I
E2 . 1500
E4 . 1500 250 II
E . 1900
630.1 I
E2 . 1900 D
E4 . 1900
E . 2650 630
E
E2 . 2650
E4 . 2650 II A5
E . 4500 1000
G1
E2 . 4500
E . 6350
4000 F1
E2 . 6350
E2. 600.1
80.1 I
E2. 1024.1 B
E4. 375.1
80 II
E4. 600.1
Pos.-Nr. Stckzahl. Benennung Normbezeichng., Zeichngs.-Nr., Abmessungen DIN-Nr. Werkstoff Reserveteile Bemerkungen
tem-no. Piece Denomination Standard, Drawing-no., Dimensions Material Spare parts Notice
Pos.-no. Pièce Dénomination Norme, Plan-no., Dimensions Matériau Pièc. de rechange Remarque
Nro.-pos. Cant Denominación Norma, Plano, Dimensiones Material Repuestos Notas
Pumpen - Gesamtübersicht
Pump - Survey
Ensemble des Pompes
Vista general de la bomba
Pumpengehäuse
1 1 Pump casing
Corps de la pompe
Carcasa de bomba
Druckstutzen
5 1 Discharge branch
Bride de Refoulement
Brida de descarga
Zwischenflansch siehe Seite 6/6 (1)
8 1 Intermediate flange see page 6/6 (1)
Bride intermédiaire voir feuille 6/6 (1)
Brida intermedia ver hoja 6/6 (1)
Gelenkkopf siehe Seite 6/6 (3)
9 1 Joint head see page 6/6 (1)
Tête d’articulation voir feuille 6/6 (1)
Cabeza de articulación ver hoja 6/6 (1)
Exzenterschnecke
10 1 Helical rotor R+r
Vis-rotor
Tornillo excéntrico
Gelenkwelle
11 1 Joint shaft R
Arbre articulé
árbol articulado
Antriebswelle siehe Seite 6/6 (2)
12 1 Drive shaft R see page 6/6 (2)
Arbre de commande voir feuille 6/6 (2)
Arbol de transmisión ver hoja 6/6 (2)
Spannbolzen Bei ES und ELS nur 2 Stck
20 4 Tension rod For ES and ELS only 2 pieces
Boulon de tension Pour ES et ELS seulement de 2 pièces
Tensor roscado Encaso de ES y ELS solamente dos piezas

Parts List for Eccentric Rotor Pumps Seite:
Nomenclature pour Pompe à Vis Excentrée Page: 1/6
Lista de partes para Bombas Helicoidal Excéntrica Feuille:
Hoja: 07/99 KMÜ
Schaftschraube
21 2 Shoulder stud
Vis sans tête
Bulón espárrago
Gehäuseeinsatz
22 1 Stator R+r
Stator
Estator
Flachdichtung
25 1 Gasket R+r
Joint plat
Junta plana
Spiral-Spannstift siehe Seite 6/6 (2), (3)
35 1 Locking pin see page 6/6 (2), (3)
Goupille de serrage voir feuille 6/6 (2), (3)
Espina elástica ver hoja 6/6 (2), (3)
Stiftschraube bzw. Sechskantschraube siehe Seite 6/6 (4)
41 4 Stud bolt resp. Hexagon screw see page 6/6 (4)
Boulon fileté resp. Vis à tête hexagonal voir feuille 6/6 (4)
Prisionero ó tornillo cab. hexagonal ver hoja 6/6 (4)
Sechskantmutter siehe Seite 6/6 (4)
42 4 Hexagon nut see page 6/6 (4)
Écrou hexagonal voir feuille 6/6 (4)
Tuerca hexagonal ver hoja 6/6 (4)
Federring siehe Seite 6/6 (4)
43 4 Spring ring see page 6/6 (4)
Bague élastique voir feuille 6/6 (4)
Anillo elástico ver hoja 6/6 (4)
Rändelmutter nur Bauformen ES und ELS
46 2 Knurled nut Only for type ranges ES and ELS.
Écrou bas moleté Seulement pour les types ES et ELS.
Tuerca moleteada baja Sólo para modelos ES y ELS
Hoja: 07/99 KMÜ
Sechskantmutter - Satz siehe Seite 6/6 (5)
46.1 1 Hexagon nut - set see page 6/6 (5)
Écrou hexagonal - jeu voir feuille 6/6 (5)
Tuerca hexagonal - juego ver hoja 6/6 (5)
Federring
47 4 Washer
Rondelle
Arandela
Scheibe -Satz siehe Seite 6/6 (5)
47.1 1 Spring ring - set see page 6/6 (5)
Bague élastique - jeu voir feuille 6/6 (5)
Anillo elástico - juego ver hoja 6/6 (5)
Verschlußschraube
49 3 Screwed plug
Vis d’obturation
Tapón roscado
Verschlußschraube
50 1 Screwed plug
Vis d’obturation
Tapón roscado
Dichtring
51 3 Seal ring R
Bague d’étanchéité
Junta arandela
Typenschild
58 1 Identification plate
Plaque de type
Placa caractenstica
Hinweisschild
59 1 Reference plate
Plaque indicatrice
Placa indicacion
Drehrichtungspfeil
60 1 Direction of rotation indicator
Flèche de sens de rotation
Flecha sentido de rotación
Hoja: 07/99 KMÜ
Halbrundkerbnagel
61 2 Round headed notched nail
Clou cannelé demi-rond
Espiga semiredonda
Zylinderkopfschraube siehe Seite 6/6 (1)
85 6 Hexagon socket head cap screw see page 6/6 (1)
Vis à six pans intérieurs voir feuille 6/6 (1)
Tornillo Allen ver hoja 6/6 (1)
Flachdichtung siehe Seite 6/6 (1)
139 1 Gasket R+r see page 6/6 (1)
Joint plat voir feuille 6/6 (1)
Junta plana ver hoja 6/6 (1)
Halbrundkerbnagel
161 4 Round headed notched nail
Clou cannelé demi-rond
Espiga semiredonda
Pumpenfuß siehe Seite 6/6 (5)
235 1 Pump foot see page 6/6 (5)
Pieds de pompe voir feuille 6/6 (5)
Pata de bomba ver hoja 6/6 (5)
Scheibe siehe Seite 6/6 (5)
237 1 Washer see page 6/6 (5)
Rondelle voir feuille 6/6 (5)
Arandela ver hoja 6/6 (5)
Sechskantschraube siehe Seite 6/6 (5)
238 1 Hexagon screw see page 6/6 (5)
Vis à tête hexagonale voir feuille 6/6 (5)
Tornillo cab. hex. ver hoja 6/6 (5)
Flachdichtung siehe Seite 6/6 (7)
253 2 Gasket R+r see page 6/6 (7)
Joint plat voir feuille 6/6 (7)
Junta plana ver hoja 6/6 (7)
Hoja: 07/99 KMÜ
Sechskantschraube siehe Seite 6/6 (2)
671 4 Hexagon screw see page 6/6 (2)
Vis à tête hexagonale voir feuille 6/6 (2)
Tornillo cab. hex. ver hoja 6/6 (2)
672 4 Hexagon nut see page 66 (2)
Federring siehe Seite 6/6 (2)
673 4 Spring ring see page 6/6 (2)
Bague élastique voir feuille 6/6 (2)
Anillo elástico ver hoja 6/6 (2)
Antriebseinheit siehe Seite 6/6 (2)
674 1 Drive unit see page 6/6 (2)
Entraînement voir feuille 6/6 (2)
Eje de manquino ver hoja 6/6 (2)
Motorlaterne siehe Seite 6/6 (2)
701 1 Motor lantern see page 6/6 (2)
Lanterne moteur voir feuille 6/6 (2)
Linterna de motor ver hoja 6/6 (2)

Hoja: 07/99 KMÜ
Erklärungen zu den unter ‘‘Bemerkungen’’ angegebenen Zahlen:

Meaning of the numbers annexed to ‘‘Notice’’:
Sens de chiffres annexés sous ‘‘Remarques’’:
Aclaraciones a los números que figuran en el capitulo ‘‘Notas’’:
(1) Nur für Bauformen ER und ELR und ab Baugröße 375. (2) Nur für Bauformen EL, ELR und ELS.
(1) Only for type ranges ER and ELR and from size 375 onwards. (2) Only for type ranges EL, ELR and ELS.
(1) Seulement pour les types ER et ELR et à partir de la taille 375. (2) Seulement pour les types EL, ELR et ELS.
(1) Sólo para modelos ER y ELR y desde tamaño 375. (2) Sólo para modelos EL, ELR y ELS.
(3) Nur für Bauform ES. (4) Nicht für Bauformen ES und ELS.
(3) Only for type range ES. (4) Not for type ranges ES and ELS.
(3) Seulement pour le type ES. (4) Pas pour les types ES et ELS.
(3) Sólo para modelos ES. (4) No se utilizan para modelos ES y ELS.
(5) Entfällt bei allen Pumpen mit der Lagereinheit Größe 63.1 und 63, und bei Bauform EL bis zur Baugröße E4L 236. Ab der Lagereinheit Größe 630.1 - 2 Stck.
(5) Not applicable for all pumps with bearing units size 631 and 63 and for type range EL up to size E4L 236. From bearing unit size 630.1 onwards, 2 pieces.
(5) Ne s’applique pas pour toutes les pompes avec unité de palier taille 63.1 et 63 et pour le type EL jusqu’à la taille E4L 236. A partir du palier de taille 630.1 = 2 pcs.
(5) No se utiliza en ninguna bomba equipada con la unidad de bancada de tamaño 63.1 y 63 y en los modelos EL hasta el tamaño E4L 236. Desde la unidad de bancada tamaño 630.1 - 2 piezas.
(6) Nur für Lagereinheit Größe 630 (7) Entfällt bei der Baugröße 63; 100; 164 und 1024
(6) Only for bearing units size 630 (7) Not applicable for size 63; 100; 164 und 1024
(6) Seulement pour unité de pulier taille 630 (7) Ne s’applque pas pour le tailles 63; 100; 164 und 1024
(6) Sólo pura unidad de bancada de tamaño 630 (7) No aplicable con los tamaños 63; 100; 164 und 1024

Hoja: 07/99 KMÜ
Item-no. Piece Denomination Standard, Drawing-no., Dimensions Material Spare parts Notice
Lagereinheit - Ausführung : I und II Die Pumpenbauformen EL, ELR und ELS besitzen keine Lagereinheit.
Bearing unit - Execution : I and II Pump sizes EL, ELR and ELS without bearing unit.
Unité de roulement - Exàcution : I et II Les grandeurs EL, ELR et ELS sans unité de palier.
Unidad de bancada - Ejecución : I y II Las formas constructivas EL, ELR y ELS no poseen conjunto bancada.
Lagergehäuse
2 1 Bearing casing
Corps de palier
Carcasa de bancada
Antriebswelle
12 1 Drive shaft
Arbre de commande
Arbol de transmisión
Abstandsbuchse
15 1 Spacer bush
Douille d’espacement
Buje distanciador
Radialkugellager
27 1 Radial ball bearing R
Roulèment à billes
Rodamiento radial a bolas
Radialkugellager
28 1 Radial ball bearing R
Roulèment à billes
Rodamiento radial a bolas
Stützring siehe Seite 2/2 (1)
29 *2 Support ring see page 2/2 (1)
Bague d’appui voir feuille 2/2 (1)
Aro soporte ver hoja 2/2 (1)
Stützring Nur Ausführung II
29.1 1 Support ring Only Execution II
Bague d’appui Seulement exécution II
Aro soporte Sólo ejecución II
Sicherungsring
32 1 Circlip
Bague d’arrêt pour alésage
Anillo de fijación
Hoja: 07/99 KMÜ
Sicherungsring
33 2 Circlip
Bague d’arrêt pour alésage
Anillo de fijación
Radialwellendichtring
36 1 Radial shaft seal ring R+r
Joint à lèvres
Retén
Paßfeder
55 1 Key
Clavette
Chaveta
V-Ring oder o-ring
68 1 V-ring or o-ring R
Bague V ou joint torique
Aro V o junta tórica
Abdeckscheibe siehe Seite 2/2 (2)
79 1 Cover disc see page 2/2 (2)
Rondelle de recouvrement voir feuille 2/2 (2)
Tapa de cierre ver hoja 2/2 (2)
V-Ring siehe Seite 2/2 (2)
183 1 V-ring R see page 2/2 (2)
Bague V voir feuille 2/2 (2)
Aro V ver hoja 2/2 (2)
Nilos-Ring Nur Ausführung II
184 Grease retaining ring f. anti-frict.bear. Only execution II
Flasque d’étanchéité de roulement Seulement exécution II
Anillo de obturación de rodamiento Sólo ejecucion II
(1) In der Lagereinheit Größe 4000 ist nur 1Stck. vorhanden .
(1) Only 1 piece available for bearing unit size 4000.
(1) 1 pièce seulement disponible pour l’unité de palier de taille 4000.
(1) En la unidad de bancada tamaño 4000 se utiliza sólo una pieza.
(2) Nur in der Lagereinheit Größe 4000 vorhanden .
(2) Only available for bearing unit size 4000.
(2) Seulement disponible pour l’unité de palier taille 4000.
(2) Sólo se utiliza en la unidad de bancada tamaño 4000.
Hoja: 07/99 KMÜ
Kardangelenk Baugröße A0 ... A5, F1 und G1 Ausführung : I A und I B
Cardan joint Size A0 ... A5, F1 and G1 Execution : I A and I B
Joint cardan Grandeur A0 ... A5, F1 et G1 Exàcution : I A et I B
Cardanica Tamano A0 ... A5, F1 y G1 Ejecución : I A y I B
* Jede Pumpe enthält 2 Gelenke. Stückzahlen beziehen sich auf 1 Gelenk.
* Each pump includes 2 joints. The quantity refers to 1 joint.
* Chaque pompe comporte 2 joints. La quantité se rapporte à 1 joint.
* Cada bomba contiene 2 articulaciones. Cantidad de piezas se resiere a 1 articulación
Gelenkschutzhülse
14 2 Joint protection sleeve R
Douille de protection
Buje de protección
Gelenkbolzen
17 2 Joint pin R
Axe d’ articulation
Perno de articulación
Gelenkmanschette
24 1 Protecting bellow R
Manchon de protection
Manga de protección
Sicherungsring Nur Ausführung I B
31 2 Circlip for shaft R Only Execution I B
Segment d’ arrét sur arbre Seulement exécution I B
Anillo de fijación Sólo ejecución I B
Gewindestift Nur Ausführung I A
31 6 Grub screw R Only Execution I A
Vis de arrét Seulement exécution I A
Variila roscada Sólo ejecución I A
Gelenkblock
213 1 Joint pulley R
Bloc d’ articulation
Bloque de cardan
Spannhülse
219 2 Locking sleeve R
Douille de serrage
Passador elástico
Parts list for Eccentric Rotor Pumps Seite:
Nomenclature pour Pompe á Vis Excentrée Page: 1/5
Hoja: 07/99 KMÜ
Gelenkbuchse
* 18 1 Universal joint bush R
Coussinet de l’ axe d’ articulation
Manguito de articulación
Sicherungsring
* 76 1 Circlip for shaft R
Segment d’ arrét sur arbre
Anillo de fijación
O-Ring
* 221 1 O-ring R
Joint torique
Junta tórica
* Die Pos. 18,76 und 221 sitzen nur auf der Antriebswelle - Pos. 12 - und werden je Pumpe nur 1 mal benötigt. Beim Gelenk A1 entfallen diese Teile.
* Pos. 18,76 and 221 are only fitted to drive shaft 12 and are required only once for each pump. For joint A1, these items are not applicable.
* Les pos. 18, 76 et 221 se trouvent seulement sur l’arbre commande pos. 12 et sont nécessitées une fois seulement pour chaque pompe. Pour le joint A1, ces pièces ne s’appliquent pas.
* Las posiciones 18, 76 y 221 se montan solamente sobre el eje de impulsión y se requieren una de cada una por bomba. En el caso de la articulación A1 no se utilizan estas piezas.

Hoja: 07/99 KMÜ
Kardangelenk Baugröße : B, C, D, E Ausführung : III A
Cardan joint Size : B, C, D, E Execution : III A
Joint cardan Grandeur : B, C, D, E Exàcution : III A
Cardanica Tamaño : B, C, D, E Ejecución : III A
* Cada bomba contiene 2 articulaciones. Cantidad de piezas se resiere a 1 articulación.
Kardangelenk - vormontiert
216 1 Cardan joint - preassembled R
Joint cardan - prémonté
Cardanica - premontar
Montagesatz III A bestehend aus :
216.1 1 Assembly set III A consisting of: R+r
Jeu d’assemblage III A composé de:
Unidad de montaje III A constar de:
Verschlußscheibe
214 4 Lock washer
Pastille bombée
Disco obturador
Zyko-Hülse bzw. Connex Spannstift
215 2 Zyko-sleeve resp. Connex locking pin
Manchon - zyko resp. goupille de serrage Connex
Manguito Zyko o bien espiga tensora Connex
O-Ring
221 2 O-ring
Joint torique
Junta tórica
O-Ring
222 2 O-ring
Joint torique
Junta tórica
Keglstift
272 2 Taper pin
Goujon cónique à filet
Pasador cónico

Hoja: 07/99 KMÜ
Kardangelenk Baugröße : B, C, D, E Ausführung : III B
Cardan joint Size : B, C, D, E Execution : III B
Joint cardan Grandeur : B, C, D, E Exàcution : III B
Cardanica Tamano : B, C, D, E Ejecución : III B
Cardanica - premontar
Montagesatz III B bestehend aus :
216.2 1 Assembly set III B consisting of: R+r
Jeu d’assemblage III B composé de:
Unidad de montaje III B constar de:
Verschlußscheibe
214 4 Lock washer
Pastille bombée
Disco obturador
Connex Spannstift
215 2 Connex locking pin
Goupille de serrage Connex
Espiga
O-Ring
221 2 O-ring
Joint torique
Junta tórica
O-Ring
222 2 O-ring
Joint torique
Junta tórica

Hoja: 07/99 KMÜ
Kardangelenk Baugröße : B, C, D, E Ausführung : III C
Cardan joint Size : B, C, D, E Execution : III C
Joint cardan Grandeur : B, C, D, E Exàcution : III C
Cardanica Tamano : B, C, D, E Ejecución : III C
Cardanica
Montagesatz III C bestehend aus :
216.3 1 Assembly set III C consisting of: R+r
Jeu d’assemblage III C composé de:
Unidad de montaje III C constar de:
Connex Spannstift
215 2 Connex locking pin
Goupille de serrage Connex
Espiga
O-Ring
222 2 O-ring
Bague torique
Junta tórica

Hoja: 07/99 KMÜ
Wellenabdichtung - Weichpackung ohne Schmierring - Ausführung : I A
Shaft sealing - Soft packing without lantern ring Execution : I A
Garniture d’ étanchéité - Garniture à tresse sans bague de graissage Exàcution : I A
Opturacióo de eje - Empaquetadura blanda sin anillo de lubricación Ejecución : I A
Stopfbuchsgehäuse
3 1 Stuffing box housing
Corps de bolte à garniture
Caja de la prensa-estopa
Stopfbuchsbrille
4 1 Gland
Fouloir
Anillo de la prensa-estopa
Hammerkopfschraube
44 2 Hammerbolt
Boulon à téte à marteau
Tornillo con cabeza martillo
Sechskantmutter
45 2 Hexagonal bolt
Ecrou hexagonal
Tuerca hexagonal
Packungsringe
56 *5 Packing ring R+r
Bague d’ ètoupage
Aro de junta
* In der Bauform ES werden ab der Baugröße 236 6 Packungsringe Pos. 56 benötigt .

* For type ES, 6 packing rings are fitted, from size 236 onward.
* Pour le modèle ES, 6 bague d’ étoupage sont montées, à partir de la taille 236.
* Con el modelo ES desde el tamaño 236 se montan 6 aros de empaquetadura.

Hoja: 07/99 KMÜ
Wellenabdichtung - Weichpackung mit Schmierring - Ausführung : I B
Shaft sealing - Soft packing with lantern ring Execution : I B
Garniture d’ étanchéité - Garniture à tresse avec bague de graissage Exàcution . I B
Opturacióo de eje - Empaquetadura blanda con anillo de lubricación Ejecución : I B
Stopfbuchsgehäuse
3 1 Stuffing box housing
Corps de bolte à garniture
Caja de la prensa-estopa
Stopfbuchsbrille
4 1 Gland
Fouloir
Anillo de la prensa-estopa
Hammerkopfschraube
44 2 Hammerbolt
Boulon à téte à marteau
Tornillo con cabeza martillo
Sechskantmutter
45 2 Hexagonal bolt
Ecrou hexagonal
Tuerca hexagonal
Packungsringe
56 *4 Packing ring R+r
Bague d’ ètoupage
Aro de junta
Schmierring
57 1 Lantern ring
Lantern d’ arrosage
Anillo linterna
* In der Bauform ES werden ab der Baugröße 236 5 Packungsringe Pos. 56 benötigt .
* For type ES, 5 packing rings are fitted, from size 236 onward.
* Pour le modèle ES, 5 bague d’ étoupage sont montées, à partir de la taille 236.
* Con el modelo ES desde el tamaño 236 se montan 5 aros de empaquetadura.

Hoja: 07/99 KMÜ
Wellenabdichtung - Gleitringdichtung Typ: M 7 / ... - G .. - Ausführung : II A - II B
Shaft sealing - Mechanical seal type : M 7 / ... - G ..- Execution : II A - II B
Garniture d’ étanchéité - Garniture mécanique type : M 7 / ... - G .. - Exàcution : II A - II B
Opturacióo de eje - Sello mecánico tipo : M 7 / ... - G .. - Ejecución : II A - II B
Gehäuse für Gleitringdichtungen
90 1 Housing of the mechanical seal
Bolte de la garniture mécanique
Caja sel sello mecánico
Dichtungsflansch
* 91 1 Seal flange
Bride pour la garniture
Brida de junta
Flachdichtung oder O-Ring
* 92 1 Gasket or o-ring R+r
Joint plat ou joint torique
Junta plana o junta tórica
Abstandsbuchse
93 1 Spacer bush
Douille entreloise
Casquillo separador
Gleitringdichtung - kompl.
95 1 Mechanical seal - compl. R+r
Garniture mécanique - compl.
Opturación de eje - compl.
Jede Gleitringdichtung besteht aus :
Each sealing consists of :
Chaque garniture comprend :
Todos sello mecánico comquesto de :
Mitnehmer
-1 1 Drive sleeve
Douille d’ entrainement
Perro de arrastre
Dichtring
-2 1 Seal ring
Joint torique
Aro de junta
Hoja: 07/99 KMÜ
Wellfeder
-3 1 Spring
Ressort
Resorte
Unterlegring
-4 1 Washer
Rondelle
Arandela
Gleitring
-6 1 Rotating seal ring
Grain mobile
Anillo giratorio
Gewindestift - Satz
-7 1 Grub screw - Set
Vis d arrét - Jeu
Varilla roscada - Luego
Gegenring
-8 1 Stationary seal ring
Grain fixe
Aro de junta estacionario
Lagerring
-9 1 Mounting ring
Joint de positionement
Anillo de cojinete
Sicherungsflansch Optional
98 1 Safety flange Optional
Bride de sùreté Optional
Brida de seguridad Optional
Sechskantschraube / Zylinderschraube
110 6 Hexagon bolt / hexagon socket head cap screw
Ecrou hexagonal / Vis à six pans intérieurs
Tornillo hexagonal / tornillo allen
* Pos. 91 und 92 sind bis zur Baugröße 164 nicht vorhanden.
* Pos. 91 and 92 do not exist up to size 164.
* Pos. 91 et 92 n’ existent pas jusqu’ á la taille 164.
* Pos. 91 y 92 no existen hasta el tamaño 164.
Hoja: 07/99 KMÜ
Wellenabdichtung - Gleitringdichtung Typ : MG 1 / ... - G .. - Ausführung : III A - III B
Shaft sealing - Mechanical seal type : MG 1 / ... - G ..- Execution : III A - III B
Garniture d’ étanchéité - Garniture mécanique type : MG 1 / ... - G .. - Exàcution : III A - III B
Opturacióo de eje - Sello mecánico tipo :MG 1 / ... - G .. - Ejecución : III A - III B
Gehäuse für Gleitringdichtungen
90 1 Housing of the mechanical seal
Bolte de la garniture mécanique
Caja sel sello mecánico
Dichtungsflansch
* 91 1 Seal flange
Bride pour la garniture
Brida de junta
Flachdichtung oder O-Ring
* 92 1 Gasket or o-ring R+r
Joint plat ou joint torique
Junta plana o junta tórica
Abstandsbuchse
93 1 Spacer bush
Douille entreloise
Casquillo separador
Gleitringdichtung - kompl.
95 1 Mechanical seal - compl. R+r
Garniture mécanique - compl.
Opturación de eje - compl.
Jede Gleitringdichtung besteht aus :
Each sealing consists of :
Chaque garniture comprend :
Todos sello mecánico comquesto de :
Gleitring
- 1.1 1 Rotating seal ring
Grain mobile
Anillo giratorio
Balg
- 1.2 1 Bellows
Soufflet
Cáscara
Hoja: 07/99 KMÜ
Winkelring
- 1.3 1 Angular ring
Bague angulaire
Aro angular
Winkelring
- 1.4 1 Angular ring
Bague angulaire
Aro angular
Feder
- 1.5 1 Spring
Ressort
Resorte
Gegenring
-2 1 Stationary ring
Grain fixe
Aro de junta estacionario
O-Ring
-3 1 O-ring
Joint torique
Junta tórica
Sicherungsflansch Optional
98 1 Safety flange Optional
Bride de sùreté Optional
Brida de seguridad Optional
Sechskantschraube / Zylinderschraube
110 6 Hexagon bolt / hexagon socket head cap screw
Ecrou hexagonal / vis à six pans intérieurs
Tornillo hexagonal / tornillo allen
* Pos. 91 und 92 sind bis zur Baugröße 164 nicht vorhanden.
* Pos. 91 and 92 do not exist up to size 164.
* Pos. 91 et 92 n’ existent pas jusqu’ à la taille 164.
* Pos. 91 y 92 no existen hasta el tamaño 164.

Hoja: 07/99 KMÜ
Bornemann Pumps is a privately-owned company, established in 1853.
Bornemann has been involved with the design and construction of
pumps and pump systems for over 75 years.
In 1934 Bornemann developed a twin screw pump with external

bearings. Since that time, manufacturing, resarch and development
efforts have been concentrated toward advancing state-of-the-art
screw pump technology.
Today Bornemann manufactures twin-screw pumps, with internal

and external bearings, progressive cavity pump, three-spindle
pumps, multiphase pumps, down hole pumps along with customer-
designed pumps and systems for applications in a wide range of
industrial.
Bornemann’s world-wide network of 95 subsidiaries and local agents

provides you quick and knowledgeable assistance wherever and
whenever you need it - in planing, engineering and installation and
with comprehensive maintenance programs.
Bornemann Subsidiaries:
Singapor: USA: Switzerland: Argentina: The Netherlands:

Bornemann Pumps Asia Bornemann Pumps Inc. Bornemann Bombas Bornemann S.R.L. Bornemann
25 Intern. Business Park P.O. Box 1769, Anlagentechnik AG Armenia 2898 Benelux B.V.
German Centre, # 04-08 Matthews, NC, Kirschbaumweg 39 RA-(1605) Munro Ringdijk 506
SGP-Singapore 609916 USA 28106 CH-4103 Bottmingen Prov. Buenos Aires NL-2987 VZ Ridderkerk
Tel.: +65 (0) 561 6782 Tel.: +1 (0)-704-849-8636 Tel.: +41 (0)-61-421 7754 Tel.: +54 (0)-1-4756-8008 Tel.: +31 (0) 180-440144
Fax: +65 (0) 561 6784 Fax: +1 (0)-704-849-8637 Fax: +41 (0)-61-421 0407 Fax: +54 (0)-1-4756-5541 Fax: +31 (0) 180-465050
E-mail: E-mail: E-mail: E-mail:
bopump@pacific.net.sg info@bornemann.com bbornemann@sion.com info@bopump.nl
Pumps and Systems

for Industry, Environmental
Technology and Shipbuilding
Joh. Heinr. Bornemann GmbH

D-31676 Obernkirchen
Postfach 1162
Germany
Tel. +49 (0) 5724/390-0

Fax +49 (0) 5724/913846
E-mail info@bopump.de
Internet: www.bornemannpumps.com
For further information please contact:
RUECKS_E.CHP
07/00 KMÜ
Betriebs- und Wartungsanleitung B 1012
09/2000
Operating and Maintenance Instruction
Instructions de conduite et d’entretien D GB F
Diese Sicherheitshinweise sind aufzubewahren

These safety instructions must be kept available
Ces instructions de sécurité doivent être observées
Standard – Stirnradgetriebe
Standard Helical Gearboxes
Réducteurs standard à engrenages cylindriques

Es wird vorausgesetzt, daß die It is presumed that fundamental project work Il est impératif que les travaux fondamentaux
grundsätzlichen Planungsarbeiten der Anlage as well as all work with regard to transport, de l'installation, ainsi que tous les travaux de
sowie Transport, Montage, Installation, assembly, installation, starting-up, transport, montage, installation, mise en
Inbetriebnahme, Wartung und Reparaturen maintenance and repair is performed by exploitation, entretien et réparation soient
von qualifiziertem Personal ausgeführt bzw. qualified personnel or supervised by skilled accomplis par du personnel qualifié et
durch verantwortliche Fachkräfte kontrolliert labour taking overall responsibility. Make contrólés par des techniciens spécialisés
werden. Bei Arbeiten am Getriebemotor muß absolutely sure that no voltage is applied at all dans ce domaine. Avant toute intervention sur
garantiert sein, daß keinerlei Spannung while work is being done on the geared motor. le motoréducteur, il faut s'assurer que celui-ci
anliegt, und dieser gegen Wiedereinschaltung Drive must also be secured against switching n'est plus sous tension et que la remise sous
gesichert ist. on. tension soit interdite.

Veränderungen gegenüber dem Any deviation from normal operating Si en utilisation normale, des modifications de
Normalbetrieb (höhere Leistungsaufnahme, conditions (increased power consumption, fonctionnement apparaissent telles que
Temperaturen, Schwingungen, Geräusche temperature, vibrations, noise etc.) or warning puissance absorbée trop élevée, température
usw. oder Ansprechen der Überwachungs- signals by monitoring equipment suggest élevée, vibrations fortes, bruit intense etc. ou
einrichtungen) lassen vermuten, daß die malfunction. Inform the responsible en rapport avec les contrôles techniques, cela
Funktion beeinträchtigt ist. Zur Vermeidung maintenance personnel at once to prevent the laisse supposer que différentes fonctions de
von Störungen, die ihrerseits mittelbar oder trouble from getting worse and causing, l'appareil peuvent être détériorées. Pour éviter
unmittelbar schwere Personen- oder directly or indirectly, serious physical injury or ensuite des problèmes, qui pourraient
Sachschäden bewirken könnten, muß das material damage. entraîner de graves accidents corporels ou de
zuständige Wartungspersonal dann graves dégats matériels, le personnel
umgehend verständigt werden. d'entretien compétent doit immédiatement
être informé.
∆ Im Zweifelsfall die entspechenden ∆ In case of doubt disconnect the machine ∆ Si vous êtes dans le doute, coupez
Betriebsmittel sofort abschalten! immediately! immédiatement l'alimentation!
Aufstellung, Vorbereitung Preparing and performing installation Mise en place, préparation

− Transportösen am Getriebe sind für das − Lifting devices on the drive are designed to − Le matériel utilisé pour la manutention doit
Gewicht des Antriebs ausgelegt carry the drive weight tenir compte du poids de l'équipement
− Fundamente ausreichend bemessen und − the foundation (base) should be of adequate − prendre largement les dimensions des
schwingungsfrei ausführen size and vibration-proof embases et les réaliser exemptes de
− Getriebe oder -motor fest und ohne − install gear unit or geared motor rigid and vibrations
Verspannung montieren braceless − monter les réducteurs et motoréducteurs
− ausreichende Belüftung vorsehen − ensure sufficient ventilation solidement et sans haubanage
− serienmäßiges Innengewinde nach DIN 332 − make use of tapped hole (DIN 332) to suit − prévoir une aération suffisante
zum Aufziehen von Verbindungselementen fastening to the shaft end − prévoir le taraudage conforme à la norme
auf die Wellen benutzen − avoid shocks on shafts (bearing damage!) DIN 332 pour monter des accouplements
− Schläge auf die Wellen vermeiden − preferably use flexible coupling between sur les arbres d'entrée et de sortie
(Lagerbeschädigung!) output shaft and driven machine − éviter de donner des coups sur les arbres
− Maschine und Getriebe möglichst mit − fit output elements to shaft end or secure (cela pourrait détériorer le roulement!)
elastischen Kupplungen verbinden feather key before starting the motor − lier autant que possible la machine et le
− vor dem Einschalten Abtriebselemente − use torque arm with rubber buffer on shaft réducteur avec des accouplements
aufziehen bzw. Paßfeder sichern mounting gearboxes élastiques
− bei Aufsteckgetrieben mit Drehmoment- − avant la mise en service, enlever l'élément
stütze Gummipuffer verwenden d'accouplement ou/et fixer la clavette
− utiliser pour l'exécution arbre creux avec
bras de réaction une butée en caoutchouc
Elektrischer Anschluß Connection of motor Branchements électriques

− Motoranschluß nach Schaltbild vornehmen − Connect motor according to diagram − brancher le moteur selon le schéma
− Übereinstimmung von Netzspannung und − make sure that mains voltage/frequency are − s'assurer que la tension du réseau et la
Frequenz mit den Typenschild-Daten in accordance with nameplate information fréquence correspondent aux données
sicherstellen − make secure protective conductor conection inscrites sur la plaque signalétique
− Sichere Schutzleiterverbindung herstellen − if motor is running in reverse direction, − Le cable de raccordement doit être protégé
− evtl. falsche Drehrichtung korrigieren durch interchange two phases − corriger un éventuel mauvais sens de
Vertauschen von 2 Phasen − Close unused cable entrances holes and the rotation par une inversion de deux phases
− Nicht benötigte Kabeleinführungsöffnungen box itself in a dust- and watertight manner. − Les entrées de câbles non utilisées doivent
und den Kasten selbst staub- und − install protective switches to prevent être obturées, la boîte elle-même devant
wasserdicht verschließen overload and phase failure être fermée de façon à être étanche à l'eau
− Überbelastung und Phasenausfall durch − set motor protection switch to nominal et à la poussiére
Schutzschalter vorbeugen current − prévoir une protection électrique contre les
− Einstellen des Motorschutzschalters auf − wiring diagrams on the last page surcharges, court-circuit et défaut de phases
Nennstrom − régler la protection électrique suivant
− Schaltbilder auf der letzten Seite l'intensité nominale du moteur
− schéma de branchement à la derniére page
Inbetriebnahme Starting up Mise en fonctionnement

− bei längeren Lagerzeiten besondere − in case of long-time storage take special − si un stockage longue durée du réducteur
Vorkehrungen treffen (siehe Werknormblatt precautions (as provided in works standard est prévu, il faut prendre les dispositions
"Langzeitlagerung") sheet "Extended Storage") nécessaires (voir spécification "Stockage
− Lage der Ölstandschraube nach − check position of oil-level plug with help of longue durée")
Bauformtabellen des entsprechenden mounting position tables in applicable − vérifier que la vis de niveau d'huile
Kataloges feststellen catalogue corresponde à la position de montage du
− Prüfen des Ölstandes − check oil-level réducteur (voir catalogue)
− Entfernen des Verschlußstopfens vor − prior to starting-up, remove vent plug from − contrôler le niveau d'huile
Inbetriebnahme (Überdruck!), ggf. Druck- vent screw if necessary − enlever la mèche de la vis d'évent avant la
entlüftungsschraube montieren − if not specified otherwise, first oil filling as is mise en route (pour éviter une surpression)
− Normale Erstbefüllung: siehe Schmier- shown in list of lubricants ou fixer le clapet d'évent sur le réducteur
stofftabelle − air-cooled motors are designed for ambient − pour le premier remplissage voir le tableau
− Luftgekühlte Motoren sind für Umgebungs- temperautres between -20°C and +40°C and des lubrifiants
temperaturen von - 20°C bis +40°C sowie for installation at altitudes â 1.000 m above − les moteurs autoventilés sont dimensionnés
Aufstellungshöhen â 1.000 m über NN M.S.L. pour des températures ambiantes comprises
ausgelegt − Their use in hazardous areas is prohibited entre -20°C et +40°C, ainsi que pour une
− Der Einsatz im Ex-Bereich ist nicht zulässig, unless they are expressly intended for such altitude â 1000 mètres au-dessus du niveau
sofern nicht ausdrücklich hierfür vorgesehen use (follow additional instructions) de la mer
− Leur utilisation dans des atmosphères
explosives est interdite, à moins qu'elles ne
soient expressément prévues à cet effet
(respecter les indications supplémentaires)
Wartung Maintenance Entretien
MOTOR MOTOR DU MOTEUR
− Staubablagerungen entfernen (Überhitzung!) − remove dust deposit (overheating) − enlever la poussière du moteur
− Wälzlager ausbauen, reinigen und einfetten − dismount anti-friction bearings for cleaning (échauffement)
− Es ist zu beachten, daß der gesamte Freiraum and refill with grease − démonter les roulements, les nettoyer et les
um das Lager ca. 1/3 mit Fett gefüllt ist − ensure that the bearing cage is packed to regraisser
− Schmierstoffsorten siehe unten about 1/3 with grease, distribute evenly − la cage des roulements doit être remplie au
− select proper type of lubricating grease from 1/3 environ
following table − lubrifiant voir tableau ci-après
GETRIEBE GEARBOX
− Wechseln des Schmierstoffes alle 10.000 − change lubricant every 10.000 working hours DU REDUCTEUR
Betriebsstunden oder spätestens nach 2 or after two years at the latest. − vidanger le lubrifiant après 10.000 heures de
Jahren. − combine the lubricant change with thorough fonctionnement ou au plus tard après 2 ans
− Doppelte Fristen bei synthetischen Produkten cleaning of gear unit d'utilisation.
− Verkürzung der Schmierstoffwechselintervalle − lubricant changing intervals will be twice as − profiter de la vidange pour effectuer un
bei extremen Betriebsbedingungen (hohe long if synthetic products are used nettoyage approfondi du réducteur
Luftfeuchtigkeit, aggressive Umgebung und − extreme working conditions (high air humidity, − pour des lubrifiants synthétiques, ce délai peut
hohe Temperaturschwankungen) aggressive media and large temperature être doublé
− Verbinden des Schmierstoffwechsels mit variations) call for reduced lubricant changing − réduire les intervalles entre les vidanges dans
gründlicher Reinigung des Getriebes intervals des conditions d'utilisation extrêmes
(hygrométrie élevée, ambiance agressive ou
variations importantes des températures)
∆ Synthetische und mineralische Schmierstoffe ∆ Synthetic and mineral lubricants must not be
nicht miteinander mischen! Das gilt auch für die mixed either for filling or for disposal! ∆ Des lubrifiants synthétiques et minéraux ne
Entsorgung der Schmierstoffe! doivent pas étre mélangés! Ceci s'applique
également pour le retraitement des lubrifiants!
ÖLFÜLLMENGE [cm3] CAPACITY [cm3] QUANTITE DE LUBRIFIANT [cm3]

Waagerechte Anordnung Senkrechte Anordnung
Horizontal position Vertical position
Position horizontale Position verticale
zwei- und dreistufig double and triple reduction à deux et trois train d’engrenages
B3 B5 B 3/5 B 8/5 B 5a B 5b B 5c B8 B6 B7 V1 V3 V1/5 V5 V6 V3/6

SK 0 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 150 150 150 150 150 150
SK 000 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 200 240 240 240 240 240 240
SK 01 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 400 400 400 400 400 400
SK 010 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 650 650 650 650 650 650
SK 20 510 510 510 510 510 510 510 510 510 510 700 700 700 700 700 700
SK 200 1300 1300 1300 1300 1300 1300 1300 1300 1300 1300 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400
SK 25 700 700 700 700 700 700 700 700 700 700 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
SK 250 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500
SK 30 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400
SK 300 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400 1400 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500
SK 33 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1600 1600 1600 1600 1600 1600
SK 330 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1580 1580 1580 1580 1580 1580
Die Normalbefüllung der Getriebe ist Mineralöl. Synthetisches Öl ist gegen Mehrpreis lieferbar.
Standard lubricant for the gearboxes is mineral-oil. Synthetic oil is available at a surcharge.
Les réducteurs sont remplis d’huile minérale. Ils peuvent être remplis d’huile synthétique contre supplément de prix.
HINWEIS / REMARK / REMARQUE:
Ölfüllmengen sind ca.Angaben.
Filling quantities are approx. figures.
Les quantités d`huile sont données à titre indicatif.
Hinweis: Note: Indication:
Diese Tabelle stellt vergleichbare Schmierstoffe unter- This table lists compatible lubricants of different suppliers. Ce tableau présente les lubrifiants comparables des
schiedlicher Hersteller dar. Innerhalb einer Viskosität und Within the same viscosity class and type of lubricant the différents fabricants. Si l'on respecte les critères de viscosité
Schmierstoffsorte kann der Ölhersteller gewechselt werden. supplier can be chosen freely. In case you change the et le type de lubrifiant, on peut uiliser n'importe quelle marque
Beim Wechsel der Viskosität bzw. der Schmierstoffsorte muß viscosity class resp. the type of lubricant you should contact d'huile après ne vidange. Afin de pouvoir garantir un bon
Rücksprache mit uns gehalten werden, da sonst keine us in advance as otherwise we cannot assure the proper fonctionnement de nos réducteurs, veuillez nous consulter
Gewährleistung für die Funktionstüchtigkeit unserer Getriebe function of our drive and the warranty becomes void. avant de remplacer un lubrifiant par un autre possédant des
übernommen werden kann. caractéristiques différentes de viscosité et de type.
Schmierstoffarten / Type of lubricant / Type de lubrifiant

Type de
lubrifiant
Mineralöl Schneckengetriebe Degol BG 680 -- Alpha SP 680 Falcon -- Renolin Klüberoil Mobilgear: Optigear Shell Tribol
Mineral oil 0 ... 40°C Degol BG 680 CLP 680 CLP 680 GEM 1-680 - 636 BM 680 Omala 680 1100/680
Huile minérale ISO VG 680 plus CLP 680 Plus - XMP 680
Degol Energol Alpha SP 220 Falcon Spartan Renolin CLP 220 Klüberoil Mobilgear Optigear Shell Tribol
ISO VG 220 BG 220 GR-XP Alpha MW220 CLP 220 EP 220 Renolin CLP 220 GEM 1-220 630 BM 220 Omala 220 1100 / 220
- 5 ... 40°C (normal) BG 220 plus 220 Alpha MAX 220 Plus Mobilgear
XMP 220
ISO VG 100 Degol Energol Alpha SP 100 Falcon CLP Spartan Renolin CLP 100 Klüberoil Mobilgear: Optigear Shell Tribol
- 15 ... 25°C BG 100 GR-XP Alpha MW 100 100 EP 100 Renolin CLP 100 GEM 1-100 - 627 BM 100 Omala 100 1100 / 100
BG 100 plus 100 Alpha MAX 100 Plus - XMP 110
ISO VG 15 Vitamol Bartran Hyspin AWS 15 Astron Univis J13 Renolin B 15 HVI ISOFLEX MT Mobil DTE Ultra 10 Shell Tellus Tribol
- 45 ... - 15°C * 1010 HV 15 Hyspin SP 15 HVLP 15 30 rot 11 M T 15 943 AW 22
Hyspin ZZ 15
Synthetisches Öl Schneckengetriebe Degol Energol -- -- -- Renolin PG 680 Klübersynth Glygoyle Optiflex Shell Tivela Tribol
Synthetic oil -5 ... 60°C GS 680 SG-XP 680 GH-6-680 HE 680 A 680 S 680 800 / 680
Huile synthétique ISO VG 680
ISO VG 220 Degol Enersyn Alphasyn Polydea Glycolube Renolin PG 220 Klübersynth Glygoyle Optiflex Shell Tribol
-25 ... 80°C * GS 220 SG-XP 220 PG 220 PGLP 220 220 GH-6-220 HE 220 A 220 Tivela WB 800/ 220
Tivela S 220
Biologisch Schneckengetriebe -- -- -- -- -- Plantogear 680 S -- -- -- -- --
abbaubares Öl ISO VG 680
Biodegradable oil -5 ... 40°C
Huiles ISO VG 220 Degol Biogear Carelub Ergon ELP -- Plantogear 220 S Klübersynth -- Optisynt -- Tribol BioTop
biodégradables -5 ... 40°C BAB 220 SE 220 GES 220 220 GEM2-220 BS 220 1418 / 220
Lebensmittel- Schneckengetriebe -- -- -- -- -- Bel-Ray No-Tox Klüberoil -- Optileb Shell Tribol
1)
verträgliches Öl -5 ... 40°C Synt.Worm Gear 4 UH1-680N GT 680 Cassida FoodProof
1)
Food-grad oil ISO VG 680 Oil 680 Klübersynth Fluid GL680 1800 / 680
Huiles pour UH1 6-680
environnement Eural -- Vitalube -- Gear Oil Bel-Ray No-Tox Klüberoil Mobil DTE Optileb Shell Cassida Tribol
1)
alimentaire ISO VG 220 Gear 220 GS 220 FM 220 Gear Oil 90 4 UH1-220N FM 220 GT 220 Fluid GL220 FoodProof
-25 ... 40°C 1810 / 220
Synt.Gear Oil 220 Klübersynth oder
UH1 6-220 1800 / 220
Synth. Fließfett Aralub Enersyn Alpha Gel 00 -- Fließfett Renolit LX-PG 00 Klübersynth Glygoyle Obeen Tivela Tribol
Synth. fluid - 25 ... 60°C BAB EP0 GSF S 420 GE 46-1200 Grease 00 UF 00 Comp. A 800 / 1000
grease Klübersynth Tivela GL 00
Graisse fluide UH1 14-
1)
synthétique 1600
Schmierstoffarten für Wälzlager / Type of lubricant for anti friction bearings / Type de librifiant pour roulements à rouleaux
Type de
lubrifiant
Fett Aralub Ener-grease Spheerol AP Glissando 20 Mehr- Renolit FWA 160 Klüberplex Mobilux 2 Longtime Shell Tribol
(Mineralölbasis) - 30 ... 60°C HL 2 LS 2 2 LZV-EP zweckfett BEM 41-132 PD 2 Alvania R2 4020/220-2
Grease (mineral (normal) Beacon2
oil basis) Aralub -- Spheerol -- -- Renolit JP 1619 -- -- Longtime Shell Alvania Tribol
Graisse (base * - 50 ... 40°C SEL 2 EPL2 PD 1 RL 2 3785
huile minérale)
Synthetisches Aralub -- Product Discor B EP Beacon Renolit S 2 Isoflex Topas Mobiltemp Optitemp Aero Shell Tribol
Fett * - 25 ... 80°C SKL 2 783/46 2 LF 325 Renolit HLT 2 NCA 52 SHC 32 LG 2 Grease 3499
Synthetic grease 16 oder 7
Graisse Petamo
synthétique GHY 133 N
Biologisch Aralub BP Bio- Biotec Dolon E EP 2 -- Plantogel 2 S Klüberbio Schmierfett EF 584 Shell Molub-Alloy
abbaubares Fett - 25 ... 40°C BAB EP 2 grease EP 2 M 72-82 UE 100 B Alvania BioTop 9488
Biodegradable RLB 2
Grease
Graisse
biodégradables
Lebensmittelver- Eural BP Vitalube HT Tamix FRA 1 Carum Renolit Klübersynth Mobil- Obeen Shell Cassida Molub-Alloy
1)
trägliches Fett - 25 ... 40°C Grease EP 2 Energrease Grease 2 330 G 7 FG 1 UH1 14-151 grease UF 2 RLS 2 Food-Proof
Food-grade FM 2 FM 102 823-2 FM
1)
grease
Graisse pour
environnement
1)
alimentaire
* Bei Umgebungstemperaturen unterhalb -30°C und oberhalb 60°C sind Wellendichtringe in besonderer Werkstoffqualität einzusetzen
* With ambient temperatures below -30°C and above approx. 60°C shaft sealing rings of a special material quality must be used
* Lors d’une température ambiante inférieure à -30°C ou supérieure à environ 60°C, il y a lieu d’utiliser des joints d’étanchéité spéciaux
1)
Lebensmittelverträgliche Öle + Fette nach Vorschrift H1 / FDA 178.3570
1)
Food grade lubricants with USDA-H1 approval FDA 178.3570
1)
Huiles pour environnement alimentaire + graisses suivant prescription H1 / FDA 178.3570
BAUFORMEN
MOUNTING POSITIONS
POSITIONS DE MONTAGE
Waagerechte Anordnung Horizontal position Position horizontale
B3 B5 B3 / B5
B5b
B8 / B5 B5a B5c
B8 B6 B7
Senkrechte Anordnung Vertical position Position verticale
V1 V3 V1 / V5
V5 V6 V3 / V6
Schaltbilder / Wiring diagrams / Schémas de branchement

Drehstrom-Motor mit Kurzschlußanker
Three phase squirrel-cage motor
Moteur triphasé à cage d’écureull
I) Klemmbrett
Terminal board
Plaque à bornes
II) Schalter
Switch
Démarreur
Drehstrom-Motor mit Kurzschlußanker, in Dahlander-Schaltung Drehstrom-Motor, polumschaltbar, zwei getrennte Wicklungen

Three phase squirrel-cage motor, Dahlander connection Three phase motor, polechanging, two separate windings, two speeds
Moteur triphasé à cage d’écrureull, couplage Dahlander Moteur triphasé à commutation de pôles, deux bobinages séparés,
deux vitesses
niedrige - Drehzahl - hohe niedrige - Drehzahl - hohe

low - speed - high low - speed - high
inférieure - vitesse - supérieure inférieure - vitesse - supérieure

Yf 2034 PDF

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originaltitel

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Yf 2034 PDF

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Behrens Pumpen

Final drawings and Manuals

Heinrich Behrens Pumpenfabrik - Von-Thünen-Str.7 - 28307 Bremen - Germany

printed: 29.06.2006 Page 1 of 3

PL 100 Sludge pump SK22-112 M 1780 4,00 2,80 direct

CR 1-5 F Hot water circulating pump . 3550 0,55 0,20 direct

printed: 29.06.2006 Page 2 of 3

CR 5-5 F Central heating circulating . 3550 1,50 1,20 direct

printed: 29.06.2006 Page 3 of 3

1.0 General Directions

2.0 Installation of Pump

3.0 Commissioning / Stopping

4.0 Operational Supervision

Saponification basis: LITHIUM with anti-corrosion additives , water repellent

Heinrich Behrens Pumpenfabrik - Von-Thünen-Str. 7 - D-28307 Bremen

DN D Regreasing Interval (hours) Regreasing

Up to DN 100 13.000 11.000 8.000 7.000 8

DN 125-150 12.000 10.000 7.500 6.200 10

DN 200-250 11.000 9.500 6.500 4.800 15

DN 300-350 10.000 9.000 20

DN D Regreasing Interval (hours) Regreasing

Up to DN 100 3.000 2.000 1.000 800 15

DN 125-150 2.500 1.700 900 700 15

DN 200-250 2.000 1.500 700 480 20

DN 300-400 1.700 1.200 25

DN D Regreasing Interval (hours) Regreasing

DN 400 – 500 2.200 1.900 1.300 1.000 25

5.2 Mechanical Gland Seal

6.0 Trouble shooting check list

Pump refuses to prime 1 , 2 , 5 , 7 , 10 , 11

Heinrich Behrens Pumpenfabrik - Von-Thünen-Str. 7 - D-28307 Bremen

Heinrich Behrens Pumpenfabrik - Von-Thünen-Str. 7 - D-28307 Bremen

Works to be carried out Interval Period(Hours)

Mechanical Gland Seal

Rolling Contact Bearing

8.0 Description of the Priming Pump

Heinrich Behrens Pumpenfabrik - Von-Thünen-Str. 7 - D-28307 Bremen

Axial movement Angular misalignment Offset misalignment

Coupling size S Perm. Deviation Angular misalignment Offset misalignment

Heinrich Behrens Pumpenfabrik - Von-Thünen-Str. 7 - D-28307 Bremen

1.0 General Directions

2.0 Installation of Pump

3.0 Commissioning / Stopping

4.0 Operational Supervision

Saponification basis: LITHIUM with anti-corrosion additives , water repellent

Heinrich Behrens Pumpenfabrik - Von-Thünen-Str. 7 - D-28307 Bremen

DN D Regreasing Interval (hours) Regreasing

Up to DN 100 13.000 11.000 8.000 7.000 8

DN 125-150 12.000 10.000 7.500 6.200 10

DN 200-250 11.000 9.500 6.500 4.800 15

DN 300-350 10.000 9.000 20

DN D Regreasing Interval (hours) Regreasing

Up to DN 100 3.000 2.000 1.000 800 15

DN 125-150 2.500 1.700 900 700 15

DN 200-250 2.000 1.500 700 480 20

DN 300-400 1.700 1.200 25

DN D Regreasing Interval (hours) Regreasing

DN 400 – 500 2.200 1.900 1.300 1.000 25

5.2 Mechanical Gland Seal

6.0 Trouble shooting check list

Pump refuses to prime 1 , 2 , 5 , 7 , 10 , 11

Heinrich Behrens Pumpenfabrik - Von-Thünen-Str. 7 - D-28307 Bremen

Heinrich Behrens Pumpenfabrik - Von-Thünen-Str. 7 - D-28307 Bremen